Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 656
FROM PREHI STORY TO THE INVENTION ) THE 4 UNIVERSAL HISTORY OF NUMBERS Georces |IFRAH THE UNIVERSAL HISTORY OF NUMBERS FROM PREHISTORY TO THE INVENTION OF THE COMPUTER GEORGES IFRAH Translated from the French ‘by Dawid Bellos, . F. Harding, Sophie Wood, and Ian Monk ®) John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York * Chichester * Weinheim + Brisbane * Singapore + Toronto Foryou my wile ‘the admirably patient wines of the ays and agonies that this had abour has procured me oF whic you have been subjected, overs many ears. For your tenderness and for theintligence of your ertcisms. For you, Hanna, o whom this book and its author owes much. ‘And for you, Gabrielle and Emmanuel ‘my daughters, my pasion. ‘stnokisrtden aster bey Wy Sonsini, led aay ee Fpl Fane ie Habre dee yen bert oo a pad ina inn B88by The Hai Prod opr 019812 tone an. "fen opr 8 Tear Pee ‘Tham abr pedi pet pan Common sollte hens Mey eCatre Atta wih heeeptin 130-6 an 240 Lie pl, need ep eso Nopetettiacaon may bepreded red inasetiel temetniediny frme yy ena deren ec ping edging hee pe frase Sen 0a Bl 75 Ute Sate opgh oa te ha en prin oe bes othr toh et tbe sae ery the Cog Cans Cee, toned De Den MAE O71) 75066087) OETEL Hehe athe or remind beat eas Depa be Wy San 5d ee ‘New NY sora, 2) Saf) COR cl PERNREWTE.COM ‘hpi nde opine end ernie a mate oe ssl eons parison nae neon tein re pcan hkeorode eps? ecu posal pr heh of ogres aang i Pb Date tah Core Wie nie ete gh) ‘eee fmm» fom ein he netic ef compte / Cpa tne Oni alr Hang Sr Wot din lec og cea ‘San O30 Gage 1, Namo Tae quunrs 200 SUMMARY TABLE OF CONTENTS counrren canPren counrren coneren cnrren couarren CHAPTER 0 (CHAPTER ccuaPren (CHAPTERS ‘CHAPTER 6 ‘CHAPTER Foreword v Listof Abbreviations vi Introduction xv Where "Numbers" Come Fom Explaining the Origins: Ethnological and Psychological “Approachestothe Sources of Numbers Base Nombersand the Bith of Numbersjtems “The atest Caluating Machine The Hand ow CroMagnon Man Counted “aly Sticks: Acountng or Beginners Namberson Strings Nombe, ale and Money Numbers ofumer “The Enigma ofthe Sexagsima Base ‘The Development of Written Numerals in Elam and Mesopotamia ‘The Deipherment of veshoutandyearold System ow he Sumerian Did Their Sums “Mesopotamian Numbering afer the Eclipse of Sumer ‘TheNumbersf Ancient Eaypt Countingin the Times ofthe Cretan and Hite Kings Grockand Roman Numerals Ltersand Numbers ‘The Invention of Alphabetic Numerals 23 a ae 66 8 nm " a 96 ma 1m 182 we 182 22 a CHAPTER ‘oHAPTER 22 ‘cuaerER 23 ‘CHAPTER 26 ‘CHAPTER 25 CHAPTER 26 ther Alphabetic Numbersjtems Mac Mystic, Divination, nd Other Secrets ‘The Numbers of Chinese Csation ‘The Amaring Achievement ofthe Mays ‘TheFinal Stage of Numeric Notation PART Indian Civilisation: the Cradle of ‘Modetn Numerals. PARTI Dictionary ofthe Numeral Symbols oflndian Civilisation Indian Numerals nd Cakeulaton in the Islamic Word The Slow Progress ofIndo-Arabic Numerals in ‘Western Europe Beyond Perfection Bibliography 601 Index of Names and Subjects 616 240 248 2 su sm se FOREWORD ‘The main sim of this wosolume work isto provide in simple and accesible tes the fill complete ans tal and ay questions hat anyone might want to ask about the history of numbers and of counting from prehistory tothe age of computers, More than en years go, an American translation of the predecessor of The Unnersa History of Numbers appested unde he ie From One ta Ze, teanslated by Lowel Baie (Viking 1885). The present book ~ transated afresh ~ Is many ies larger, and seeks not only to provide a historia rnarative, but ao, and mest importantly, to serve a 2 comprehensive, thematic encyelopsedi of ambers snd counting. tcan be ead aa whole, ‘ofcourse; bu ican also be consulted as sourcebook on gener tpies (or example the May, the numbers of Ancient Egypt Arabic counting or Greek acrophoics) and on quite specif problems (the proper names of| the nine meizea pics, the role of Gerbert of Auril how to do a ong Avision ona dust abacus. ands). “Two maps a provided in this fs volume to help the reader ind what hor height want to know. The Summary Table af Contents above gives general overview. The Index of names and subjects, romp. BIB, provides ‘more detailed map to this volume. ‘The bibliography hasbeen divided into two sections: sources araiable in English; and other sources. lathe text, references to work Ise in the bibliography give just the autor name and the date of publication, avoid unnecessary reptiton. Abbreviations usedin the teat in the captions to the many iustatons, and in the bibliography of this volume are explained blo LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS Were appropri, coerce flerinfrmaton nthe Bbioropy ar gien in thor“: AUTHOR” A TheAmtan pst Mes, Wicoin AGM Afi Gc de Matheat de (ON motes uu awit nT AANL Atti dell Accademia Pontificia de’ Nuovi Lincei Rorme AGW Abhandlungen der Gesellschaft der oe Oe Niuean iting AMS Amalseniiqessrioms Daas SKC Amaefttitan of Comping TEE News |AASOR Ault American Scho of Oriental AES Arkin forthe ry ofthe xa Scenes fea Canbidgeaa AA niin see aot ee AEE Amen st of cal gees New NY pole aneinnicrii yar AMS Arties moa diced sane Pas [ACI Appendizeal Corpus cripconem ‘AIM. Artif inteligence Magaine ied ccawunnnt A Acta ACL Ani he Comptaton aban of SA AmecarumalfArdciogy — eno V Harvard University (Cambridge, MA APH American journal of Pilogy ‘New York, NY Act toni Cn Ts Seenevcennven Ps Anmuanlanalyftg Nevo NY ACOR Acta Orientalia Batavia AIS American Journal of Science "New York, NY ADA bande de dc Adie paepaenanient mae Wissenschaften zu Berlin . theo * Chicago, IL. ADFU —Auyrabungen der detschen AK Alladta Brussels FeccanpenechghnUnkiris Ban AKRG een decease D0 Amoeba Ay Cenc Ping betn ADOGA Ausgrabungen der deutschen Orient AM — American Machinist Geach in Abas AMA Asia Major Leipzig & London ADP Ainslie Canes AM lage Miaeanstan Ban ADSM am fate Manscips snare {Mme Maceatia ont AEG Apps ri ln qa ft sete Mahan repro tis Mia ANS Anatolian Studies London ASC Am emis Sci Caton Pai ARO Amal ie fo dir seecavven ae cuter ARO Andi Onn Gut sm AGA sepa anda akden OMT Ae Creede Tetmes Neston AGM —Abhandlungen cur Gauhiche der Mathemai epg ASME ASNA ASOR ASR ast ASTRI ar aru voz avr American Oriental Sees Arabi Papyrin the Egyptian Library Arabica Ree dituds arabes AnnualReport of he American Buea of Bthnolgy Annual Reportofthe Bara ofthe Smtuoian nsttation Archon Archeooia Archaea Archaalogy Armes Aries ples de Mark Archiv Oren Atoms Sadies Annals da service de anti de Ege AsyroogicheBibthel Archaic Sure of Ege Archaeal Survey of ado Anal i cies tematic fiche Annuaire del sci fanaie de uiomatique et arhilpie American Schoo of Archaic Rech Annaler de sence phase atures Abandlungen am schcicerischen Recht Asgrilga Studer Arches uses des tadtonpopalaies Astronomicindinne Annales des Tommnicatons Arcs Tete Uruk Zeichner Archaschen Teas Urak New Haven, Leyden Washington, DC Washington, DC Rome Rome Landon ‘New York,NY ais Prague Princeton. NL 1856 Giro Lei london New Dei Rome Pas Ann Arbor M yon er tcp. IL sis Pais aAB BAE ulin decademie de eique Brusels ible Agia Buses [BAM Blin ofthe American Mau of Natural AMS BARS ARSE mR Lem aR BMB MET BMIRS: MGM RAL Bsa sc History [New York. NY ulin fhe American Mathematical Society Bulletin de Académie polonisedes Scenes Warsaw ulin de Académie real des wencest ale etre de Braces Brussels aletinofthe American Schaal of Orta Reach ‘Ann Arbo, Mi ulin du Ob frag dea médaile Pave alin ofthe Calta Mathematical Society Caleta ulin des cnet matinatigues Paris uletn de Eels Bane Ore Paris tan ete sureglschen Pile Lelpaig Abt fr Tcikgashiche Vienna ulin de eraphic historique et descriptive Pats ulin hspanique Bordeaux ilthiquedhumaniomes de Reaisance Geneva len de att fama atigites vintales Cairo uletinf the iat of Mathematical Applications ulin ofthe fob Ryland irary Manchester, UK ulti dion de priser de matimatigacs Paris el Laboratories Record Marry, NJ iblitca Mathematica ulin for Mathematics and Biophysics ulin du Mune dthnlogie de Tada Bigaphicl Memoirs of Flies of he Royal ‘sity tendon ulin ofthe Maras Government Miseam Maas olin de li Real Acadoms dele Mitoia Madi ulin dela Soci damp Pari ulin cetfigue ais SEIN sre see BSP Bs! Bs SMA ASME asa SNAF soas: ast can. CARH cant cape caw oe cent cars ccc ac ae alin de Soci encouragement pour indasrienainaale ‘ulin de a Soci angie Ele Bulan del Soi fais de phesophie ‘Buln ea Soci prohistorigue franaie Bistc Sinica ‘Bulan dea Soci mathimatige de race ‘Ballin descecesmathimatigs ek ‘stromag etn di ibgrfiae dstaria dle wie mtematiche fiche ulin dela Sait de deine mentale let dela Sai nationale det antiguas de France uletinof th Schoo of Oretland “Aican Stas al Sten Technology Contbutin to American Archaea Conbution to American Anthypolegy and History The Cambridge Ancient istry Corps of abi and Prin Irptions Bihar Carnegie station Chronique dpe, in: Bullen perdu ela Fondation yin dela eine Fliabth Contras Comparative rap Studies A Catalogue of Grek Canin the Brith Macon China Review Conpes des Inscriptions du Cambodge Comps inscription enacaron Pats Pass Pats Pats Pats Pass Pr Rome Paris Paris London Maer Hl NJ Washington, DC Washington, DC Cambridge. UK, 1963 Pains Washington, DC ruses Copenhagen wecorots 1970 4G Conpuinsriptionim gaecarum CL Gonpusinaciption tdicoram UN Conpesnsriptionum Indira CL Conpuinsiptionum latina (1S. ——Conpuinaciptionumseiticaram IW Coinsfthevisk War CCNAE Contains to Noth American Ethnalgy NP Corpus Nummorum Pletinensiom COWA. ReaineChronlgesin Old World Archesogy CH Clic Philo PIN Le Cabin des pingons de nprimeie ational CR lsc Review RAL Compe des stances de Acai des Iscrpion et Ble Lets (RAS. Comptes eas des sances de Acad desSenes RCI Comptes nas Dew Cos intrational de Matimatigue de Paris CRGL Compress du Groupe ligustigue esha etgue CRSP Compe eat dea Sci impeiale orton de aletine (CSKBM. Catalogu of Sanit Buddit Manat inthe Bish Masur CCSMBM Ctl of Siac Manuscripts inthe rth Maxam (CTBM, Caner Tes frm Babylonian Tals inthe British Mac De Templede Dendara DAA Denkmaeraus Agpten und Athopion London, Benars & Caleta, 1888-1929 spa Bet, 1861-1943, Pais, 1889-1932 ‘Washington, DC Jerusalem Chicago. tL Paris, 1963, Paris Pass Pais London London, 1896 jo DMG DR bs se bv BING a Bs Dictionnaire arcu dele Bible Dictionnaire de Académie frangaise Death Alou Expeition (abies del Dégation rcilogigue fraaiseea ron Dicionsie des antiguitsgrecues et Denke de Aten Reichs Mase von airs Dicionaire arcu des techniques Dictionnaire dela ciation inden Dictionnaire dela cation romaine Demotices Gosia De Geis egum Anglo ibe Derksen isos i the Judean Dee of dan uments in Myenean Grek Divination aration Der Sci Dicionaryof Sec igraphy Dictionnaire de Trova Le Temple ja des estas Enolopacia Britannica nlp oda des ries plains leona epirapicgrocae lial Engineering pivapia grea Fpigaphia indica Eyl de sam Pais: Hara, 1970 Bedi Pais Pri Accel, 1963 seecrnepsnic Clarendon ress, Orford Pais: Le Seal, 1974 Pai, 7 ich London Pais Pais aleuta Leyden, 1908-1938, B—Enycopeadia fdr [EMDR Entwicug der Mathematik in der DDR MW Enguterdu Middle wallone ENG Payincring EP Enaylopiiedela Pade EPP Eerie ea pyc des pple FRE Enyclopadiaof Religions and Eth ESIP Fetus Sytimesidoraphiquset prague xpresives ESL LBipaceti tre ISM. Buyepiides sine matimatigues EST Enclopiiinternatinale de science deechnigues BUR Farge EXP Expedition FAP Fonts tq Ponte Be Fesgabe fir edna Banner EHP Facsimile ofan Byption Hira opyras FIN Das Matemater Vins im ist est Abia anNadi FMAM Field Maseum of atral History FMS Faibmitlatelihe Sudin GIES Glasgow tsiute of Engineers and hipbuildersin Scotand GKS Das Grahdentmal des nie Sabu Re GLA Deserrithmaica practise peas Hear Glaran stone LO Glob GGORILA Re des inrptins nine A GT Gana by Sepa GTS. Ganitasirasamgrahaby Mahdvira Jeraslem Bein, 1974 Pasi Pais Paris A. Colin, 3968 Edinburgh & New York, 1908-1921 Paris UGE, 1977 Paris, 1908 Paris, 1872 Pilea, PA see: AAT (1983) Chicago Bein Pais, 1554 HAN Hinde Arabic Numerals ESP Heyer Archives berbie ct ulin de ita des Hotes Etude marosies HE Historical rogments NAG "Hommage 6 Giterboc in Anatian Stubs GE Handbuch derrchchen pigrphik NGS Histoire pnéale des scienees UCT Hae Library Colection of Caniform Tablas HMA Historia mathematica MAL Handbokof Middle Americen Indians NE Handbuch de Nodemichen Epirophik HOR Handbuch de Orentalisik HP HiatichePlgraphie HPMBS. The History and Placrraphy of Mourpon ‘rahi Spt How Union Colege Anu. S.HLBlank HUcA, 1A nian Aniguary IDERIC Inst dudes et derecherches Interethnigueseinterculuclls Te) tel xpration our SIS. Indian Eiraply and South indian Srpts THE Lar cpt hebracsde spa THQ. Indian Historical Quarterly UES International journal of Evivamental Shs WHS Indian Journal of Histor of Sciece IMCC Listes genres des scriptions Moramens Champa td Cambadge NEP nian Eira INM fade Noesand Monorephe Istanbul, 1974 New Haven, CT Austin, 7X Leyden & Cologne Bombay Nee Jeewsalern Caleta a I 80s var ASA, 1as8 B wes JA 7 r JH mA ys INES, xs as RAS, RAS DietescenAsahaddons, Knigvon Asien sesoncen oral Orta Stuis Indice Palaesgraphic seeraunuen Inscription Reel, Documents from the ime ofthe Bibl, he Misha adtheTlud Inscriptions sates Champa etd Jerusalem, 1973 Cambodge seersanTi i, rehire des scenes Journal asitique Pasi Journal of the Athlone of ret Britain Journal ofthe American Orin Sociay Baltimore, MD Ioural of Appi Pcoligy Journal ofthe American Satie scan Journal ofthe Asia Soity fengel Caleta Fis Bin se: RONG aN Journal ofthe Bombay branch ofthe Raye ‘AsiatiSociy Bombay oral of Cuneiform Sates Neve Haven, Jounal of Eptian Archaclgy London Soural of the rani nite ‘Jahrbuch iter die Forchrte der Mathematik Journal of Hele Stes London Jur of the tte of etaries Ioaral ofevish tis London oural of oar Ester Studies Chicago, tL Jornal and Pocedings ofthe Asiatic Seciety of Bengal Catuta Jnl ofthe Roel iat Society London ara of the Roya Asai Scety of Bega Journal ofthe Royal Asati Soi of rat Britain and Ind London IRSA. Jouralefthe Raya Sey ofthe ns Landon MARB- Menai deAcdéniengalede Braces Brass IRS oral ofthe Ryall Saity [MARI Mar Amaedececes ISA Jouraldelsoitéds americans Pai ined Ps 1S uae emf stamens London MAS Monuin afte Astronomia Society JS Journal desiree dl Alemape MEM Mansi gfte Care Micun Washington,DC MCT MatemaalCnifm ats seesneuorsauen AL Kanani vmaienciten se sonen & ee KAY TheKasbmiran thar Yoda limo MD, 101 Sasol 1-5) conined a Mla dl Dato en ere. 13, KR Thelin Mine Aramaic api sesnaastane Mure iencnanhaieee Pose KS Kachin Sugons Kiigvon Assen se:t¥0N (os 4-20), Mémoires dela mision rca on ron (1-30), LAA Anmalsfrchaesegy and Antroploy Liverpool Mémoires dela degation aclu en Iran (os) TAL Lalita Sita sean trea Lat etomas re chon 1 LAUR Per Laredo! Rc tations ng dela Fact rence int arith Hamburg 1698 MG MorenndsheGeelichat BAT Lt Baboon Arona and Related MGA Matematica! Gate Te seecninenes & MIOG- Mateunge des sir tere Staaswaten Gaxhihfachang Jona DL Late Old ablnion scone eters se: HINRELSTEIN MMMM Miso Frankfurt/Main Uv Loan MMA Memais ofthe Mascam fAntipolny Ann Atbor, MI Liab hist seuoviveor MMO Maca Monarapls Philadelphia, A LOE Thee off see nanns MNRAS Mont Nolte Rp! sono LOK tolanbhigr see avonrmous Saciey MP Micon Pap ‘sn Abo, MA. MathonticheAmaln MPB— Mathenatichpysliche ithe Lipig MAA tes Mathematius arabes see-yousnnerorren PCI Miia propagation ds cies MACH sacrig ight inde swore MAF Ménard airframe as MSA Mini dels damplge Pai MAGW Mitten der Antroplgcen YMSPR_ Milner aude Sama de Pepys Geach in Wien Vienna aie MAPS. Menifthe Amero Pipl MT Mathematia Teacher Soy Padi, MTL Matemati hdcp MAR DieMathemair and Astonmen der MUS Mile deers Sent oph Herat ‘Arab unde Were see:soreR N LeNabaten sec canrineay NA Nature London [NADG Neue rchider Gellar alter least Gchichtande Hanover NAM Nowlls Annalee Mathematiques Pais NAT LaNate Pais NAW —NianwArhiwor Wishunde [NAWG _Nahrichun der Abademie der Wisemchaton a Giger Gattngen NC Numismatic Chole London [NCEAM Notice sues carci ranges ancient tmoderes serrossey NEM Notieet Eris der Mamas dela ‘ibothgue nationale Pais NMM National Mathematics Magne NNM Numismatic Nos and Monographs NewYork [Note Chritphort Notnagel Press Wienges attatinam mathematica ‘Witenberg 1645 NS Newstin Landon NYT New Yk Times NZ Numiomatick echt Vienna OED Oybrd Engh Dictionary OP Oriental site Pabications Chicago OR Orientala Rome PA Popular Arona EQ. Paletine Eplortion Quarterly London PET Perel Frtifation Tablets see naLLocn. PGIEAO Pay c desta fanais Arche orieae aio PGP Paldophiederrichichen apy) see st1D ER PHYS Piss Buenos ies PL ThePaleography of dia see: ona PIB Palegraphia teria seer nun Pus PMA PMAE PRMS PRS, PRU Psa SREP pres. Pome a6 RA RACE RARA RB BAAS RAE. aso. RE Prceding ofthe London Mathematical Sai Prt Lnguaram Oriental ‘The Placeof Minos Periodico matematco apes of the Peabody Mesum Praceding ofthe rho Socty yi Reviw Topographical Bbgraphy Pweg ft aa Sciy Le Paisryald Up Prwcedingofte Soe eal Arharsy Palin dela sce rae pine separa Phish! Pasco ofthe Ryl Sede apy the ier of Mian tection (Ql und Stade sur Gencc der Mathematik. Astronomiewed Physik Rene dAsyrnogie Archie vente Rea Academia de Ciencias Exact, scasy Naturales Rowe archivogique ara Aihmetica Rove bibique Rap ofthe Buti Soci forthe Advancement of Scene ‘Rap of the Cambridge nthoplical xpdtion the Tore Sits Rota del St Oita owed fpaleie London Berlin Cambridge MA and moss London london Caio London etn Pais Madrid Pais Saint Benne ondon Cambridge, 1807 Rome Pais MM RN RAL mM age scaMt scki0 SHAW sa st SP. 3 su Rowe des Eades Catiqus Rowe des Bade Gres Rove des Eades amigas Ripe prep smitigue Reproducion fac siniar Rec de fc Ror htorigue Ronede Haute Auvergne Rowe desire de Religions Rove Hist des Sees owed Mitr de Sines et deers plications Rone du Monde masuinon Rowe mumiomatique Rendon Reale cade det ine Riva d Sori dla Scie The Rok Tomb of Meir Arandische Pappas und Osa Sis Ancient Oriental Citations Senta Sete American Si craacht Semitica Sun sr Geach end Klar der ‘slumischen Orient Stunbercte der Heidelberg Abademie der Wassenchan Siferka Mispar Sepa Pon sit Bbc lementsf Sut Indian Pleraphy Science furl Situmpsbericte dr aiserichen Abademie er Wissnchfen Sept Mino, 1 Pais Pais Pais Pais Pais Aasillae Pais Rome ocence Chicago,IL New York ocence Pais Bern Heidelberg Rome sua SMA SME SM. SPA SPRDS ss stm suM svsN swa ™ ™D TPs tas) Teas. TDR Te. Sepa Mina,2 sserevans vas Sepa Mathematica Studi medio Tin ‘Siri Mesopotamian Stas Los Agees,CA Laseritura prot amica seementcet Seif roceding ofthe Roya Dbl Sacity Dublin Siler Scien Innsbruck Sadia Mditraner Pavia Sumer Baghdad Mamie de a saci oui de cieces atures Lausanne ‘Schen drWiseachatichenGelichft inStesburg Strasburg Tablets bri see:courrors, Tk AnelDegit Transactions ofthe American Phisophica Sicity Transactions ofthe Asai Society offopan Yokohama Transco: published by the Conmectat Academy of tan cect, Nev Haven, CT Tablas de Drehem se GENOUILLAC Tablets de poqubayloncnneancienne se: ein Phephanis Chronapraphio. Paris, 1655, ‘hesaurasncrigtionm Agypliam se: RUSCH. Testimoia Linge Brace 1968 ansactons ofthe Literary Soci of Maas Madeas Tatesmathematiques de Babylone see rMUREAL Travaux et moins dentate de Paris, Pais Tees mathimatgus de Suse See: aRUINS & rattan see: nonconracnt RIA. Tramation ofthe Ral ith Academy TSA Tablas sumone arhaigues TSM Talo Seif Memoirs TOKY Tink Tari Kura Yinlrindan TUTA Tablets dak TOG Ther eitchif ur Genchiche und nat (de Triere Landes UMA Urkundn des Aegpischen Aerts LUCAE University of California Publication of American Archaogy and Echnalogy UMN — Unterricht fr Mathomatitund Natrwienchfen LURK Hiei Udunden der _ichichen mich Zeit URKI Unde de Aten Reh [URKIV Urkundn der 18 tn Dyastio ‘UVB. orlige Bric ited Augrabungn in UnukWarka VIAT Viator Malia and Renaissance Studies Dublin London Ankara ‘Tee Betaey,CA Besin Beteley, CA, wae wM MG ze w zkM zMP INz zp ochench fr Manske Phil World of Mathematics ian dn in wei bin Yale Oriental Sere etch siege etc fr Appice Sprack und ‘Aleta otc der Dahon “Mogenlndichn Gexlichoft Zeit des Deachen Paling eins Zech fr Eble echo fr di Kade des Morgenander etch fr Mathematik Physik Dorit Nara Zt Obicaje jib Slavens esc fr OstercicheVoliskunde Zatch fi Romansche Pilg [New Haven, CT ein Bern Wiesbaden Lipuig& Wiesbaden Sraunschg Cartngen Lageed Vienna Tubingen INTRODUCTION Where “Numbers” Come From ‘This book was spared off when I eas a schoolteacher by questions asked by children. Like any decent teacher, [tried not to leave any ‘question unanswered, however odd oe naive it ight ser, After ala ‘tious mind often isan nteligent one. ‘One morning, I was giving 2 class about the way we write down numbers. had done my oven homework and was wellprepsred to ‘explain the ins and outs of the splendid system that we have for representing numbers in Atabic numeral, and to sete story to show the theoretical possibility of shifting from base 10 to anyother base ‘without altering the properties of the numbers ofthe nature of the operations that we cen carryout on ther, In other words, «perfectly ‘ordinary maths lesson, the sort of lesson you might have once sat through youself ~ 2 lesson taught, year i, year out, since the very foundation of secondary schooling But it did not turn out to bean ordinary cas. Fate oF Innocence ‘made that day quite special for me. ‘Some pupils the sort you would not ik to come aros too often, for they can change your whole life ~ asked me point blank all the «questions that eldren have been storing up for centuries. They were suc simple questions tha the et me speeches for a moment “Sic where do numbers come from? Who invented 207" Wel, where do numbers come fom, infact? These familiar symbols seer so utterly obvious 10 us that we have the quite mistaken impression that they sprang forth fully formed, as gods or heroes ae supposed to. The question was disconcerting. | confess I had never previously wondered what the answer might be “They come, et they come rom the remotest pat,” Iurbled, bately masking my ignorance. But I only had to think of Latin numbering those Roman numerals which we stil use 10 indicate particular kinds of numbers, Hike Sequences of kings or millionaires ofthe sme name) to be quite sue that numbers have not always been written in the same way a8 they “Sit” said another boy, “Can you tll us how the Romans did thie sums? Ive been tying to doa multiplication with Roman numeral for ays, and m getting nowhere wiht "You cant do sums with those numeral,” another boy buted in “My did told me the Romans did thie sums lke the Chinese do today, with an abacus.” ‘That was almost the sight answer, but one which I didnt even possess. “Anyway” sid the boy othe rest of the clas, ifyow jst go into a (Chinese restaurant youl se that those people dont need numbers ot calculators to do thie sums as fast as we do, With thei abacus, they ‘can even go thousands of times faster than the biggest computer in theworid” ‘That was a sight exaggeration, though i i cetinly true that sill abaits can make cautions faster than they can be done on ‘paper or on mechanical calculating machines. But modern electeonie ‘computers and calculators obviously leave the abacus standing. was fortunate an privileged to have a as of bos from very varied ‘backgrounds, Learned alt fom therm “My fathers an ethnologist,” sud one. "He told me that in Afica and ‘Australia there are sill primitive people so stupid that they can't even ‘count further than two! They sil cavemen!” ‘What esteaoedinaty injustice inthe mouth ofa child Unfortunately, there used tobe pleny of o-lled experts who believed, as edict “primisve™ peoples had remained atthe frst stages ofhuman evelution, However, when you look more closely, it becomes apparent hat “savages ate't so stupid afte all that hey are far from being devoid of| inteligence, and that they have extraordinary clever ways of coping ‘without numbers. They have the sime potential as we ll do, but their culacesarejust very diferent from those of "ciilsed” societies But Idi not know any ofthat at the time. tied t grope my way back through the centuries. Before Arabic numeral, there were Roman ones. But does “before” actully mean anything? And even if tdi, what was there before those numerals? Was it going to be posible to use an archaeology of numerals and computation to track back to that mind-bogling moment sshen someane frst came up with the idea of counting? ‘Several othe allegedly nave questions arose asa result of my pupil curious minds. Some concerned “counting animals” that you some times se at citeuses and firs hey are supposed to beable ro count (hich is why some people claim that mathematicians are just, cireus artistes?) Other pupils put forward the puzle of “number 13", alternately considered an omen of god luck and an omen of bad ick, (Others wondered what was in the minds of mathematical prodigies, thas phenomenal beings who can perform very complex operations in their heads at high speed ~ calculating the cube root offen digit number, o ling ofall the prime numbers between seven milion and ‘enmilion, and son In 8 word, 2 whole host of horrendous but fascinating questions ‘exploded in the fice of teacher who, on the verge of humiliation, took ‘he fill measure of his ignorance and begen to see jst how inadequate the teaching of mathematics i if it makes no reference to the history ofthe subjet. The only answers I could give were improvised ones, incomplete and certainly incorec. ‘Thad an excuse, all the same The arithmetic books ad the school ‘manuals which were my working tools dd nt even allude tothe history ‘of numbers. History textbooks talk of Hammurabi, Caesar, King Arthur, and Charlemagne, just as they mention the travels of Mareo Polo and ‘Ciistophee Columbus; they deal wit topics as varied asthe history of| aper printing, team power, coinage, economics, and the calendar, as ‘well asthe history of human languages and the origins of writing and of| thealphabet. But searched them in vain fo the slightest mention f the history of numbers. It was almost as if conspiracy of obviousness aimed to make a secret, or, even worse, just o make us ignorant of one ‘ofthe most fantastic and fertile of human discoveries. Counting what allowed people to take the measure oftheir wold, to understand it ‘beter, and to put some ofits innumerable secrets to good use. ‘These questions had a profound impact on me, beginning with this lesson in modesty: my pupil, who were manifesly more inquisitive than Thad been, taught me a lesson by spurring me on to study the history ofa great invention. It turned out tobe a history that I quickly iscovered tobe both universal and discontinuous, ‘THE QUEST POR THE MATHEMATICAL GRAIL [could not nove ever let go ofthese questions, and they soon drew me into the most fascinating pti of learning and the most enthralling adventure of mye My desire to find the answers and to have time to think aboot them persuadedme, not without regrets, give up my teachingjob. Though L ‘had only slender means devoted myself fulltime toa research project that must have seemed as mad, in the eyes of many people, 25 the mediaeal quest for the Holy Gra, the magical vessel in which the blood of Christ on the cross was supposed to have been collected Lancelot, Perceval, and Gawain, amongst many other valiant knights of| Christendom, set off in search ofthe gral without ever completing their quest, because they were not pure enough or lacked sufcent faith or casty to approach the Truth of God. could aim tohave chastity o purity ether. But ith and cling led me to cross the ive continents, materially of intellectually, and limpse horizons fer wider than those thatthe cloistered world of| ‘mathematics usually allows, But the mote my eyes opened onto the wider world, the more Irelsed he depth of my ignorance, Where, when and how did che amazing adventure of the human intellect begin? Tn Asia? ln Europ? Or somewhere in Afra? Didi take place at the time of CroMagnon man, about thirty thousand years ‘go, or inthe Neanderthal period, more than iy thousand years go? (Or coud it have been haa milion years ag? Or even ~ why not? =a milion years go? What motives did prehistoric peoples have to begin the great sdventue of counting? Were thir concerns purely astronomical Co do withthe phases ofthe moon, the eternal return of day and night, the «ele ofthe seasons and son)? Or dd the requirements of communal living give the fst impulse towards counting? In what way and ater what period of time dd people discover thatthe ingers of ne hand and the toes of one fot represent the same concept? How did the need for caleulation impose itself on theie minds? Was there a chronological sequence in the discovery ofthe cardinal and ordinal aspects of the integers? In which period did the Grst attempts at oral numbering ‘occur? Did an absract conception of number precede articulated language? Did people count by gesture and material tokens before doing so through speech? Or was tthe other way round? Does the ide of| ‘umber come from experince ofthe world? Or did the idea of number ct asa catalyst and make explicit what must have been present already sa latent dea in the minds of our most distant ancestors? And finally, Isthe concept of number the product of intense human thought, oisit the result of a long and slow evolution starting from a very concrete understanding of things? ‘Theseareal perfectly normal qustonstoask, ut mas ofthe answers cannot be researched ina constructive way since there is no longer any race of the thought prcesses of eatly humans. The evento, more probably. the sequence of events, has been lst inthe depths of pre historic time, and there aren archaeological remains to give us cle. oever,archaology was not necessarily the only approach 0 the problem. What other discipline might there be that would allow st leet a tab at an answer? For instance, might psychology and «ethnology not have some pow to reconstitute the origins of number? ‘The Quest for Number? Or a quest for 2 wraith? That was the question twas nt easy to know which twas, but Lad stout on it and was Soon to conquer the whole world, fom America to Egypt, fom India to Mexico, from Peru to China, in my search for more and yet ‘more numbers. But as Thad no financial backer, I decided to be my ‘own sponsor, doing odd jobs (delivery boy chauffeur, waite, night ‘atchan) o keep body an soul together. ‘Asan intellectual tours! was able to visite greatest museums in the word, in Cairo, Baghdad, Bejing, Mexico City, and London (the British Museum and the Science Museum); the Smithsonian in ‘Washington, the Vatican Library in Rome, the libraries of major ‘American universities (Vale, Columbia, Philadephia), and ofcourse ‘the many Pars collections atthe Musée Guimet, the Conservatoire es arts et métirs, the Louvre, and the Bibiothique nationale ale visited the euins of Pompeii and Masada, And tok a tip to the Upper Nil Valley to see Thebes, Luxor, Abu Simbel, Gath Had 2 look at the Acropolis in Athens and the Forum in Rome, Pondered on time's stately march from the top of the Mayan pyramids at Quirigus and Chichén Itz. And from here and from there I leaned precious information about past and present customs connected with the history ‘ofcounting. ‘When T got back from these fascinating ethnomnumerical and archaeoarithmetcal expeditions | buried myself in popularsing and ‘encyclopaedic articles, plunged into leaned journals and works of ‘ruition, and red off thousands of questions to academe specaistsin ‘ores of ferent elds, ‘Ar the start, 1 didnot get many replies. My would be corespondents ‘were dumbfounded bythe banality ofthe top: ‘There are of course vast numbers of oddblls forever pestering specialists with questions. But Ihad to persuade them that was serious. Te was essential for me to obtain their co-operation, since needed tobe ‘kept upto date about new and recent discoveries in ther elds, however apparently insignificant, and as an amateu need thei help in avoid ing misnterpetation. And since Iwas dealing with many specialists ‘who were far outside the field of mathematics, I had not only to persuade them that] was an honest tern a respectable field, but also to get them to acept that “numbers” and “mathematis” are not quite thesame thing. Arwe shall se. ‘All this work led me to two basi facts, Fist, vas teasurshouse of documentation on the history of mambers does actualy exist. | owe a ‘at deal to the work of previous scholars and mention i frequently throughout this book. Secondly, however, the articles and monographs inthis store of knowiedge each deat with only one specialism, are addessed to other experts inthe same Bld, and are fr from being ‘complete or comprehensive accounts. There were also a few general ‘works, tobe sure which I came across later, and which also gave me some help. But as chey describe the state of knowledge athe time they ‘were written, they had been long overtaken by later discoveries in archaeology, psychology and ethnography. "No single work on numbers existed which covered the whole of the available eld, from the history of civilisations and cligions tothe history of cence, fom prehistoric archaeology tolnguistics and pile. ‘ogy, ftom mythical and mathematical interpretation to ethnography, ranging over the five continents Indeed, how can one successfully sum up such heterogeneous materia without losing important distinctions or flinginto the ap of ‘implication? The history of numbers includes topics a= widely divergent as the perception of number in mammals and bicds, the arithmetical use of prehistoric notched bones, Indo-European and Semitic numbering sjstems, and numbertechniques among socalled Primitive populations in Australi, the Americas, and Afica. How can you each in one single net things a different as finger-counting and ‘liga computing? counting wth beads and Amerindian or Polynesian ‘noted sting? Pharaonic epigraphy and Babylonian baked clay tablets? How can you talkin the same way about Greek and Chinese arithmetic, astronomy and Mayen inscriptions, Indian poetry and mathematics, Arabic algebra and the mediaetal quadevium? And all of thats as to abana coherent overall vision ofthe development through time and space of the defining invention of modern humanity, whichis ‘ur present numbering sytem? And where do animals ft ito what is already an enormously complex fied? Not to mention human infas What I had set out to do was manifestly mad. The topic sat at the junction ofall elds of knowledge and constituted an immense universe ‘ot human intellectual evolution. It covered a id och and huge that no single person could hope to graspitalone. ‘Such a quest is by its nature unending. This book will occupy a ‘modest place in fongline of outstanding treatises. Iwill ot be theast, ‘of ther, tobe sure, for so many more things remain undiscovered or not yet understood llth same, think have brought together practically everything of significance ffom what the numberbased scence, of the logcal and historical kinds, have to teach us at the moment ‘Consequently, thisisalso probably the aly book ever weiten that ges 1 more or les universal and comprehensive history of numbers and ‘numerical calculation, st out in logical and ehronologica way and ‘made acesile in plain anguage tothe ordinary reader with no prior knowledge of mathematics. ‘And since research never stands sil, have been able to bring new solutions to some problems and to open up other, long.nelected areas ofthe universe of numbers. For example, none ofthe chapters you wil finda solution tothe thorny problem ofthe decipherment of Elite numbering, used nearly ive thousand years ago in what is now lea, hive also shown that Roman numbering. long thought to have been Gesived from the Greek system, was in fct a “prehistoric fos developed from the very ancient practice af notching. There ate also some new contributions on Mesopotamian numbering and arithmetic, ‘swell a a quite new way of looking atthe facinating and sensitive topic of how “our” numbers evolved fom the unlikely conjunction of| several great ideas. Similarly, the history of mechanical caleuaton ‘culminating in the invention ofthe computers entirely new. I you wanted to schemas the history of numbering systems, you could say that i fs the space between One and Zero, the two concepts ‘which have become the symbols of modern technological society. ‘Nowadays we step with careless ease from Zero to One, $0 confident ate we, thanks to computer scientists and our mathematical masters, thatthe Void always comes before the Unit. We never stop to think fora moment that in terms of time tis huge step from the invention of the umber “one” the frst ofall numbers even inthe chronological sense, to the invention of the number “zee the lst major invention in the story of numbers. For in fac the whole history of humanity is spread ‘out backwards between the time when i was realised thatthe void ‘was “nothing” and the time when the sense o oneness” fist arose, 2s ‘humans became wae of thee individual solitude in the face of ie and fay > | om | a> nantes) fees T vl) w) m| mm) ¥) 9%) ox) my | my als tefs Pepr er | s "ehcp Rt hf own mien CE v=] oe) om Tag me op ae rfetste]sfs[rfe | > bela) ow phi ssp hi fot ilania CE perso CRC) (2 Tae [oe [ame [| se | tp aap calla ae a ae Sa pe het Te " Wo) Se | URE | | ON) BREE YORE) rp ee Lets be te fe Pb TE) TT [on [| oo [om] ete ewe Fpl sd Ago 0 nd ences BCE twcavevsamon | Tyw | yaw) 2 [en ew [zm |2m silts “in Chern Cy oe Sho 2 ei BE hin hic BE © © ee) ae} PT) re) Me | Pee 1} Fear a | ee |e eae aa a ee +--+ Te] Tee rte |s bs e[tr is meee pet tp] Fe aise Fev Mawwaasamiog 1 [! wm It nm Im Pun ‘fepeiee| op eis esoporan To recapitulate: atthe stat of his try people began by counting the Arch Ser, ning fh ili BCE frst nine numbers by placing in sequence the corresponding number of strokes, ils dots or other ir signs presenting “one”. more ores 5 Bg notes i ve rand But because series of ential signs ae not easy to read quickly for MesoPoTAMA etm gubers above fut the system was aid akandoned, Some cists Sami coin 80-2008 (suchas those Found in Egypt, Sumer, Elam, Cree, Urartu and Greece) got T) W |W round the eificlyby grouping the signs for aumbers from fet nine ¥ WE) FAT) FF | FAP) Zvdgte pend arte iil Se npr alate slalele too om om om om mm mom oman MesoporaMn les30, 1203 4 5 68 7 8 9 ‘oreo nd ft ilo vet en en Wen Gro Bed Trlw lel wale ee fren viata tals . iter cists such the Aso Bayon, he Peri, the ee Teun ‘gptandranean sd the an, sled he pen yee same etna alee ‘ful m| my yu (ooo moo ow x bjalslels Ee u PHOENICIAN CIVILISATION Mos 12 3 4 5 6 7 s cst as orn osm ovseuneseapess [rj Jo] tm [orm] sa ats Cs em mse Ul L ‘ | |Lycians, Mayans, Etruscans and Romans, came up with an idea (probably a Trobe ger counting) or Sta sine he mumbo et mm D8 hee CE atari a7 TER lélE 3 Tere realy canbe po ete aot it ow at uma alt pennies te fo! tiie othe tscot earth eka tty anentry awe sumer capacity ined, a capac barely greater than tht of some & Iris Tn te aman coun te se Innate aptitude alone wo the abstraction of counting than could crows ot folfiaces. But human societies hae enlarged the potent of these very limited abilities by inventing a numberof mental procedures of enormous fect, procedures which opened up a pathway into the universe of numbers and mathemati Since we can discriminate unelectingly between concrete quantities only upto fur, we canna have eecourse oly to our natural Sense of umber to gt to any quantity greater than four. We must perforce rig into play the device of abstract counting the characteristic quality of “cise” humanity. Butis therefore the as tht inthe absence ofthis mental device for counting Gin the way we now understand the tern, the hua mind is so enfeeled that cannot engage in ay kindof numeration a all? eiscerainly true that wthou the abstractions tht we clone, "tw “tye” snd soon is not easy teary out mental operations. Bu it does ot flow at all that a mind without umber of ou Kind is incapable of devising speci tools for manipulating quantes in concrete sets. ‘There ate very good reasons for thinking tat for many centuries people were able to seach several numbers without posessing anything Uke rumbersonceps. ‘Thece are many ebnographic records and reports rom vtous prt of| ‘Affia, Oceania and the Americas showing that aumerous contemporary “primitive popolatons have numerical techniques that allow them cary out some operations, at leas to sme extent. ‘These techniques, which, in comparison to our own, could be called "omer enable sch peoples to reach the sme resus 3 we woul, by sing mediating objects oF mde cals of many diferent hinds (pebbles, Shel, bones, ard fruit, dried animal dung, sticks, the use of notched bones or sticks, ee). The techniques are much les powerful and often rote complicated than our cnn, but they are pertety serviceable for establishing (for exampls) whether as many bead of cate have returned from grazing 38 went out ofthe cowshed. You donot need to beable to oun by numbers to et the ight answe fr problems ofthat kind eal started with the device known a8 “oneforone cartespondence” “This allows even the simples of minds to compat two calletons of beings or things, ofthe sme kind ot not, witout cling onan ability to count in number. ts device which both the prehistory of arithmetic, and the dominant made of operation inal contemporary “and” scenes, rei how i works You get ona us and you have before you apt So the dive, who isin a psiileged postion) wo ssa set of Seats and set of passengers. none glance you can ell whether the twosetshave"the ‘same number” of elements; and i the two ses ae not equal, you can tet just a8 quickly whichis the Inger of the two. This read-reckoning of| ‘umber without recourse to numeration is more easly explained by the device of ne for on correspondence, Ifthe was no one standing inthe bus ad here were vome mp sels, you woud know tht each passenger asa seat, but that ach seat doesnot necessarily have a passenger: therefore, there ae fewer pasenges than sats Inthe contrary ase =i there ate people sanding andthe sets are taken = you know that there are mote pasengers than seats. The third possibility is that there is noone standing anal seats re ake: 35 each "at corresponds to one passenger, thee ae as many passengers sats. ‘The st station canbe described by saying that theresa mapping (or 2 uni orespondec, on ters of modern mathematics, a bijection) ‘between the number of eats and the numberof passengers inthe bus. ‘Aabout fifteen orsieen months infants go beyond the stage of simple ‘observation of ther envtonment and become capable of gasping the Principle of oneforone correspondence, and in particular the propery ‘of mapping. fw gv a baby ofthis age equal numbers of ols and tle hrs, the infant wl probably ty ot one doll on each seat. This Rnd of ays nothing other than mapping te elements of nest (dolls onto the ‘ements of second set (hats) Buf west out more dlls than ears (or rote hats than dol), ater ane the baby wl bela Fett wil have realised thatthe mapping it working. fh a hd foe cn i of This mental device des not only provide 2 means fr comparing two group, but also allows ite user to manipulate several mombers without noing how to count or evento name the quantities involved you work at a nema boxoffice you usualy havea seating plan af the suutorium in font of you. Tere is ae “box” onthe plan foreach seat in the auditorium, an, each ime you sl a tekt, ou ross out one of the boxes onthe plan. What you are dings mapping the seats inthe cinema onto the boxes on the seating plan, then mapping the boves on the plan onto the tikes sold, and Bally, mapping the tickets sold onto the number of people allowed ito the zuitoriam. So even if ou are 00 lazy to add up the numberof tickets you've sol, youl no bein any doubt shout knowing when the show has sld out “To recite the stbutes of Allah oF the obligntory lnudations ater prayers, Muslin habitually use string of prayerbeads, ech bead corte sponding toon divine tribute orto one laudation. The ail "el their beads by slipping a bead at a tine trough thc ings a they proceed hrough the recitation of eulgies or ofthe abuts of Aah, 1. Main es a ha in i ed fig te {Yaar mpegty dates Tange pr ofp pe an ‘rar aa rf pro ey atone eg i gs. [Beaten gr tps sate aba hse Ig bead ni de ano ol hd bons Buddhists have also ued prayer bead fora very long time, as have Cathie, for ecting Pater aster, Ave Mara, ria Pat et. As these Itanies must be ecied Several times na gute precise order and number, Christian osarie ually consis of neclace threaded with ive mest stvall beads, each group separated by a slighty larger bead, together with 4 cain bearing one Large then three smal brads, then one lrg bead and a cos, That show the itanies can be recited without canting bt without omision - each small bead an the ving corresponds to one oe ‘Mari, with a Glave Pars added onthe at bead of ech et often. and Pe ster sai fo enc age bes, end soon, ‘The device of oneforone cortespondnce has thus allowed these relons to devise a system which ensres that the tf donot lose ount of their Iitanies despite the considerable amount of repetition equied. The device can thus eof wet the most “hie” f societies and fr the completly “uncvlised”is ven more alae, Lets take someone with no arithmetical knowledge all and send him to the grocery store to get ten loaves of read, five bots of ooking and four bge of potatos. With no ait to count, how ou ths person be taste to ring bck the correct amount of change? Bat in fc such 3 son i perfectly capable of carrying ut the tran provided the proper equipment is avaible. The appropriate kit is necessarily based on the principle a ne foanecorespondece. We could make ten purses out of white cloth, coresponding tothe ten love, five yellow pres fr the bots of coking ol and four brown puss, forthe baps of potatoes In each purse me could put the exact price ofthe corresponding item of parchae, and all the unedaated shopper nds to know is hat a white purse can be exchanged fora leaf yellow one fora bottle of il and ‘brown one for a bag of potatoes. “This i probably ow prehistoric humanity did arithmetic fr many rile, before the fest gmmer of arithmetic or of numbeeconceps Imagine shepherd in charge ofa ak of sep which is brought back to sheer everynight in «cave, There are Bity-fve sep in this oc, But the shepherd dosnt know that he hs Fife of hem since he does ot know the number “all be knows is that he has “many sheep’. ven so, he wants to be sure that al is sheep are back in the cave each night So he has an idea ~ the idea of a conetete device which prbisoric humanity wed for many millenia Hess a the mouth of his ave and lets the animals in one by oe, He takes a flint and anol bone, an cuts 4 notch nthe bone fr every sep that goes no, without eling the ‘mathematical meaning of it, he has made exe fiy-ve incon on the bone by the time the las animal i inside the cave. Henceoth the shepherd can check whether any sepia his lock are sing. very time he comes back fom grazing, he ls the sheep int the cave one by one, and moves bis finger ver one indentation inthe aly stick foreach one 1 here are any mars leon the bone afte the las sheep is inthe cave, that mean he as lst some sheep. Inet alls inorder. And if mearnile 4 new lamb comes along, al he has to dois to make another notch in the tally bone So thanks tothe principle one fone coespondence it is possible manage to count even inthe absence of adequate words, memory or abetacion, ‘Oneforone mapping of the elements of one set onto the elements of 1 second set crests an abstact idea, etitely independent of the type ‘or nature of he things or beings in the oe or othe et, which expresses 2 property common to the two sets. In other words, mapping abelshes ‘he distnction that olds between two sets by virtue ofthe type or ature ofthe lerents that eonsttte them. This abstract propery is pressely why one frane mapping is asgniicant tool for tasks invaving numer ‘on: but in practice, the methods that can be sed on it are ony stable fa eaively smal ets. ‘This i why moda calections canbe very useful in this domain. Tally steks with diferent numbers of aks on them conte so speak 3 range of a-made mappings wbich can beefed to independently of ‘the type or nature ofthe elerents that he originally reece to. A stick of fory oF wood with twenty notches on it canbe used to enumerate ‘venty men, twenty sheep or fventy goats just a easly a ican be wed for twenty bison, twenty horses, twenty das, twenty pls, twenty kayaks ‘or eweny measures of gain. The only numb technique that can be ut ‘on this consists of choosing the most ppopit tlly sick rom the read smades so sto obtain a one-one mapping onthe set tat you next want Homever, notched sticks arena the oly concrete moda clone aa she for thisknd of matching and couning. The shepherd of our example ‘oud also have used pebbles for checking that the stme numberof sheep ‘comeint the cave every evening as went out each morning Alle aed do ose this device woud be to associate one pebble with each head of | sheep, top the suing pl of pebbles ina safe plc, and then to count therm out in eevee procedure on returning fom the pasture the lst snimal in matches the aw pebble nthe pl, then the shepherd knows for sue tha none of his lock as been lst, and ia am as been born meannhilllhe eed odo oa pebble tothe pile ‘Allover the plabe people have used varity of objets for thi purpose: shell, pears, aed fruit, kauclebones, tks, elephant test, acon, clay pellets, cocoa beans, even died dang, oxansed into heaps oF lines corresponding in number the tally ofthe things needing tobe checked, Marks made in and, and beads and shel, stung on necklaces or made Jt rosaries, hae also been used fr keeping allies. ven today. several “primitive” communities use parts ofthe body for ‘his purpose. Fingers, toes, the arcltions ofthe arms and legs (elbow, wit, kne, ankle...) ee, nose, mouth, eas, breasts, chest sternum, hip and oon ae used a the reference elements af one orone counting systems, Much fhe evidence comes fam the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Oceania athe end ofthe lst entry According to Wyatt (i, some Tores Stats sanders “ounted visually” ee Fig 130) 1 eh fe spike ony ec ie 1 ian i lansing 13d ey Tor Saad 2B ita = laine Bie 29 opt ge The toueh isthe fingers oftheir sghthand,oneby one then the ight, vrs, elbow and shoulder, go onto the sternum, then the leside articulations notforgetingthe fingers. This brings them tothe nomber ‘seventeen. Ifthe otal needed is highe, they add the tes, ane, knee andhip ofthe lt then height hand side, That gives 16 more, making 538 ln all. Fr even higher numbers, the islanders ave recourse 0 4 bondi ofsmall sticks [As quoted in AC. Haddon (1890) Mucray sanders also used parts ofthe boy ina conventional ode, nd were able to reach 20 inthis manne, Other Totes Stats sanders used similar procedures which enabled them to “count visually” upto 18: the same customs are found amongst the Papans and He of New Gines, NUMBERS, GESTURES, AND WORDS ‘The question arises ithe mere ntameration of parts ofthe body in egular order tantamount toa tre arithmetical sequence? Let us ry to find the answer in some ofthe ethnographic trata telting ro Oceania “The fist example i from the Papuan language spoken in what was British New Guinea. According othe report ofthe Cambridge Expedition to the Tres Strats, Sie Wim MacGregor fund that “body counting” vas prevalent in ll he vilges Below the Mus ive. “Starting with the lise finger on the righthand, the series proceds with the righthand Singers, then height wit, elbow, shoulder, ea dee then on to thee ‘and so o, downto the ite toe onthe let foot" ach of the gestures to these parts ofthe body i accompanied, the eeport continue, by 8 specie ere in Papuan, allows 1 right hand ise inger ans 2 right hand ig finger ‘ro 3 right and mid finger ‘iro 4 right hand index finger ‘tro 5 right thumb ae 6 rahe west tama 7 Fight ebow nate 5 Fah shoulder viet 4 right denne 0 rihtee dit a" left eye ai 2 oe edo B mouth be 4 leftear ore 15 left shoulder va 6 let bow abo ” let wit ‘ana 18 let thumb thei as let hand index Singer dre 20 left hand male ger bre a left hand ing finger ‘re 2 let and il finger sana ‘The words used are simply the names ofthe parts of the body, and sti speaking they arent nomercl terms al Ana, for example, ‘sociated with both 1 and 2, andi used to indicate the litle fingers of both helt and thee hands. these circumstances how en jou know which number i mean? Similar the term dr fers othe ing idle 2nd index fingers of bot hands and "means" either 2 or 4or 19 20 or 21. Without the accompanying gesture, how could you possibly ell Which of these numbers wat mea? However, there is no ambiguity in the system. What i spoken isthe name ofthe pat ofthe body, which ha its rnkonderin aie, conven- tional sequence within which no confsion pase So ther no dubt thatthe mere enumrstion ofthe pats ofthe body does not cnstiute 2 tre arithmetical soquence unless it is asoiated with a coresponding sequence of gestures. Moreoer, te mental counting process has no direct coal expression ~ you can ge to the number requted without uring ‘ord, A conventional et of number gestures” ial that needed, Tn those cases where it is porto recover the orginal meanings ofthe ‘ames given to numbers, it ofen turns out that they retain races of buy counting systems ke tose we have looked a. Here, for example, are the number-words used by the Bupa ormer British New Guinea) together ith their etymological meanings 1 taangsa ethan il finger 2 mitoling next Singer 3 guipimta ina idle ger 4 toe index finger 5 monde thumb 6 gaben wit 7 taniginbe elbow pode shoulder 8 mame let breast 10 dale righ breast {Source J. Chalmers 1858) .C Hantrey (1902 also reports thatthe Lengua people ofthe Chaco (Paraguay) ase 9 set of mambernames broadly derived from specie ruber gestures. Special words apparently untlted to body counting ae sed for Land 2, bt forthe other numbers they sy something ike 3 “made of one and two" ‘4 “both sides same" 5 “onehand”| 65 “rachedotherhand, one” 7 “reached other hand, wo" 8 “ached otber hand, made of ne and ows" “tached oter hand, both sides same” 10 “fisted, both hands" 11 “reached fot one 12 “reached foo. we 13 “reached foo, made of one and ts 1M “reached foot, both sides sm 15 “inished foo” 16 “reac othe foot, on™ 17 “veached other fot, eo" 18 “teached other fot, made of one and vo! 19 reached othe foot, oth sides sae” 20 “Bnished The Zui have names for numbers which F.H. Cushing (1892) cls mana concept" 1 ipite taken to begin 2 bl raised with he previous 3 bia the finger that divides ually 4 amie allingers raised bar one Sipe the scored one 5 tpaltye another added to whats counted sleedy 7 ik eo brought together and raised ith the oters 8 thaitya eee brought together and aed ith he others 8 tenaitja—__allbarone raised with theaters 10 emia ——_allthe ingers Meme ‘opayithl ona allthe fingers and one moe raised and 00. All this leads us to suppose that in the remotest past gestures cme before ny orl expression of umbers CONCRETE QUANTITIES Let us now imagine a group of primitive” people licking any conception of abstract numbers but in possesion of pertetly adequate devices for “reckoning” relatively small ets of concrete abet. They use all sort of ‘model collation, but most often they “reckon by eye” in the falling manner they touch ech other's righthand finger, starting withthe Bie finger, then the right wis, elbow, shoulder et, and eye. Then they touch tach others nase, mouth the the let ee, ea, shoulder, elbow, and wrist, andonto the litle inge ofthe left and getting to 22 of. the narber reeds i higher, the go onto the bests, hips, and gent, then the ‘knees, ankles and toes onthe ight the thee sides, This extension allows 19 farther integers, o ttl of 4, ‘The rouphas eel skirmished with arebelios neighbouring wilage and won, The group lade decides to demand reparations, and entrust ‘ne of is men withthe tsk of cllsting the warriors we have ls”, ays the chi, “they shall give us as many par reldaces as there ae fom the ite finger on ny righthand to my ight tye at many pls as there are from the tle finger of my righthand tomy mouth, and as may baskets of fod a there re from the tle ge of my righthand tomy left wrist." What this meas is that the reparation foreach ost solder is tom. For cach af the oper necaces 2p: bases ff In this particular skinmish, the group lot sitean men. Of course none amongst the group has @ notion of the number “16, but they havea inflible method of determining aumbersin these sitions on departing for the igh, each arco places a pebble on pile, and om his return each sarvving waror picks pebble ut ofthe pile. The numberof unlaimed pebbles corresponds pecs tothe numberof wares lst. (nef the oder’ envoys then takes posession ofthe il of remaining pebbles but has them replaced by a matching bundle of stick, which i taser to carry, The chief checks the emisaies' equipment and their comprehension ofthe reparations required, and sends them off to parley with the ener The envoys tell the losing se how much they owe, and proceed to cournerate the booty in the flowing manner: one stp forward and sy “rng mea pear necace each ime | point to apart f my body” and he then touches in order the itl inger, the ving finger, the mide finger the ‘index finger and the thumb of hight hand, So the vanquished bring him ‘one necklace, then «second, then third and so on up to the Sth. The ‘vay then repeats hms, bt pointing to is rghe wrist, elbow, shoulder, eat and ey, which get im five more necklaces. So without having any ‘concept ofthe number 10" he obtains pss ten necklces. ‘Anaher envoy proceed in identi fashion to obtain the wee els, snd a third takes possesion of the seventeen baskets of food that are dersanded “Thats when the fourth nvoy comes ito the equation, for he possesses ‘he tally of warriors lost inthe bt inthe form ofa bundle of een ‘thks, Hesets one aie, and the thee other envoys then epeat her per tions, alloinghim to set another sek aside ands, antl thee ae 0 sticks eft in the bundle That show they know that they have tefl ly, and collet up the booty and set off with ito return to thee own lage, ‘Ascanbe sen, "primitives ofthis Kind ate nt using body counting in ‘exactly the same way as we might, Since we know ow to count, conven tinal order of the pats ofthe body would constitute a eve tithe sequence; each “body-pont” would be assimilated in our minds to cardinal rankorder) number, characteristic of a particular quantyyof| things or beings Foe instance, to indicate the ength ofa week sing this system, we would no ned o remember that it contained 3s many days 35 mapped onto our bie from the right litle finger ta he right elbow, since we cook! jst attach to it the “ankorder umber” ald “ight elbow" which would sufce to symbole the numeric vale fay se of seven elements That is becuse we ate equipped with geeralisngeburactions and in partclar with nurberconceps. But “primitive” peoples are not 50 quipped: they cannot aba fom the “points” inthe numbering sequence: tee grasp of the sequence remains erbedded in the specie natre of the “pints” themselves, Thee understanding is in fect restricted o oneor-one mapping: the only “operations” they make arto 444 or remove one or more of the elements in the bask sees, Such people donot ofcourse have any abstract concept ofthe number “te” or instances But they do ow that by eouching in oeder tei ite fingering ge, mide finger index finger and thumb on the righ and, then their right wis, elbow, shoulder, ear and ee they an “ally out 35 many men, animals or objets as thee are body-poins in the sequence And having done so. they remember pesetly well which body pint any Patclar aly of things or people reached, and are able to eepeat the ‘operation in order to each acy the sme tally whenever they want, 1 re hdeeage 2 be a 1 tana nge {ghd ere Seen 1 aeecioe eshte Sng sre iain 2 2 hn gg at 2 rote ite In other words, this procedure isa simple and convenient means of establishing ready-made mappings which can then be mapped one-to-one onto any sts for which 2 toa is equre. So when our imaginary tbe went to colle its ransom, they used only these notions, not any tue umber concepts, Tey simply mapped three sac ready-made sets onto 4 sec of ten necklaces, a eof twee els, and a set of seventeen Baskets of fond for each ofthe lst wars. ‘These body-counting points are thus not thought of by thee users as numbers", but eather a the lst element of model sts aid ater a regulated (conventional) sequence of body-estures, This means tht for such eopethe mere designation of yon ofthe pints a sie to dcribeagven numberof bigs thing nk the em ated com aed by thecomesponding sequence of stares. Soin dscusions concerning such ad such number, no rel “aumber erm” sued instead given umber ofbod:counting points wl be enumerated, alongside the sil taneous sequence of gestures. This kind of enumeration therefore fio ‘onsttatea genuine arithmetical sees partipants in the dscsion mast, also necessarily keep ther ees on the speaker Allthe same, ur imaginary tbesmen hae unknowingly reached quite large numbers, even with uch mite tools, since they have collected: 16x 10 160 nechaces 16312 192 pels 1617 = 272 baskets offeod os hunted and vent far items in all se Fig. 1.3) ‘Theresa simple aon fo his they had thought of socating easy ‘manipulated material objects with the pats ofthe body involved in their counting operations tis tr that they counted atthe neklees, pt and Foodaskets by thee adios body ounting method, bu he deter ing elementincalelatng the ransom to be pad (te mumberofmen losin ‘heat was “nmeraed” with thehepof pebbles and a bundle of ticks ‘Let ws no magne thatthe ilar ate working out how to fx the date ofan important forthcoming rious fl, The shaman who that morning prcamed the arial ofthe new moon aso announced in the folowing way accompanying his words wih quite precie gestures of his hands, that he esta wil alm the hte doy the gh monte “after: "Many suns and many mons wil ise and albert esl, The moon that as just rien mest fst wax and then wane completely. Then it must wa asmany ines again there ae from thet finger on my ight hand othe elbow onthe same side, Ten the sun wil ise an et many timesas there are fom thelite finger on my ight and tomy mouth. That when thes will ext ie onthe day of ur Great et This community obviously has a good grasp ofthe hnar ec, which s ‘only tobe expected, since, aer the rising and the sting ofthe sun, the moon's phates constitate the most obvious regular phenomenon in the natural environment, As in all mpi calendar, this one is based ‘on the observation ofthe ist quarter after the end ofeach jel. With the Delp of model clletions inherited from forebears, many generations of hom must have contsbuted to their slaw development, the communiy can in fat mark time and compute the date thus expresed without error, 25 we shale, (On bearing the shaman’ pronouncement, the chief of the ibe pains 2 numberof mars oo his own body with some fairy durable kindof our ing material, and these marks enable him to record and to recognise the festival date unambiguous He fst records the series of appearances thatthe moon must make fom then unl the fetal by punting small cles on bs righthand litle ge, ing inger, middle finger, index finger, thumb, wrist and elbow. Then e record the number of das hat mas asfeom the appearance ofthe last moon by panting hi lin, esto fon each finger of his ight hand, then on his right wrist. elbow, shoulder, «ar and ee, hen on is nose and mouth, To conde, he pus a hick line ‘over is eee, thereby symbolising the dawn of the et day self. ‘The flowing day at sunset, a member ofthe tribe choten bythe chi to “eount the moons takes one of the read ade ivory tally sticks with thi ined noche, the srt used whenever its necessary fo eeskon the days of given moon in thir order of succession (ee Fg. 1.35). He tes a pee of ring around the fist notch. The nex evening, he es pec of string around the second nach, ands on every evening ut the end ‘ofthe maon. When he reaches the penultimate netsh, he looks carefully a the ight hyn the region where he san sj et, fore knows that the ‘ew moon 00nd to appea ‘On that day, however. the frst quarter ofthe ew moon ot visible in the shy. Soe looks again the next evening when e has Hed the string ound the last noch on the fsa stick and though the skys not clea enough to let him see the new moon, he decides nonetheless that 3 new ‘month has begun. That when he pans Ute cre on hs ight finger. indicating that one una jl as passed, ‘Ar dusk the following dy, our "maor-counte” takes another similar tally stick and testing around te fst otc. The day after heo be proceeds kent with he second notch, and so onto the nd ofthe second ‘month, But at tht months end the tally man knows he wil no eed 0 scan the heavens to check onthe esingo the new moon. Fo in hitb, the knowledge that moon cycles end alternately on the penultimate and last notches ofthe tly sticks hs been handed down for generations. And ‘his knowledges only very slightly inaccurate, snc the average length of| lunatccleis 29 days and 12 ours, i ES | oes ‘The mon counter proceeds in this manner through aerating months (029 and 30 days uti the arrival of he ast moon, when he pains tle ‘ele on his ight elbow. Thee ate now as many eles on the counters body aso the cies the counter’ tas is ove: the ron tally" has been reached, The chief now takes over a the “day-counter, but fr ths ts tally sticks ae not ued, the body-ounting points sufice, The community wl elbrate is festival when the chi has cose ot all the dhl fiom is itl finger to hi huh and also the thik line ove bis eee that isto say onthe thitenth day ofthe eighth moon Fig 136) ‘This reonsation of non-numerate counting system conforms to many ofthe dts observed in Ausalian aboriginal groups, who arabe to reach relatively high numbers through the (unvoraksed) numeration ‘of parts ofthe body when the body-points havea fixed conventional order and ae associated with manipulable model collections ~ kotted stig bundles of sticks, pebbles, notched bones, and oon. Valuable evidence of this kind of stem was reported by Brooke, observing the Dak of South Boro, A mesenger had the task finn ing number of detested rebel villages ofthe sum of reparations they had to pay tothe yaks. “The mesenger came along with some dried leaves, which he broke Jim pieces. Brooke exchanged them for pieces of pape, which were more convenient, The mesenger aid the pieces ona table and used his Singers atthe same time to count hem, up on then he pt is foot ‘on the table, and counted them out 3 he counted ou the pices of per, each of which corresponded to vile, with the name oft ‘hic the number of warirs and the sum of the epration. When he ‘hd sed up al his toes, ame back this ands. At the endo the 1s, hee were frie pices of pape lad out onthe abe * Then vg it itn oh hated me to repeat the message, which I id whist he ran theo the pices of paper, his iges and bis toes a before. Sothere ate ur letters” he sid. "You white falk dont eed the way wed, Dy Later that evening he repeated the whole set corey, and ashe pt histinge on ech pies of pape inorder, he said ‘Soi ember i tomorow morning al wil be wel eave the papers on the table.” Then he shufled them together and made them into beap ‘As soon as we gt up the next morning, we sta he tbl, and he resorted the pies of pape int the order they were in the previous dy, and epeated ll the details of the message with complete aecuray For almost 2 month, 3s he went rom village lag. deep inthe otro, he never Forgot the dierent sums demanded. [Adapted from Brooke, Ten Yarn Saranal All this leads us to hypothesis the following evolution of counting ystems Prat stage ‘Only the lowest numbers are within human grasp. Numerical ability remains restsited to what can be evaluated in a singe lance. "Number i indissociable fom the concrete reality ofthe objets evaluate,” Inordee to cope with quantities above for, 3 umber ofconreteprocedres ae developed. These include fnger-counting and other bodycounting systems, all bated on onefrone correspondence, and leading tothe devel opment of simple, widelyaralable readymade mappings. What 8 articulated (leased) inthe language ae hese ready-made mappings, companied by the appropriate gestures Second tage By force of repetition and bab the i of the names of the bodypars in thei umnerative order impecepably acquire abstract connatations,especilly the Bist five. They slowlylosetheirponertosugeest the actual parts of the body, becoming progressively more attached tothe cote sponding nimber and may nowbe pied any set of objets (Lay Bea) Third tage A fundamental tool emerges: nome romencatue, or the names of the rombers Jer oe ese ms thet iy ce ed rl: ee COUNTING: A HUMAN FACULTY ‘The human ming, evidently, can only grasp nteges as abstractions thas fully avaible to tthe notion of distinct nis as well a the bility to “synthesis” them. This intel tua faulty (which presupposes above all complete mastery ofthe ability to analyse to compare and to abstract fom individual ferences) rests on an ies whic, alongside mapping snd slasication, constitutes the starting point of all scenic advance ‘This cretion ofthe human mind i called “hierarchy relation” order telatons ite the principe by which thing te ordered according to their degre of generality” om dividual to lnd to fp, to pes, nd 800, Decisive progres towards the at of abstract caleslatio that we now se could only be made once it was clealy understood thatthe integers could be ase into hiarchied sytem of numerical wits whose ers were rated as kinds within pes, types within species, and so on Such an organisation of numerical concepts in an invariable sequence 4s rated to the genesic priaciple of “rcurence” to which Arstole refered (Mapes 0572 when he sai that an integer wa 2 "nl lity measurable by the one’. The iden i rly that integers are collection” of abstract units obtained successively by the adjunction of| fucther units ‘Any lect i the reular een ofthe nee (ther tha 1 i obtained padding he ier median prcding in th “ata” segue thats contd (se Fig. 138). Ashe German philosopher Schopenhauer put it any natural integer presupposes its preceding numbers the aus ofits ‘estence: for out minds cannot conceive of number as an abstraction unesit subsumes al preceding numbers inthe sequence. This is what we called the ability to “synthesise” distinct units. Without that abit umber concepts remsin very oudy notions indeed ‘Bt once they have ben pt into a natural sequence, the set of integers permits another faculty o come into play: numeration, To mumerat the items in group is to assign to cach 2 symbol that i to sy, a word, 2 ‘estar ora graphic mar) comesponding toa number taken from the aural sequence of integers, beginning with 1 and proceeding in order tnt the exhaustion of hat se (Fg, 140), The symbol of name gien to tach ofthe elements within the st the name ofits order number within the collection of thing, which becomes thereby a sequence or procession of things. The order number ofthe at eleent within the ordered group is precisely equivalent to the number of elements i the st. Obviously the number obtained is emily independent of the oder in which the elements ae numerated~ whichever of the elements you begin with, you slays end up withthe same otal 7 ‘ale a Sha 2 et Saha ° Sala ata 4 Saka Saal * Wiest a Sata sal bata -- talkain| tient Teeter et, Neti fat ote Forerample, let us taka box containing sever” bilir bal. We ake cout one at andom and giveit the“number” I for itis the rs one ro come out ofthe box). We take another, again completely at random, and give it the “number” 2. We cotiue inthis manner unt thee aren lla bulls lt inthe bor. When we takeout the last ofthe balls, we give it 4 specific numb from the natural Sequence ofthe integers is number 1820, we say that there are “twenty” balls in the box. Numeration has allowed us to transform a vague notion (hat there are “several” llr bul ito ear nowedge In ike manner, eu consider ast of “scattered” points, in ther words dots ina “srdered se" (Fg 138). To ind out how many dots thee ae, alle ave to dost connet them by asian pasing through ech dot once and no dot wie. The points then consitue what is commonly called chin, We then give each point inthe chain an oder number, stat ing fom one ofthe ends ofthe chain we have just made The lst number, sven therefore othe lst point in the chain, provides us with the total uber of dts inthe set ‘So with the notions of succession and numeration we can anc rm the mudd, vague and eteogeneous apperceptian of concrete platy tothe abstract and homogenous ides of sbsolute quantity So the human min can only “cunt” the elements in 3 se Fin possesion of al thre ofthe following ables 1. the ably toassigna“rankordr” to each element in a procession 2 the ably tise nt each uit f the procession the memory af al those chat have gone past before 2 the ably to convert a sequence into 3"statonay” vision, The concept of rnb, which a fst ight seed quite elementary, ths tus out tobe much more completed than hat. To underline this int I should like to repeat one of. Bours anecdotes, as quoted Bales 965): once knew someone who beard he bl rng fur ase was trying to go tosleep and who counted them out in sea ne, one one ne. Strack by the absurdity of counting this way. est up and shouted: “The lok as gone mad i's srk one cok fou tes ove” THE TWO SIDES OF THE INTEGERS ‘The concept of number as two complementary aspects) cardinal rumbering. which ees ony on the principle of mapping, and oednal ‘numeration, which requites both the technique of pang and the idea of succeson Heres simple way of raping the erence, January has 3 days. The ‘number 31 represents the total number of daysin the oth, and isthusin this expression cardinal mb, However, in expressions such as 31 January 19967, the number 31 i aot being used in its cardial aspect (despite the terminology of grammar books) because ere it means some ‘hing ike "the thirty” of the month of Janay, specing not tot butarankorder of spain this case, thes) element in a set ‘containing 3 elements. tis therefore unambiguously an ordinal number. ‘We have laned to pas with such fait fom cardia ordinal umber that the two aspects appear to us as one, To determine the plurality ofa collection, iit catdinal number, we donot bother any ‘more oid a model collection with which we can math it~ we sunt {And to the act tat we have ard to ety the ow aspects of ‘number is due our progress in mathematics For whereas in ratice swe ane ely interested in he carnal number, thi ater is incapable of creating an arithmetic, The operations of arithmetic are based ‘om the tai assmption that amas pram any mamber os scx and this the esence ofthe ordinal concep. ‘And so matching by ae is incapable of cresting an art of ‘eckoning, Without our ability to arrange things in odeed sucesion lide progress could hae been made. Coreepondence and suceson, ‘the two principles which permeate all mathemati ~ maya realms of ‘exact thought ~ate woven nto the very fabric of our numbersystem fr. Danig (19300) Humankind slowly acquired all the necessary intellectual equipment thanks tothe en fingers on its hands. It is srely no oicidece if eee ssl ean to count with thee fingers ~ and adults too offer ave course to ther to lacy tei meaning “Traces ofthe anthropomorphic rg of counting systems can be found in many languages. nthe Al language (Central Affe, fo example,“ and “ten” are espestvely mor and mbna mooi actly the word fr “hand” and mbouna is a contraction of mo (xe) and ues, meaning "two" (hus ten = "ewo hands"), ! Ie is therefore very probable tht the Indo-European, Semitic and “Mongolian wads fr the irst en numbers drive ro expressions related ‘ofinge counting But hiss an unverifiable hypothe, since the orginal meanings of he nares ofthe numbers ave bee ose In any case, the human hand is an extremely servieable tool and constitutes a hind of-natutal instrument” wel suited foraging the fst ten numbers an fr elementary arithmetic Because there are ten fingers and beause ech an be moved indepen ently ofthe others the hand provides the simplest “mode collection" that people have lay had ~s0 to speak ~to hand, ‘The asymmetric disposition of the fingers puts the hand in harmony vith the normal limitation of the human ability to recognise number isl (limit seta four. As the thumb is sett some distance fom the index finger is easy t treat as being “in opposition to theelemen: tary set of fou, and makes the frst five numbers an eniely natural sequence Five thus imposes its asa asc nit of counting, alongside the othe natural grouping ten, And because each of the ges actually Aferen fom the thers the urna hand canbe seen 25. tue sucesson of abstract units, obtained by the progresive adjunction of one t the preceding wns, In bre, one can say thatthe band makes the two complementary specs of integers eel ittie. serves an instrument permitig ‘natural movement between cardinal and ordinal numbering. Ifyou need to show tht a set contains thre, fur, seven or ten clement, you raise or lend simultane the, four, seven ote Binge, wing your hand as cardinal mapping. Ifyou want to coun out the sme things, then you bend ora thee, fur seven or ten fingers in sco, using the hand a ‘ordinal counting ool F140. “The human hand can thus be seen asthe simplest and most natra counting machine. And that s why it as played such 2 significant role sn the evolution of our numbering sjstem, CHAPTER 2 BASE NUMBERS AND THE BIRTH OF NUMBER-SYSTEMS ‘Once they had grasped abstract umber and learned the subtle distinction beeween cardial and ordinal aspects, our ancestors came to havea diferent aniude towards traditional “numbering tol" such a5 pebbles, sel, ses, strings of beads, o points of the body. Gradual these simple mapping devices became genuine numerical symbols, which are much eter suited othe tasks of asimilatng remembering, distinguishing and combining nmber “Another great step forward was te creation of names forthe numbers ‘This allowed for much greater precion in speech and opened the path toward rea fairy wth the universe of abstract numbers Prior tthe emergence of umber names, al hat could be refered tin spech were the “concrete maps” which bid no obvious connection amongst thamslies. Numbers were refereed toby intuitive terms, often ‘wring ven if that did arie much ltr on, Wing asles fue, that {sto ay, graphic sgn, of whatever kind (carved drawn, painted, or scored ‘on clay or stone; conic signs, eters ofthe alphabet, conventional sigs and oon). Weshould note that Higures ae not numbers. "Unit, "pao “trad” ae “number, wht 1 2,3 ar figures’ that ft sy conven inal graphic ins that represent nmber-concepts. A figure i jst one ‘ofthe “dresses” that a number can have: you can change the way number Iswnten without changing the number concept tal ‘These were very important developments, or they allomed “operations fon things to be replaced by the corresponding operation on number symbols. For numbers donot come from things, ut fom the ws of the human mind as it works on things. Even if umber sem latent in the aural wold, they cera ld not sping forth fom i by theses THE DISCOVERY OF BASE NUMBERS “There wee two fundamental principe arable for constructing number. symbols one that we might calla cardinal system, in which you adopt standard sign forthe unit and repeat it as many tes as there ar units in the number; and another that we could cll an ordinal pte, in which ‘ach number hast own distinctive symbol Invite ofthe frst principe, the numbers 24 can be represented by repeaingthe name ofthe number Iwo, three four ties, ot by yng out naling, or ontop of each other, the appropiate number of “unit signs” in pebbles, gers, notches, nes or dots (se Fig 2.2, The second principle gives rie to representations forthe fst four numbers in words, objets, gestures or ins) tha are each diferent fom the others ee Fig 23) Either ofthese principles i an adequate basis for acquiring a grasp of| er larger sts ~ but the application of bath principles quik uns into Aifcly. To represent lager numbers, you can’ simply ue more and _morepbles, sick, notches, oF knoted string: and the number fingers and other counting pints on the body snot infinitely extensible, Nor is it practicable to repeat the same word any umber of times, oo create unique symbols for any number of numbers. Just think how many 100+6 10) 2s pyiebo rags S80: Inge a deg Numbers in Mongolion (Soure:L Hambis 1945) "Numbering in Mongolian simi decimal, but wth some variations on the regular system we have een in Tibetan I has the ollowing names for the fist en numbers ign gar urban debn tahun juin doen aman ysin aban 1203 4 5 6 7 8 8 0 and proceeds in a perfectly normal way for the numbers fiom eleven 11 arn gin Ctenone) 12 ara gayar Cems) eve, the tens ate formed rather deren. Isend of wring analytic ‘combinations ofthe “wo-tens", "three 100) 800 “sake “ighchundeeds” 900 tau yie “nine hundeeds” ‘The word for thousand is Bing (which in some Turkic ales also means “a very Inge amount), and the multiples of a thousand are similarly expresed by analytical combinations ofthe same ype: 1000 ing 2000 i bing 23000 bing ‘wothousands” («23 1,00) “thesethousands” (© 21000) 44000 sv Bing “Yourthousands” (=X 1.000) 000 bel bigg “Bvesthousands" (= 5% 1,000) 000 ali tng “siethousands” (6% 1,000) 7000. yexbing—“seventhousands" (27 1,00) {3000 sik bing “eighethousands™ (=8% 1,000) 3000 tax ing. “ninethousands” (= 9% 1,000) ‘What is unusual about the ancient Turkish system is the way the ‘numbers fom 11 to 98 are expres In tis ange what is given i frst the uni, and then, not the mlkiple often already counted, but the rmuliple not yet ached, bya kindof “prospective accou”. This gives, forevample: 1 bry 12 iiyegiom 13 aye erly “one, twenty” Iter: wo, twenty” erly “the, twenty” 21 biretz ‘liter “one, tity 22 aioe erly “eo thiry” 58 Salim erly ve, iy" 85 beiyemis erly: “ive seventy™ 7% salsa iter "eight, ight” 90 toyz erly “nine, one hundeed” What is involved is neither a mitpicative nora subtractive principle but something lik an ordinal device, 8 fallow: 11 “the first unit before twenty” 12. “the second unit before ent 21 “thee ni before they” 223 “the third wit before hi 453. “thethird uit before ity” 187 “the seventh uit before ninety” 90 “the nnth unit before a hundred” “This way of counting i rminicent of the way time i expresed in contemporary German, whete, for "a quarter past nine” you say wt ter, meaning “a quarter often” (= “the fst quarter before ten"), for “half past eight” you say halb meu, meaning half nine” (= "the fist hal before nine), However, around the tenth century CE, under Chinese influence, which was! very stong in the easter Turkishspeaking areas, this rather special way of counting was “rationalised (by the Uyghurs, frst ‘of al, who always have been close to Chinese civstion). Using the ‘Tuihc stem artul, meaning “overtaken by", the following expressions wee created: 11 omart bie Cem overtaken by on”) 23. yep aria? Crventy overtaken by tee) 453 dligarmlie——_Cfty overtaken by thee") ‘57 saz on arta yett Celt overtaken by seven") ‘Whence come the simplified versions sil in use oda: 1 onbir +0 23 perm i +3) 53 illgi’ 5083) 87 salizonyei (@80+7) Sarit mobering ‘The numbering system of Sanat, the casa language of northern Indi, is of great importance for several elated reasons Fist of all, the ‘most anceat written texts that we have ofan Indo-European language se the Vedas, writen in Sans, fom around theft century BCE, but ith races going 2 far back athe second milenium BCE. (All modern Buropean Languages with the notable exceptions of Finnish, Hungarian, axgue, and Turkish belong to the IndoEuropean group: ve below), ‘Secondly, Sanskrit, asthe sacred language of Brahianism (Hinduis, was sed througout India and Southeast Asia asa language of Uterary and scholarly expression, and cathe like Latin in mediaeval Europe) provided 4 means of communication between scholars belonging to communities and Lands speaking widely diferent languages. The aumberng system af| Sans, as part of a writen language of gest sophistication and ‘reckon played 2 fandamental role in the development ofthe sciences ‘in India, and notably inthe evolution a placevae system, ‘Theft ten numbers in Sans area follows: sla da, da de de nya, ast paica spa ton 9 rive 10 dasa ‘Number frm 11 19 ate then formed by untaposing the nomber of ‘its and the number 10 M1 casdaie—“oneten” (©1410) 12 dhwdasa —“woten” (©2410) 13 tides "When (©3410) MM caberidate “fourten™ 18. paicadaia “fveten 16 jodaia—“snten” 17 tapas “seveten” 18 ajdase—“eghtten’ 19 niswedata—“aineten” Forthefolowing miles of, Sankrthas names wth particular estures 20 insat 30 imi +10) +10) +10) +10) +10) +10) 40. cats 50 pwicsor 6 ath 70 pti 80 as 90 nda Broadly speaking, the names ofthe ens from 20 upwards are formed fom a word derived fiom the name ofthe oresponding unit pasa form fr the word for 1 the plural. ‘One hundred is Stam or fate, and for muipes of 100 the regular formula used: 100 tom, ata 200 daa (=2% 100) 300 tia 100) $00 catriata (4% 100) 500, pasos (25% 100) For 1.000, the word sahivam or aah is used, in analytical combi ration with the names ofthe units, tens and hundreds to frm multiples ofthe thousands, the ten thousands, nd hundred thousands: 4,000 sake 2000. disahira (21,000) $3000 esahiva (231,000) 1000 dasashisna (10> 1,000) 29000 vimsatahdsra 30000, trimsatiahisra 109000 satahism (= 100% L000) 200000 dsetaahaa (= 2001000) 300000 tnatasahiere = 300% 1000) This ives the following expressions for intermediate numbers 700 now yas aptatiata cacti Chine sity sevenhundreds and fourthousand") (9 +60 7x10 +e, 000) Sansiit thus has a decimal numbering system, lke ours, but with ‘combinations done in reves" thai ay statng with the wis and then in acending order of th powers of 10 WHAT 18 INDO-EUROPEAN? “Indo-European” & the name of = huge family of langues spoken nowadays mos ofthe European landmass, in much of western Asian in the Ameccs. Tete has ben much speculation about the geographical origins ofthe peoples who first spoke the language which ae split int the ‘many present day branches ofthe Indo-European fay, Some theories hold thatthe Indo Europeans xg ame rom central Asia he Pa ‘mountains, Turkestan; thes maintain cha he came fom the at lands of northern Germany, between the Elbe and the Vistula, and the Russian steppes, fom the Danube tothe Ural mountains. The question remains unresolved All the same, some things are genealy agreed. The Indo- European languages drive fom dil of common “stem” spoken by a wide diversity of tribes who ha numerous things in comsmon, The Ind Europeans were arable farmers, hunters, and breeders of hvestock: they were patriarchal and had socal ranks or castes of pists, farmers, and warriors anda religion hat involved the cult faneestors nd the worship ofthe stars, However weknow very ile about the origins ofthese peoples, who acquired writing onlin relatively recent times The Indo European tribes began to split into ciffeent branches in he second millenium BCE at the atest, and over the following thousand ars the fellowing tribes or beaches appeat in eey historical records: ‘Aran, in India, and Kassie, Mitts, and dans i Asin Minor the “Achacons, Doians, Minans, and Helens, i Greece: the the Cal in ental Europe, and the al nthe alin penis, Further migrations from the as occurred towards he end of the Roman Empire in the fourth to sith centuries CE. bringing the Germanic tribes into western Europe. “The ldo Earopean language fails thus spread over avery wide area and is tadionally classified in the following branches, foreach of wich ‘he cats writen races date fam diferent periods, bt none rom before the second milnniun BCE: ‘+ ‘Thelndo Aryan branch: Vedic, dascl Sanskrit, anther numerous modern descendants, of which there ae Five main groups: “the western group. including Sindhi, Gujarati, Lands, Marat, and Rajasthani the cental group, ncading Puja, Pahari and Hind the eastern grou, including Bengal Bhar and Oriya ~ the southern group Singhalese) = socalled “Romany” or ype languages + The farian branch including ancient Persian (spoken at he time ‘of Darius and Nere), Avestan (he language of Zrcaster), Median, Sethian, wll a severl medieval and modern languages spoken in the area of tran (Sogdian, Pahl, Caspian and Kurdish dalets, ‘Ossetian (spoken inthe Caeass), Afghan, and Balochi) ‘+ Abranch including the Anatalian language of the Hie Empire ax wells lyian and Lycian + The Ttharian branch. This language (wit its two dats, Agpaean and Kurchian) was spoken by an Indo-European population sted in Chinese Turkestan betwenthefith and tenth centuries, butbecame tine in the Mile Ages, Asan ancient anguage related to Hitt as wellasto Wester branches ofthe Indo European fail (Greek, Latin, eb, Germani) itsofgreatimportance for historical linguists andis cen wsedin racing the etymologies ofeommon Indo-European words + The Armenian branch, with two dilets, western (spoken in Turkey) and eastern (spoken in Arteria) + The Hallnic branch, which includes ancent daets such as Dorian, Achaea, Cret-Minoan, as well as Homeric (lassie Gree, Koiné (the spoken language of ancient Greece), and Moder Greek ‘+ The alc branch, which includes ancient languages such as ‘Osean, Umbrian and Latin, and all he modern Romance languages (tain, Spanish, Portuguese, Provencal Catalan, French, Roman Sucinan, Dalmain,Rhaeto Romansch, ee) "The Celi ranch, which ha two main groups “continental” Celie dalets, ining the extinct language of the Gauls "island" Celi, itself posessing wo distinct subgroups, the Brythonic (Beton, Welsh, and Cornish) and the Gace (Es, Mans, and Scots Ga) + The Germanic branch, which has thee main groups: astern Germanic, of which the min representative i Gothic ~the Nordic anguaes (Old Klan Old Norse, Swedish, Danish) = Western Germanic languages, including Old High German and its mediaeval and moder descendants (German), Low German, Dutch resin, Old Saxon, Anglo Saxon, and its mediaeral 2nd modern descendants (Old English, Middle English, contempo- rary Bish and American English) +The Slave branch, of which thee ae again three main groups Basen Ske Languages (Ruin, Ukrainian, and Beloeusin) ~Souther Slavic languages (Slovenian, Serbo-Croatian, Balgarian) Westen Slavic languages (Cech, Slovak, Polish, Leki, Sorbian, et) ‘+The Bali branch, comprising Baltic, Latvian, Lithuanian, and Olt Prssin + Albanian, a distint branch ofthe Indo-European family, with no “le reaines" and two dialects, Gheg and Tos + The Trace Pinion branch, with taces fond in the Blkans (Thacian, Macedonian) and in Asia Minor Phrygian) + And finally a few minor dialects with no close relavs, such as enetian and yin Sanat is thus a particular case ofa very age fmily” of Languages he Indo European family) all of whose members use decimal numbering systems, The general rule that all these ystems haven common thatthe rnurbers rom 110 9 and each ofthe powers of 10 have ind names, all other numbers being expesed as anata combinations of thee [Noneteles, some ofthese languages have ational number names that se to have no etymological conection with the basi st of names for example “leven” and “welt” in English, ike the German elfand zs ‘ave no obvious connection tothe words fo “ten” (eb and “one” en) or “ten” and “two (owe respectively, whereas alte fllowing numbers ae formed in seule fasion 13 thirteen (ethreesten) drat dace) M4 fourteen Gfourvten) ——verch (2 mere) 1S fiteen—(efivesten) fig 16 sinteen ssten) eke 17 seventeen (esevenster) sila 1B eighteen (eighteen) acca 19 nineteen eninesten) euch ‘The “additional” nurnbernames in the range 11-19 inthe Romance languages, onthe other hand, ace sbvious contractions ofthe analy Lain names (with the untsn st poston rom which they areal derived: M1 andein—Conesen") andi ame once 12° daudecin —Crworten") dade dowe— de 13 ecm Ceeten") tdci rote tre M4 quatuordcim —Cfourten") quatordici quatane cate 15 guindeim —Civeten") —qundcr—quinse—guine 16 sede Cites") sedis 17 stendcin— Csevensen”) 18 actor Ceghteen”) 19° andevigint’ Cone fom twenty") ‘The remaining numbers before 20 are constructed analytically: dese, lich, dca (rene, sete, det tain, In the Germanic languages, the tens ae constructed in el fshion ‘sing an ending clr derived frm he word far “en” onthe stm ofthe ‘word forthe corresponding unit: n Engl, swenty =“ewo 1 ht “thre «ty, and son, and in Geeman, swan = "wei =, desig = te +i and oon. In ode to avid confsion beeen the “teens” and the “tens in Latin, multiples of 1, which similarly have the uit name in| first postion, use the ending "it", svg the fllowing contractions in the Romance languages derived from it 0 tignta tnt tote tena 480° quadrants —quarania—qurante carta 50 qunguagina—cinguanta—cinguante —cncenta 0 seragne—scuonta sate santa 70° sptugita —setanta—sptante” — stent 80 cxtinta tanta acta achenta 90 napita ——novanta—mante® nove ‘The Feach numerals marked wth an astris are the “regula” versions found only in Belgium and French peaking Soitecan;"standard” French ses imegularexpesios for 70 (ian, “sny-ten", 80 (quate ngs, Tourtweny", and $0 (quarening di, Yourtentyten”, In dition. ofcourse, we have omit fom the tale above the Latin and Romance names forthe number 20, which seems to be a problen at fist Sight. In Latin is igi, a word with ao relation to the word fo te’ {decem fr “we (uo ad its Romance derivatives, withthe exception of Romanian flow the ieeglaty ent n Kain, gin Fen, bent In Spanish), So where does the "Romance went" come fon? Roos “The riehness ofthe descendanc of the origina Indo-European language means that, by comparison and deduction its possible to eeonstruct, the form that many basc words mast have had inthe “oot” o “ste” language, even though no written trace remains oft. Indo uropean rot swords, being hypothetical ate therefore always writen with a asterisk, ‘The original number eis believed to hav been this: 1 tome, “ob, too ad, Yd Gand etivative forms: “ges, “tre neon, “ts, “ator pike, enkve sok, ones ‘spin lid, tlt 9 *nirn 10 “dam ‘This elps ws tose that despite thee apparent ference, the words for “one” in Sanskit,Avestan, and Coech, fr example (espectivey ea, aa and jeden are all derived from the same “root” or protoype, 25 are the atin une, Geran ine and Swedish en, Alltrac as ben lost ofthe conretemeanings tht these Indo-European fumber-names might have had orginally. However, Indo-European lat- guages do Bear the vsble marks ofthat lng-itane time when, in the shsence of any numberconcept higher thin two, the word forall other numbers meant neting more than “many Theft peceofevidenceofthis ancient numberimit she grammatial istintion made in several Indo-European languages betwen the singular, ‘he dua, andthe plural In classical Grek, fr ample, ols means "the wold mean the woe" but fr "wo wolves special ending ‘he mark ofthe” suse, Another pee ofthe purl provided by the various special mesnings and wsesof words losey associated wth the name ofthe number 3. Anglo- Saxon tri (which becomes “hee im modern English) is related t the word trp, meaning a ple or heap: and words ike throng ae similarly deve from a common Germanic foot aving the sens of "any" Inthe Romance Languages thee are even more evident connections between the words for thre” and words expressing plurality or intensity. the Lain word 1s (hee) has the same toot 3 the prepston and prefix tras (with meanings rated to “up uni", "trough, "beyond", and in French, derivations fom this common stem produce word Uke tis (very) “tap” (00 mc), and even toupe ("oop ten be deduced from these and many othe instances that in the orignal Indo-European stem language, the name ofthe number “thre” was also the word for plural multi, cowds, ples, heaps, and for the beyond for what vas beyond reconing, The nurbeesystems of the Indo-European languages, which ae all stil decimal, ave emined amazingly table over many mile, even hist most other features of the languages concerned have changed ‘beyond recognition and beyond mutual comprehension. ven the pparent irregularities within the sytem are forthe most part explicable within the lege of the origina decimal stuetue ~ for example, the problem mentioned above of the "Romance twenty”. French ving. Spanish vei «derive om Latin git, which sl aly seid a derative of he Sanskrit inst. And Sanskrit “twenty isnt iregua tal being 2 conaction of a stily desimal dudasa’ Ctwoens") = watt > imuat Sila derivations can be found in otber branches ofthe Indo European fry of languages In Avestan, 2s vst, frme from Ba, "wo", and das (= 10); and in Totharan', where wu = 2 and sak sv i (@2 10) became wiki, “wen” mone ao | | oe cs ree “eam || pune eon L J ae cose iar cana | [seen aim] —— — “ “waa se lr asta pores ole Torwaniawe | ot oxnanie | fe TON mas rrauian oe - pein. prs oon he Ee = ooren =e Baw | [ose sc | | Sonor | on Sere co in cowie i at Sane a He conn stecae | | satom few LE oe ss oa me Senn on mane sn for L sone * . a “ rena ue a > a om mane | cee Tad open Tetaapan pe) [etapa a | [soto romper ae || pee ror pours ansnarr esate ‘sansa = ‘sansnarT sa “sansKnT cco a rt os ate or ra a =e po Teswaniws | at ern ame | onmamned foun | a E oe 3 vs or roe s Sean = noe 2 rene = " t ou ens * ow | cht soversian | a Sect ma = oe re Tne fies | | Tao = Pe ie core bop Srownawe | a Sora | aor Bein | Se ore o cose Fy pein > Seisieron | fa soho fe oman) a sn m Troe terete Trvwonn p [xm |e [perenne oe inka e : a |e = = t ce [tae | ie er con we $ a iss [are 7 tas ; = |m | me L : zm ja |2 vexwannwe Toxmenn : cite | corer so a _ |e | eS cnn cnc se 2 = ee [= on cae fo ” genome | cuenta patent vTauAN TALIA ect 2 omen chose | cecal porcw po ure tow emt | ge ie Stouawne | 2 Stoicuawe | = |e = | Stone 2 Seo : z | Soovtton | Se Stef fete x | ich | Se smeomao |e be | camer | cae “ [ea et det a wt <= ws ro es ve ‘se oe oh L* fo ors ind Taam he i oe Not al cations came up with the sme solution othe problem ofthe base. In other words, base 10a the oly way of constructing a number system ‘There are many examples of numeration built on a hase of 5. For example: Api language spoken in the New Hebrides (Oceania, gves individual names to heist ve numbers ony: aa tole una (eel, "te hand”) and then uses compounds forthe numbers fom 6 0 1: 6 tai (her, the new one) 7 lua (itera, the new two") 8 oolu (itera “the new thre") 9 evar, (tery, “the new four") 10 Iulena literally,“ hands) The name of 10 hen functions 2 new base nit M1 lulunatai —(@2%54+2) 12 lugunaiua—(22*5+2) 13 Iaalunataly (©2543) 14 luluna wri (@2%544) 15 lana 3x9) 18 tla tal (3542) 17 tla ia (@3%5 +2) and soon (Source: T Dantzig (1950), p18) Languages that use ase Sor have traces of it in their numbersysters include Carib and Arawak (N. America): Guarani (S. America, Api and oval (Ocean) Fuh, Wolf, Seree (Ata), a5 well as some other ‘Afican languages: Dan (in the Mande group), Bet (in the Koo group), and Kulang (one of the Voltaic languages): and in Asi, Khmer. [Se M, Maerbe (1885) F. A. Pot (187), (Other cisions prefered base 20 the “vigesimal base by which things are counted in packets or groups of twenty. Amongst them we find the Tamanas of the Orinoco (Venues, the Eakines of Inuit (Greenland) the Anus in Japan and the Zapotecs and Mya of Mexia, “The Mayen calendar consisted of months” of 20 days, nd Ind out es 0 20 years, 400 years (= 20°) 8000 years (= 20, 180.000 years = 209, 3,200.00 years ( 20°, and ever 64,000.00 years (20%. Like all he cvilstions of preColumbian Cental Americ, the Aztecs ‘sd Miatecs measured time and counted things inthe ame way, own in rumeros documents seized bythe conquistadors The goods colt by Atee adminsators from subjugated bes were all quanted in ‘vgesimal terms 25 Jacques Soutlle explains: or instance, Tal was sopposed to provide twice a ea 400 loads of cotton cloth, 400 loads of decorated ue oaks, 1200 (3x20) loads of white ile cloth ... Quahuaan gave Four yearly tributes of 3.500 (2209 beams and planks, tw yearly tsbutes oF 0 (220) loads of cotton cloth and the same number of lads of ae cloth Qusubnahua sapped he Imperial Exchequer with wiceyeary deli ries of 3200 (8 20 ods of eotton cloaks, 400 loads of in-hths, 400 load of women’ lating, 2.000 (5 x 20% ceramic vases, 8,000 (>) sears oper From the Cader Mendoza] This is how the Aztec language gies form to a quinary-vigesimal base 2 2 mauabore 062) 2 me 12 aaa (942 lo 1b maa oo 0003) 4 oe Hates) § ewes 15 onatiaew 0500) 7 dheramee2) een 52) + dagen 1M enahenyy so3) 2 deemuGe0 12 cemarnars 1 a 20 coop 285407) 3 cmpmaonmtih 0-10) 0 meprat aun [0 tmepmalioe mainte Gz) 0 tpt ‘aon 30 lp fasean We nth {eda bch) $00 aca axa 2 jor Guat eso ani (eta eet) There are many populations ouside of America and Europe or instance, the Malinke of Upper Senegal and Guinea, he Bands of Cental ‘Aiea, the Yebu and Yorubs people of Upper Senegal and Niger et.) who antine to count in his fashion, Yebu numer to. Zales (1973) miss fellows, according lwo a 400, ena 18.000, thu oba 160,000, eeu ur naw ‘The Yoruba, however, proceed in a quite special way using additive and subtractive methods alternately [Zasiavky (1973) oka i 10 cena TL olan aa (1+ 10: tea from ema, “added 10°) 2 egllan +10) 13 etalaa +10) Mo eerinlaa (24410) 15 aden (©20-5:fom aarue lin gun." taken from 20°) 16 crindin loge (020-4) 17 edadinlopn (220-3) 18 ein login 19 olan din igen (20-1) 20 ope 21 colanlebogin (2202) 25 edooghon (30-5) 30 oxbon 35 aaron din log (2 20%2)~8) $0 Io (e202) 30 aado (20%3)-10) 6 ota (203) 100 ogo (22045) 400 iio 2000. qhewa ((20«10)10) 4000. qhaai (2,000.2) 2n000 eghaswae (2.00010) 50.000 ehaawa onan mj (2.000 10)x2) 100,000 gieora (iter: 1,000 10007) ‘The source of this bizare vgesimal system les in the Yorubas traditional use of cove shlls 28 mone the sls are anys gathered Jn“ packets” of, 20, 200 and oon ‘According to Mann JA, 16), Yoruba number-names have two mean ings ~ the number ise, and also the things tat the Yoruba count most ofall, namely cowries. “Other objects are always reckoned against an egulaent numberof owes." he explain. nother words, Yoruba numbering retain within i the ancien tradition of purely adil nme ation based on matching sets, Vavous other languages around the world retain obvious traces of 4 2bbased (gsi) numbersystem. For example, Khmer (poken in Cambodia) has some combinations based on an obsolete word for 20, and according FA. ot (1847), used havea special word (ll for 400| (© 20 x 20). Such features ate of course alo to be found in European languages, nd nowhere more larly than nthe English word sare. "Four score and seven years ago. "isthe famous opening sentence of Abraham Linco’ Gettysburg Adds. lace fo ral means to serach, mark oF inise (wood, stone oF pape), we ean se the very ancien eign of is ws forthe number 2: a sare was originally a counting stick "cored vith wendy notes. French ao has many traces of vgesimal counting, The number 80 is “oe (quate rings) in modern French, and ut he seventeenth century other multiples of twenty were in regular use. Sings (6x20 = 120) an be found in Mites Le Bears Gentlhorme (ct I cee i the seventeent-entuy corps ofthe Sergeants ofthe cy of Pais, who urbered 220 inal, was known asthe Cos des Oe Vings (11x20), and the hospital originally built by Louis X! to house 300 blind veteran solders, was and stil called the Mpa des Quine Ving (15x20 = 30), Danich also as «curious vgesimal featur. The numbers 60 and 80 are expresed 25th times very" (rsndsp) and Torte twenty” (finde; 5,70 and 90, moreover, ae hated, hain, nd hlfonindstve, itera “haf thee tines twenty, “half four tines twenty’ 2nd “al ive times twenty, respectively. The prefix "half" means that only half ofthe ast ofthe nulls of 20 should be counted. This seconds wth the kind of prospective account” that we observed in ancien Turkish numeration se above, p. 000) = 3:20 inal ofthe hid twenty = 3» 20-10, 170-420 mina hal ofthe hid tent = 420-10, 90 520 mina half ofthe hid twenty = 5 «2010, ven clearer evidence of vigesimal reckoning found in Ceti anguaes (Breton, Wes, sh). In modern rsh for eample, despite the fc that 100 and 1,000 have ther own names by vet ofthe decmaity that is common to all Indo-European languages, the tes fiom 20 to SO are expresed flows: 20 fiche Coventy?) 30 dacharficle —Ctenand twenty") 40 defce Covo-wenty?) 50 dha dake Cen and torte") ‘We can ony presume thatthe Indo-European peoples who sted long goin regions stretching from Sandinvia to the noth of Spain, including ‘he Bish es and parts of whats now France, found esr inabitants whose numbersystem used base 20, which they adopted forthe common st numbers up to 88 negating these particule vgesimalexpresions into their own Indo‘sropean decimal system, Since all trace of the languages ofthe pre Indo-European insbitans of Western Europe as 20) 10 13 hamahitu = 1043 100 chun 14 hameloe = 1044 1,000 ila 15 hamalos = 1045 ‘The mystery of Basque remains en. As can be sen itis 2 decimal ster fr numbers upto 19, then vigesimal pte for numbers fom 20 to 98, andit then reverts to a decimal system fr larger numbers. It maybe tha, ke the Indo European examples given above (Danish, French and eb) was xginally a decimal system which wastheneontamiated” by ‘contact with populations using base 20; oon the contrary Basque may have been orginally vigesinal, and subsequently reformed” by contact with Indoucopean decimal systems, The later seems to be supported bythe skrvoul Indo-Euopean root ofthe words et 10 (oot unlike “hundee”) and 1,000 (alos identical to Romance words for “thousand”; but nether hypothesis about he origins af Basque numbering can be pave, THE COMMONEST BASE IN HISTORY: 10 Base 20, although quite widespread, has never been predominant inthe histor mmertion. Base 10, onthe other hand, as always been by ft ‘he commonest means of etablishing the rule of postion, Here 2 (on ‘exhaustive alphabetical isting of the nguages and peoples who have wsed or sll use a numbering system bull on ase 10: wont [Northwestern Mesopotamia, funders o Babylon 1900 BCE, and ofthe fst Babylonian dynasty sas before and after the bith of tm sansuscuss Syria and northern Mesopotamia, second half of ‘second millennium BCE Mesopotami, fom the stat ofthe second millenium BCE to, 500 BCE Cameroon Ivory Coast Feirskinned people sett in North Aca since at las Clas tines Indo-China, om second century CE fromthe origins from the origins ‘Khuzestan, southwestern an, rom fourth century BCE probably fom Asia Mino, settled in Tuscany from the lt seventh century BCE Upper Vota from the Homeric petiod before and ate the Eile Anatol, rm second eilleaiam BCE Per, Ecuador, Bol, twelfth to sixteenth centuries CE All dvisations of northern and southern India River Inds area. 2200 BCE Asa Min itt half of fist milenniam BCE Madagascar rete, second millenniom BCE [Northeast Ac, sine Pharaonic times Syria, second milennium BCE Armenia, seve century BCE In the world today, base 10 is wed by a mulitade of languages. incline Albanian; the Alaie languages (Turkish, Mongolian, Mancha: Armenian: Baur (Cameroon Bao (ory Cas; Batak: Chinese: ‘the Dravidian languages (Tami, Malayalam, Telugu); the Germanic Tanguages (German, Dutch, Norwegian, Danish, Swedish, lean English); Gourmanche (Upper Vota: Greek: Indo-Aryan languages (Sindhi, Gujrat, Mahratta, Hind, Punjabi, Bengal, Ory, Singhaee Indonesian alan languages Pesan, Paha, Kurdish, ‘Afghan; Jspanese: Javanese; Korea: Malagasy; Maly; Moa- Khmer Tanguages (Cambodian Kha Noban (Sudan; Polynesian languages ‘Gavan, Samoan, Tabitan, Marquesan; the Romance languages (French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Romanian, Catalan, Provencal. Dalmatian; Semitic languages (Hebrew, Arabic, Amharic, Berber: the Slavic languages (Russian, Slovene, Serbo Croat, Polish, Czech, Sova Thai languages (Latan, Thi, Vietnamese) Tibeto Burmese Tonguages (Tibetan, Burmese, Himalayan dialects); rain (Fano ‘pron languages Finnish, Hungarian. ‘These ists show.fitneded to be shown, jut how sues base 1Dhas been and evr remains ADVANTAGES AND DRAWBACKS OF BASE 10 ‘The tai, geographic, nd historic spread of base 10s enormous, and we can say hat it has become a viualy univers counting system. tha because af ts inherent practical or mathematic preci? Certainly ot ‘To be sre, base 10 has a dtnct advantage ove age counting wns such 2 60, 30, or even 20: its magnitude is easly managed by the human rind, since the number of ditint names or symbol thai equi ‘quit limited, and asa resul ation and multiplication tables using base 10am be leaned by rote without too much dificult, fr harder to learn the sty distinc symbols of base 6 system, even iflarge numbers «an then be writen with fa ever symbol; and the mukipliction tables for even very simple Babylonian arithmetic ree considerable fats of ‘merorsaton (iat tabls, each with ity lines) [At the other extreme, small bases such a5 2 and 3 produce very small smulpicaion and addition tbls to learn by best bat they reuie very lengthy strings to express even relatively small numbers in speech of ting dificulry tha base 10 avoids Let look at a cnette alternative sytem, an English oa numbering system using base 2 Italy such a system would have only two numbee names “one to express the ui expres the base and "wo" (et us call t "ewosome") to 12 Ie would hem acquire special names for ach ofthe pomers ofthe base: et ‘ws sy “Foursome” for 2 “ightome” for 2 "siteensome” for 2, and 0 ‘on. Analytical combinations would therefore produce set of number ames something lik this 1 one 10 eighsome twosome 2 twosome 11 cightzome twosomeone 3 wosome one 12 eghtsome foursome 4 foursome 13 eighsome fursome-one 5 foursome one 1 eightzome foursome twosome {6 foursometwosome 15 _eghtsome foursome mosomeone 7 fousomerwesomeone 16 satensone 8 eghtsome 17 sitensome-one 8 eghtsome one and 000 1 our writen numbersystem, using the rule of positon, were ‘constructed on bse 2, then we would ned only two digits, O snd 1. The umber two twosome), which contuts the base ofthe ster, would ‘be writen 10, jut ike the presen base “ten, but meaning “ne wosome and no unis three would be writen 11 Cane twosome and one uit’) and 00m: 1 wollte 1 3 emldbewiten IL xa ° in) Ihaa!tosateoxaeteL a In Thug tosateteaedd B tin Ihagtiaatoxaedt & in Thaptisatisaebet 6 Iiboo1kvondeontson2s0 Now, whist we now requ only fur digits to express the number to ‘thousand four hundred and forty eight 2.448) in abase 10 number system, abuse 2 or binary system (which isin fact the system used by computers) requ no fever than tele digits: 100110010000 (11240424 0%2"4 124 1x26 0424 0424 1 2404260024 04240) sing these kinds of expressions would produce real practical problems in aly if cheques would ned tobe the sizeof sheet of 3 paper inorder to be wed to pay’ the deposi on 2 new house, for example and it would take quite 2 few minutes jus to say how much you thnk 2 secondhand Fear might be worth Nonetheless, thee ate several other numbers that could serve as base jst swell 510, and in some senses woud be preferable rit There is nothing impose or impracticable about changing the steps fon the ladder" and counting oa diferen ase Bases such a 7,1, 12, for even 13 would provide ondes of magnitude that would be just 35 sstisfictory x base 10in terms of the human capac for memoistion. AS for arithmetical operations, they could be atid out just 5 wel in these cer bases, andin excl the same way as we do in our present decimal system, Hojever, we would have to lose our mental habit f ving special status to 10 andthe powers of 10, since the corresponding names and symbols would be just ae useless in a 1-baed sytem ae they would in ene based on I we wereto decide one day on compete reform af the numbersystem, and to entrust the task of designing the new system toa pand of expects, ‘we would probably sea great atl engaged, sis often te case, beteen| the “pragmatiss” and the “Uhoretcans". "What we need nowadays i 8 system that i mathematically satisfactory” one of them would asert “The best systems ae those with a ase that has the largest number of vss,” the pragmatist would propose "And fal such bases, 12 sems to me to be by far the most suitable given the ints of human memory. 1 doit need to remind you how serviceable base 12 was found tobe by traders informe times = no tat we sill have plenty of traces of the ‘business systems of yore, such asthe deen and the pss (12 12, and that, te still count egs oysters, screws and sulk in that way Base 10 can only be divided by 2 and 5; but 12 has 2,3 4, and 6 as factors, and that's rely why a duodenal system woud be relly fective. Js think how ‘eft would be to arithmetcans and traders, who would mich more «aly beable to compute halves, thes, quarters, and even sths of every ‘quantity o¢ sum. Soh fractions are so natural nd so common that they op up al the time even without our noticing. And thas not the whole stor! Just think ow handy it would be for cakulations of tine: the number of month inthe year would be equal tothe base of the system: «ay would be tice the Baten terms hours; hour woud be five Gime the ase in minutes anda minut the sume numberof seconds, would be ‘normouly helpful as well for grometry, since ars and angles would ‘bemeasuredinderesequlto fi times the ase in minutes, and mintes woul ete same number of seconds, The al irl would be thirty times the bse 12, and straight lin jus teen times the base, Astronomers too ‘woul nd it more than handy “But thove are no the most important considerations in our day and 2g" the theortcan would argu. “ve no historia example to support what 'm going to propose, but enough time as passed for my idea to stand up on their wn. The main purpose of writen number tem I'm sure everyone will gre ~ ito allow its users to represent all aumbers simply and nambiguowly. And I do mean all umbers~ integers, ae ‘ions, raonal and iational umber, the whole lt. So what we are looking fora numbering system with base tt has no factor other than ‘sal, other words, a number syste having a rime number sits hase ‘Te only example Il give i base 1, This would be much more weil than base 10 or 12 since under base IL most factions are reducible they woul therefore have one and only one posible representation in system with base I. For instance: the number which in our present decimal system ie writen 068 coresponds in fat to several other Factions ~ 68/100, 54/50, nd 17/25, Admit, these expressions al refer othe same faction, but there san ambiguity al he same in repre seating it in so many diferent ways. Sach ambigtes would vanish completely in a system wsing base IL of 7 (indeed, any system with prime number a its base, since the ireducibilty of actions would ‘mean that ny number had one and only one representation, justin of| ‘the mathematical advantages that would fw fam sucha reform So, since I as only ewo ators and i not a prime numb, base 10 ‘would have no supporters on sch comitee of experts! Base 12 really as had serious supporters, een in recent times. British readers may real the earguatd defence ofthe old eutenc 12 pence (2) othe sing, 20 shilings tothe pound sterling ~ atthe time it was abandoned in 1971: the benefits of teaching lento maliply and divide by 23. 4. and 6 or the smaller value ois of Sd and 6a) and by 8 (or the “hazown’, worth 2562) were vigorously asserted, and many’ older prope in Bean continue to maintain that youngsters brought up on dela coinage no longs “kn how to count In France, cil servant by the name of Essig proposed a daodecimal system for weight and measures in 185, bu fale o persuade the nation that ist universalied the metic system tal forms of measurement Ie seems que unrealistic to imagine tat we could turn the clack back now and modify the bate numberof both spoken and writen number systems. The habit of counting in tens and powers of 10 i so deeply ingrained nour tations and minds ato be well nigh indestructible The best thing to do was to reform he bizarre disins of olde tems of| wight and messures and to replace them witha unfed system founded on the all power base of 1. Thais precisely what was done in France in ‘he Revolutionary period: the Convention (a form of parame) crested the metic system and imposed ion the nation bythe Las of 18 Germinal ‘earl ia the eevolatonary ealndae( Api 1795) and 19 Feimaire Vest VIG December 1799, A BRIE HISTORY OF THE METRIC SYSTEM Until the late eighteenth century, European systems of weights and measures wee diverse, complicated, and varied considerably from one area to another, Standards were fted with uter whimsical by loca ules and quite arbitrary objects were used to represent length, volumes, et From the lt seventeenth century onwards, a5 the experimental sciences ‘aranced andthe general properties ofthe plysieal word became beter understood, scholars strove to devise stable and coherent measuring systems based on permanent, universal and unmodiible standards. The _ronthof ade evoughout the eghteenth century lo created a need for ‘sommon measurements at leas within each country, anda wniform syste ‘of weighs and measures. Thus the metic system emerged towards the ‘end ofthe eighteenth century. i ily consistent and coherent measure rent system wing base 10 (and therefoe fully compatible withthe Placesalue tem of written numbering thatthe Arabs had brought to Europe nthe Mile Ages, having these learned it ro the Indian), ich the French Revolution feed “oall ages and tl peoples, for tele _reater benef’ It produced astounding progres applied aes, since it is perfectly adapted to numerical calultion and is extemal simple to operat in lds of ever kind Around 1650: In order to harmonise messrement of tie and length and also so 38 to compare the various standards used for measuring length round the worl, the Royal Scieryof London proposed to establish 15 the unit flengh he length ofa pendulum that best once pe second The dea was taken up by Abbé Jean Pear in La Meare del Toe ("The “Measurement ofthe Fath) in 1671 by Christian Huygens in 1673, and by {a Condamine in Franc, John Miler in England nd Jerson in America. 1670; Abbé Gabriel Mouton suggested using the sexgesimal minute of he meridian (= 1/1000 ofthe paul mle) 2 the unto length. Bu this unit of oughly 185 meres, was too long to be any practical use 1672 Richer discovered that the length ofa pendula that beats once er second isles at Cayene near the Equator) than in Pais. The conse- quence ofthis discovery was that, because of the variation in length of| {he pendulum caused by the vation in gravity 3 ierent points on the Hobe, the choice ofthe location ofthe standard pendalum would be pol ically very tricky As result the de of using the onesecond pendula as ‘uni of length was eventually abandoned. 1788: In Obwrotins sar lx prinsps méaphysigucr de lo somatic (CObsersations onthe Metaphysical Principles of Geometry"), Louis Dupuy suggested uniffng measurements of length and weigh ying the unit of wight a hat of vome of water defined by unt of length 1790: 8 May: Tallyrand proposed, andthe Asem constant (Con stunt Assembly approved the cation ofa stable, simple and wife system of eights and measres, The tack of defining the system was entrusted to a commie ofthe Academy of Seieces, with a merbership consisting of Lagrange, Laplace, nd Monge (astronomical and elena smesurments), Bord (ysl and nngational messireren, and avis (chemist). The hase wi niall chosen was the length ofthe pendulum beating oe per second. 1791: 26 March The committee decided to abandon the pendlum as ‘the bse nit and persuaded the Constituent Asembiyt choose a the wit of length the ceneilionth part of one quarter of the earths meridian, hich canbe measured exacly a faction ofthe distance fro the poet ‘the Equator. At Bord’ suggestion, this uit would be called the mate (Grek for"measut. ‘What the commitise then had to do was to praduce conventional “quialencies between the various units chosen that all of them except units of ime) could be derived from the mete. So, for measuring sutace sts, the unit chosen was the are, a squat wth sid of 10 mets for ‘messing weigh, the Arm wax defined asthe weight of 2 unit of| ‘volume (1 ite) of pure wate tthe temperature of melng ie, correct foc the fects of latitude and ar pressure, Al that now had to be dane to Setup the entire metric system was to make the key measurement, the distance ffom the pole to the Equstor ~ measurement that was all ‘the more interesting at that time a sae Newton had speculated thatthe lobe was an elipsoid with fatened ends (contradicting Descartes, who bleed it was a sphere with elongated oe pointed ends) 1792: The‘meridian expedition” began. line wis drawn frm Dunk to Barelona and measured out by triangulation plas located thanks to Borda's goniometer, with some bae stretches measured out with greter recon on the ground. Unde the direction of Méchain and Delambre, fone tam was in charge of triangulation, one was responsible for the standard length in platinum, and oe for drafting the users’ manuals of the new system. Physicists such as Coulomb, Haty, Hassenfantz, and Borda, and the mathematicians Monge, Lagrange, and Laplace were amongst the many scientists who elaborated on tis projet which was ot filly completed until 738. 17931 August The French government promulgates dere requiting ll mesures of mone, length, area, volume, and weight o be expressed in decal tems all the unis of measure would henceforth be herarhised cording to the powers of 10 Ast overturned al the measures in catent se ost of ther using base 12), the decimalsaton decree required new ‘words tobe invented, but aso created the opportunity for much greater caherence and acura in counting and caelation. 1785: 7 Apel Law of 18 Gerri, ear I, which organised the metric system, gave theft definition ofthe mete a faction ofthe terest meridian, and fixed the present nomenclature of the units (Acme, ‘eotimete, millimetre: ae, deciare,centae, hectare: gram, deigam, cetigram, ilograr rnc, cetime; et) 1795:8 June: Lenoir fabricated the fst legal metre standard, on the busi af the ealeulation mde by La Call ofthe distance between the ple and the Equator a 5129070 ties de Pars in 1799, Delambre and Méctain obtained a diferent, but cual les accurate igure of 5.130740 toises de Pars). 1795: 25 une: Establishment of the Bureau des Longtudes (Longitude Office) in Pais 1799: iret meting in Pars ofan international conference to discuss univers adoption ofthe metic sytem. Te sytem was considered Yoo revolutionary” to persuade other nations to “thnk metric" at that te. 1799: 22 June: The dfiive standard metre and hlogra, made of| Platinum, were deposited inthe French National Archives, 1799: 10 December: Law of 10 Fenaie, Year VI, which confirmed the legal stats ofthe definitive standards, gave the second definition of "he mete (he lng af the patioum standard inthe National Archives, Ramey 3 fet and 1.296 "Lins" ofthe oe de Pri), and in theory made the use ofthe metic sjstem obligatory (in at, old habit of wing pre "metric unis of measurement persisted for many ears and were oeated) 1840: 1 Januar: With the growing spread of primary edition in France thew was amended to make the use ofthe metric sytem eal obligatory on al 1875: Establishment of the Incernational Bureau of Weights and “Measures at Sévres (near Paro. The Bureau created the new international standard mete, made of ioplatinm, 1876: 22 Apri The new international standard metre was deposited in the Pavillon de Brel at ves, which was then ceded bythe nation | the International Weights and Measures Comite nd ranted the status of international territory” 1889: The General Confeence on Weights and Measures met and provide the third defnition ofthe mete. The length of he meridian was handed as bass of caleuation. Henceforth, the mete was defined a the dstance a0" ofthe axis ofthe here mann soned on the inter ational standard iridoplatnum mete 19505 The invention af the ase allowed significant advances in opts, stomic physics, and measurement scenes. Moreover, quarts and atom locks resulted inthe discovery of variations inthe length of he day, and pt an end tothe definition of units of i 19601 October: Fourth definition ofthe metre a an optical standard (one hundred times more accurate than the metre of 1889) the metre now becomes equal 10 150,763.73 wavelengths of orange radiation in 2 void of krypton 86 (krypton 86 being one ofthe stapes of natural ypton, 1985: 20 October: The XVIlh General Conference on Weights and Measures gives the ith definition ofthe metre, based on the speedo ight in space (298782.458 metres per second): @ mete is henceforth the stance tae by ight in space in 1/298782,58 of a second. As for the second, tis defined asthe duration of .182.631,770 prods of ada tion corresponding tothe transition between theo spetine lees othe fundamental state ofan atom of caeslum 183, At the same conference, eintions ofthe five other basic units (kilogram, amp, kevin, mele, and candela) were also adopted, 25 well asthe standards that constitute the «tent Internation Standards ster (1. in tems ofthe eats rotation THE ORIGIN OF BASE 10 Wel then whee diet hase 10 come rom? Inthe second century CE, Nicomachus of Gers, a neo Pythagorean rom Judea, wrote an Atmel Intaduion which ns any ansations, fntlenced Western mathematical thinking throughout the Middle Ages Tor Nicomachus, the number 10 was “pete” numbec, the number ofthe these paintings must fer to a game lke Mora Te lave pining, rom Thebes. is rom the time of King Psammetichus I Seventh century BCE) and was (acordng to Lela) copie fom an oigal fom the Middle Kingdom. This too shows two pais of men, showing each ther various combinations of open and closed ges ‘We may therefveconsude thatthe game of Morr, In on form of another, goes bck t leas tothe Midale Kingdom of Pharaonc Ey. In the word of slam, Mota is ealled muhiaia Cmaking it stick out). At thestat ofthe present century it ws played in its casa form in remote arssof Arabi, Syria ad rag, Mathai was above al howe,» divin ion tal among the Msn and was therfore forbidden to the thf (rtune sling i proscribed by both Bible an Koran; sit was 2 much ‘more serious mater than 3 mere game. An Arabian fortune teling manual shows cru maps ofthe universe (2 jt al ‘lam, divided int sectors corespoding tothe tars, where cach tar has a umber, Thee at also ‘columns of numbers which give posible “answers to questions which right be asked, The muliroa was then sed to establish a relationship ‘ete the two sts uber COUNTING AND SIGN-LANGUAGE “Thee isa much more lborate way of counting with the hand which fom cent ames unt the preset day, has been used by the Latins and an also be found in the Midale East where, apparently, may go back even further in ime. 1 esther ke the sgn language used by the dea and dumb Using one orboth hands t ned, counting upto 989948 posible by this method. From two different descriptions we can eeonstuc I in oie. These ae given in parle o each ther in Fig. 3.13. The fist was writen in Latin inthe seventh centory by the English monk Bede The Venerable in his De ratio tempor, in the chapter De compat el logue Counting and talking with the ges) ‘Theotheristobefound in thesisteenhcentury Pesan dictionary Farhan? jan. Theresa mos srking coincidence between these wo descrip ‘ins write ine centuries apart andin uch widely separated place ‘With ane hand (he left in the Wes andthe right inthe Fast) the de finger, fourth and middle Hngers represented units, and ether the thumb or the index finger or both) was wed for tens With che other hand, hundreds and thousands were cepeseted.in the same way as the unis and ens, ‘Both acount ako describe how to show numbers fom 10,000 upwards, In the Easter description: “for 10000 bring the whole top joint of the thumb in contact with the top join of the index finger and part of ts second joints that the thumbrails beside the nal of the index finger and thetip ofthe thumbs beside the tip ofthe index inger” For his part Bede sys "For 10,00 place your ft hand, pa outwards, on your rest, with the fingers extended backwards and towards your neck” Therefore he two descriptions diverge his point Lec us homevefllow Bede a tle Further, For 20000 spread youre hand wide ove your breast, For 30000 the left hand shouldbe placed towards the righ and palin downwards, vith he thumb towards the breastbone For 5.00 sim place the left hand atthe nave. For 60.000 bring you let hand to you let ‘high, inclining it downwards, For 7.000 being your let hand to the same place, but palm outwards. For 80,00 rasp your thigh with your hand. For 90,000 grasp your lis with the lft hand the thumb towards the genitals. Bede continues by describing how, by using the same signs onthe sight had side ofthe body, and withthe right hand, the numbers rm 10,000 10900 00 maybe represented. ally he explains that one millon maybe inated by crossing the to hands, withthe fingers intertwined FINGER-COUNTING THROUGHOUT HISTORY ‘The method described above i extremely ancient. 1s ikely that egos backto the most extreme antiquiy andit remained prominent unt recent times in both the Western and Eastern words and in the later persisted tnt teen ines. In the Egypt ofthe Paracs it was in use from the (Od Kingdom (2800-7300 BCE), sit would seem fom a number of funeral paintings ofthe period. For example Fig. 3.14 shows, rom sight to Ie, three men dsplying numbers on thse Singers according tothe method just desrbed. The fis figure seems tobe inating 10 o 100, the fourth or 000 andthe sith 7or 2000. According to traditions which have been repeated by various authors, Egypt clery appears to ave been the source of this system hc. ig nso pn mn ofthe igh 5 Day ihe BE Mab Sage Se Bah Ep . Palla (1977) quotes two Arab manuscripts. One ofthese i atthe University of Tunis (no. 6403) and the other is in the Ubeary of the Wag in Bayh (Maja TO/9). The counting syste in question 1s inthe frst manuscript, attbuted othe Copt of Egypte tile ofthe second clearly suggests hati sof Egyptian eign (Teton the Capi manner of counting ith he and ‘A gasida (poem in pease potential patron) atibued to Maw a anal describes the sign guage ofthe opts of Fype, which expresses ‘umber by arranging the fingers in special was" Ib a Magheb sates, “See flow in the steps af every leaned man, The sii moves me 10 rte something of his art and to compose a Raga, tobe eld The Tle ‘af Memory, which shall inde the at of counting ofthe Copts" Fal Juan Perez de Moya (Alaa de Henares, 1573) comes to the following ‘conclusion: “No one knows who invented tis method of counting, but since the Egyptian loved to be sparing of word(s Théodore has said. it rust be om ther that thas ome” ‘There i ako evidence for its use in ancient Geese, Pltarch (ives of Famous Men hast that Oronts, sonia of Artneses King of Persia ‘sid "Just as the fingers of one who counts aze sometimes worth te ‘thousand and sometimes merely one, so ato the favourites of the King may ‘count for eveything of for nothing ‘The method was ako used by the Romans, as we know in the Bist inetance from numbers covered in archaeological excavations frm several partsof the Empire, abo al rom Egypt which date mostly from the beginning ofthe Christian era (Fg 3:18), These are smal counters of tokens, in bone o ory, each representing a certain sum of money. The Roman tax collectors gave these a rectpts". On one side there was 3 repreeniation of one of the numbers according t0 the sign stem described above, and on the other side was the corespoding Roman omer (It would sem, however, tha these numbers ever wet above 15 in these counters rom the Roman Enpite) Fac: ime ns ene fo finn CE Te wo ei ‘orn eae 9 ara poe the tng ne Jota etn nan ac trey Tr no ea ‘an mag ef eg ese ro eg fi ha gr nos rT 8S Ft 8, ‘We also know abou this from the writings of merous Latin authors Jovenal (55-135 CE) peas thus of Nestor, King of Pls, who Bed iis ssid for mote than hundred years “Fortunate Nestor who, hating attained one hundred years of age, henceforth shall count his years on his righthand” This tells us hat the Romans counted tes and wits on the left hand, and hundreds and thousands on the righ ad. Aplus (6. 125-170 CB) describes in his Apel how, having mastied ach widow, a certain Aemlia Paden, he was acuse of resorting to magi rans to win her heart, He defended himseif beloce the Pr-Consa Claudius Marimusin he presence ofhis chief accuser Elian. Eines had ungalaney declared that Aelia was sy years cl whereas she was really only fry Heres how Apuleus challenges Enibanus How dare you, Eman, increase her trve numberof years by one half gun? Iyou sid thirty fr ten, we might hink ha ou had ill txpresed it on your fingers, holding the out strsght instead of| curved (ig 3:18). But feety, now that i easly showa itis he open hand! Sowhen you increase half gun this nota mistake unless you allow her to be tity years old and have doubled the consular years by virtue ofthe two consuls. Olt And we may cit Sin Jerome, Latin phlogistof the time of Sant Augustine: ‘One hundred, sy, and tity ae the ris of he same sed inthe same earth. Thirty is for marrige snc the ning ofthe two fingers as ina tender hs eepesents the husband and the wie ity depiets the widow in sadnes and tribulation, And the sig for one hundred (pay close testi, gentle reader coped fom the ef to right with the same inges, shows te rown of virgin Fig 3.17) _ Ber ‘Aa, the pacarch Sant Cyl of Aloandtia (376-444) gives us the ‘dest known description of this system (ber de comput, Chapter (COANUI: De Flabus gor, 15). The description exaely matches a passage in a sinhentry Spanish encyclopaedia, Lier eymaligram, ‘which was the outcome of an enormous compilation insted by Bshop sor of Seville (570-636). The Venerable Bede in hs turn drew inspita- ton fom iin the seventh century fr his chapter De comput el logue digioram ‘One of the many reasons why this stem remained popular was its secret, even mysterious, aspect JG, Lemeine (1832) says "What aspleni ‘method fra spy to we, fom the enemy camp. nor his general at 2 10 100c0 obtain 10 which the ores By silat methods, he was able 1 miply numbers between 15 and 20 between 20and 25, and soon. ri necesito know the squats of 1, 15, 20,25 and soon, and ther multiplication tables. The mathematical jstfcations of some ofthese methods are flows To mally wo mur x andy twee 1 and 15 10[—10)+ (y= 10] + 6-10 x(9~10)+ 10% —— gehts bet at To maliply wo numbers ond tween 15 and 20 15115) + = 15] = 15) 9-15) 418 (eu elo yb ha he sparect) (Ge (08-15 ges onco band nd \ e To mull 09 numbers andy Btwen 20 and 25 206420) + = 20) + (r= 20) (20) 42 sndsoont Ie can well be imagined, therefore, how people who didnot enjoy the {acy in clelaton which our "Arabi numerals allow us were none theless able to devise, by 2 combination of memary anda most esourcef ingenityin the use of the fingers, ways of overcoming thee ilies and obtaining the results of quite dificulcaluatins {ips Tsafgw fe a eon of re ent no ote rf heh tt no go head ft katy CF We rare or ris ee eel pra bo foe pine Ore ow fi plop hf goto ‘heroin th mas hres on lif ht eve ty a pape Pra oes, ka ad 9) COUNTING TO THOUSANDS USING THE FINGERS ‘The method to be described sa much more developed and mathematically ‘more interesting procedure than the preceding one. Theres eidence of ts use in Cina a any tte since te teenth century inthe athe textbook Seam f tong zmg published in 1593, EC Bayley (1847) ates ‘hate was in use inthe nineteenth century, and Chinese fends of mine fom Canton and Pking have confirmed that iti stil in se, Inthis metho, each knuckles onsdeed tobe divided int the pts: let kak, mile knuckle and right knuckle. There bing three knack toafinger,therelsaplucefor eat ofthe nine digs fom 1109, Thoseon the like finger ofthe righthand correspon to the units, tose onthe fourth finger to the tens, om the middle Singer to the hundreds, the foretinge the thousands, and finaly the right thumb coresponds tothe tens of| thousands Similarly onthe let hand helt thumb corresponds to the hundreds of thousands, the forefinger othe millions, the midline to ‘hetensofmilions anda ig. 3.39) finaly therefore onthe ile finger ofthe eft hand we count by steps of thousands of millon, i. by ilions With che right hand palin upwards (Fg. 3.40), we count on the ile Singer fom 1 to 3 by touching the “Te knees” om tp to base: then fiom 4106 by touching the “entre hauls from base tip and nally. fom 7to9by touching the"vight knuckles from tp tobe, We count the tens simialy on the fourth ager, the hundreds onthe mide finger, and In this wayitis in theory posbleo count upto 888880 one and nd _upto93908.900.900 wih both 2 emarkableestimony to human ingenuity CHAPTER 4 HOW CRO-MAGNON MAN COUNTED Among the oles and most widely found methods of counting ste use of rated bones. People must have made use ofthis lng before they were abl count in any abstract way. The eas archaclogical evidence dates rom the socalled Auignaian «a (35,000-20.00 BCE), and are therefore approximately contemporary wih Cro-Magnon Man. I consist of several bone, each bearing regu lal spaced marking, which have Been mostly found in Western Europe g.40. ont pr ni aan, Mercia te (nti hee ae. "EA 0 1 2a00 08 om te pale a 9, Amongst these she radius bone of wolf, marked with 58 notches ‘wo series of groups off. This was discord by archaeologists in 1937, Dal VEstonice in Crcholoakia, in sediments which ave been dated 13 approximately 3,000 years old. The purpose ofthese notches remains iysterious, but this bone (whose marking at strate and not artist cally motivated) i one ofthe most ancient arithmetic documents to have come down tus leary demonstrates tha at that ime human beings ‘were not only able to conceive number in the abstract sense, but alo to represent number with respect to a bas. For otherwise, why would the notches have Ben groupe ia so regular pret, rather chan na singe Unbroken series? ‘The man who made use of this bone may ave been a mighty hunter ach ime he made kl, pethaps he made «notch on his bone. Maybe be had ferent bone foreach kind of aria one for bears, anaber for ect, another for bison, nd soon, and so he could keep te tly ofthe larder Bu, to sid having to recount every single oth ater, he tok 0 grouping them in fies, ike the fagers af the hand, He would therfore have established a true graphical representation ofthe fst few whole numbers, in base 5 (Fg 42). reeny dieteoneenn unite 12345 678910 Me. 1S 6... 0 hand hands Shands hands [Also of great interest isthe objet shown in Fig, 43, a point fom a reindeer’ antler found some decades ago in depos at Brasempouy ia the Landes, dating from the Mapdlenian era. This has a longitudinal grove which separates two series of transverse notches, each divided int ‘itn groups (and 7 on onesie, Sand 9 onthe ober Thelongtenat notch, which smc loser to the 9-5 eres than tothe 37 seis, seems to form a kindof ink or vincalum ais sometimes used in Mathematics) Joining the group of nine tothe group of ve. Fe 3 Ath ba fam Maplin 00-2690 8CB, nd neg ln ome ans Mise pie [Now what coud this be for? Was it peshap a simple tool, or 3 weapon which had been grooved to top it sipping inthe hand? Une. Anyway wat purpose would the longitudinal groove then serve? And even i this sere the ese why do we not find sich markings on sie prehistoric Inplements? Tin fac, thi abject also bears ites of some activity with arithmetical connotations. The way the numbers 3,5, 7, and 9 ate arranged, and the Frequency with which these numbers ocr ia many atc from the sme period, suggest posible expanation, Let us suppose thatthe longitudinal groove represents unity, and that the transverse lines represent other add numbers (which ate al prime cept or 9 which the square of 3), This spike from an antler with its grooves then makes ind of ath retical fol, showing a graphical representation of the fist few odd ‘numbers arranged in such away that some of he simple properties are cabibited ig 44. gece? 7309-5045) 4 3)=4 ° 5 ae e7 4 S329 oe es see? bb aegese7ea os 35 es Smet otha pp he ping reo ee Soong As wells giving us concrete eidence forthe memorisation and record ing of umber, the practice of making tly mars suchas described is so a precursor of counting nd bok keping, Weare therefore ed o supp tions such asthe following ‘Our distant forefathers possibly used this pice of ane fr taking count of peopl, things or beasts. It could perhaps have served a toler to keep acount of his own tools 5 grates and Thine Gn stone) ‘9 srapers and 5 needs in bone) where the lngitudina groove linking the anthem. inhi mas ming, have denoted the cormmon material (bone) fom which they were mde (Or pechaps a wate might similarly keep count of is weapons: ‘knives and 7 daggers 8 spars wth pan blade, nd with spl blade (Or the hunter might record the numbers of diferent sypes of game brought bck forthe benefit of his people: ‘ison and 7 butlo reindeer and sags We can alo imagine how a hewsman could count the beasts in his beeping sheep and goats on the one hand cattle on the abr. ‘A mesenger could ase an antler engraved inthis way to cary 3 promissory nate to neighbouring be {In 3 maons and 7 days we wil bring ‘baskets of ood and far animals We can also imagine it being used steep for goods, ora devery manifest, for acountng for an exchange or dition of gods. ‘OF course, these are only supposition, since the true mening has eluded the scholars. And infact the true purpose ofthese markings wil remain unknown for eer, because wth this kind of symbolism the higs thems to which the operations apply ae represented oly by their quant, and not by spec sigs which depict te mature ofthe things Human kind wa til anable to write. But by representing 38 we have esrb the enameration of this or that nd af ui, the owner ofthe antler, and his contemporaries, had nonethees achieved the inventions of writen number: in truth, they wrote figures in the most primitive notation known to history CHAPTER 5 TALLY STICKS ACCOUNTING FOR BEGINNERS. "Notched sticks tally ticks ~ were fst used atleast forty thousand years ago They might seem tobe a primitive method of accounting, but they have certainly proved ther vale. The technique has remained much the same theough many centres of evolutionary, historeal, and cultural change, right down tothe presen day. Altbough our ancestors could not have known it thir invention af the notched stick has sre out to be amongst the most pemanent of human discoveries. Not even the whee Isa oli: for sher longevity, only Bie could possibly rat ‘Noch marks found on numerousprehistorc ave wal pitings alongside culos of animal leave no doubt about the accounting funetion ofthe notches, In the presen ay world the technique hs barely changed at al For instance, inthe very fee pst, native American laborers inthe Los Angeles area se to keep a tally of hours worked by scoring fine ine ina psc of wood foreach day worked, with a deeper or ticker lin to mark each week, and a rose for each fortnight completed More coloutul users ofthe desc in moder tines include comboys, who made notches in the bares of heir guns foreach bison kl, and the fearsome bounty hunters who kept a tally inthe same manner for ery out that they gunned down. And Calamity ane’ iter ao sed the device fr keeping a cechoning of the numberof marriages gis in histown ‘On the other side ofthe world, the technique was in daly we in the intent century, 35 we lan from explorers tls ‘On the road, jst before junction witha smal rack. {ame upon @ hey gate made of bamboo and eed te tanks, and decorated with hexagonal designs and sheswes. Over the tack sl was hung 2 sal lank witha set of uly sie nothes, some arg, some small on tachside On height were twelve smal notches, then four age ons, then another set of twee sl ones. This meant Te days march fom hee ony man who crass eur oundary wil beau prisoner or wll aya rans of our wate afl and tue eal eapees). On the Ie, tight large notches, eleven middesized ones, ad nine small ons, meaning: Thee ar ight men, len women and mine chien in oar village Harman (1873: Laos} In Sumatra, the Luts declared war by sending a piece of wood ‘scored wit ine together with 2 Fen, a scrap of tinder and fh ‘Teanslation: they wil attack with as many hundreds (or thousands) of| ‘men as there ae scored ines: they wil be a swift as a bid (the feather, wil ay everything waste (the tinder = Fie), and will drown ‘hei enemies (the fist)... eer 1858) ‘Oniy a few generations ago shepherds inthe Alps and in Hungry 35 well as Clic, Tuscan and Dalmatian herders, used to kep aly of the umber of headin thei flocks by ming an equtalent numberof notches for crosses on wooden sticks or planks. Some of them, however, had 3 patchy developed and sable verson ofthe technique ae Gerschel describes: ‘On one tally-boand fom the Moravian pat of Walachia, dating from 182, the shepherd used a special form of notation to separate the nilbearng sheep from the thes and within these spell mak indicated those tht only gave half the normal amount. In some pats ofthe Swiss Alps, shepherds used carefully crafted and decorated wooden boards to record arous kinds of information, parla the numberof head in their ok, bu they lo kept separate acount of sterile animal, and distinguished between sheep and gras ‘We can suppose that shepherds of al nds cope with much the same realities, and that only the frm of the notation vate (using, ‘various, knotted string or qupu [sce Chapter 6 below, primitive notched sticks, of 3 board which may inclode Gin German-speaking areas) words lke Ao (cows), Gali (tril animals, Ges (goats) alongside thecal, Theres one constant the shepherd mast know ‘how many animals he hast cate for ad fed: ut be aso has to know how many of them flint the varios categorie - thot that sve milk and those that don, young and old, mae and female. Thus the counts Kept ate not simple one, but thiefld, fourfold or more rl lies made simultaneously and entered side by sie onthe ‘counting tol eli In shor, shepherds such as accountng ‘Another rcent suv of ancient methods of counting ca be found in the name that was vento one ofthe aes levied on serfs and comosoners Fh. Sin ahd 2 date, Seen on ton tien Yatertnde ta pd fae hese had devised a genie syste of Jin Fane rior to 1789: it was allel cil, meaning "tly" oF “ut for the simple eason that the a-colletors tote up what each taxpayer had paid oma wooden tally tick. In England, very similar device was sed o record payment oftax and to keep account of income and expenditure. Large and smaller notches ‘on wooden batons sto for one e, one Hunde, et. pounds tering (ce Fig, 5.2. Bren in Dickens’ dy, the Teasury still lng on 1 cis sniguited system! And this is what the author of David Copel thovght ot ‘Ags ago. savage mode of keeping accounts on notched sticks was Introduced into the Court of Exchequer the acounts wee hep. mck 235 Robinson Cruse kept his clendr on the desert island. In course ‘of considerable revolutions of time ... a multitude of accountants, Dookkeepes. actuaries and mathematicians, were born and did: nd stil fia oun clung to these notched ticks, 8 ifthe were pillars ofthe consiuton, nd sil the Exchequer accounts continued to be kept on certain splints of elm wood called “alles”, Lat inthe reg of George Il, some estes and evolutionary spe orga the suggestion, wheter, in land where thee were pens, ink and paper slates and peels and systems of acount thisrigid adherence {o a barbarous usage might nt border on the ridiculous? All the red tape inthe public offices turned redder at the bare mention of ‘his bod and original conception and it tok ill 1825 to get these stick abolbed [Chats Dickens (1855) ‘Britain ay bea conservative county, butitwas wo more backward than ‘many other Buropean nations achat time ln the ey nineteenth entry, tally sticks were in use in varius roles in France, Germany, and Swit land, and throughout Scandinavia, Inded ysl sa tly sticks use as red toensin a country bakery near Dijon in he ety 1970s This is hw iis done: sal pls of wood, called tls, ae both marked ith notch each time the customer ake la One plank stays with the baker, the othe is taken bythe customer The umber of lowes i toted up and payments made on 3 fae date Tor enseple, once awe) No dspte oer th amount owed is possible both planks have the same umber of notches, In the same places. The customer could not have removed any and there's an easy way to make sue the Baker has’ added any the, since the rw planks have to match see i. 5.3). ‘The French baker tly stick was described thus in 1869 by André lpg, in a novel called Mich! Ronde: “The women each held out piece of wod with lear on it Each pice of wood was difirent~ some were just branches, oters were —.... = —_—— ——eED cence 5.5: Ph oy aye aly planed square. The baker had identical nes threaded oto a strap. He looked out for the one with the womans nate on it on his strap, andthe filemarks tied exactly, The notches matched, with Roman metas = 1 V, X~ ging the weight ofthe loaves that had been supp René Jonglet relates very similar scene tht took plac in Hainaut (Feenrspeaking Belgium) around 1800: ‘The baker wen frm door to doorin his wagon cling the housewives ‘out Each would bring her tally" a lang and arrow pice of wood, shaped ike sis blade, The baker had a duplicate oft, pu the two side by side, and matked thm both witha sa, once for ech sic pound loaf that was bought. It was therefre very easy to check wha as omed, since the number of notches a the baker's and house ils ally stick was the sume. The housewife could’ remove any fom both sticks, noe could the bak add any to both The tly stick therefore served not just a curious frm of bill and receipt, but also as a wooden creditcard, almost x efcient and reliable =| the plastic ones with magnetic strips that we use nowadays, Franch bakers, however, dd not have monopoly onthe device: the use fin tal sticks to hep a record of sums owing and to be settled can be Found in every peti ad almast everywhere inthe wld ‘The technique was in se by the Khis Boloven in IndoChin example, nthe intent century: For market purchases, they used aster sna otha of country bakers: twin planks of wood, noche together, so that both pieces ‘held the same read, But hr version of this memory ger is mich ‘noe complicate than the bakers and itis hard to understand ow they coped witht. verything went onto the planks the names ofthe for sees, the names ofthe buyer or buyers, the witness, the date of delivery, the nature ofthe goods and the prc. Harand (180) AS Gerschel explains, the use ofthe tly tick i, in the frst place, to hep tack of partial and successive numbers involved in a transaction. However. once this uses fully established, other functions can be added the tly stick becores oem of memory, fori can hol a eord not just ofthe intermediate stages of a transaction, but aloof sna sult. And it was in that new role asthe record of a completed transaction, tht it cquired an economic fancion, beyond the merely aitmeti funtion of iteist oe ‘The mark of nner was the indispensable addtional device that allowed tal sticks to become economic tol. The mark symbolised the name ofits merit washis or er “characte” and represented bi or he legally in any sation, much ke signature Improper use ofthe mark of ownership was severly punished by the law, and rfrnces to tare fond in French law as lat the seventeenth enti: ‘The atk of ownership thus took the notched stick into 2 dierent domain. Originally notched sticks ad only notches on them: but ow they also cate sgns representing ot numbers bat names HE OHO i RP aK AY fe 4 apf mu fon dt a Tene acl ic ‘ent ery dt och Heres how they were used amongst the Kabyle, in Algeria Each head of cate slaughtered by the community s divided equaly besween the member, or groups of members, To achive tis, each member gives the chief tk hat eat 2 mak: the chi shales the stick and then pases them fis assistant, who pts ple of meat fon each one. Each member then loks for his chm stick and thas bain his sare ofthe mest This custom is obviously intended to ensure a fa share fr everyone. eee (195)] The mark of ownership probably goes back to the time before writing as invented, anditis the obvious ancestor of what we calla sgnatut (he atin verb sigur actully means to make across or math) So the mark, {he “signature” ofthe iterate, can be associated with the tly stick, the counting device for people who cannot count, But once you have signatures, you have conrat: whichis how tly sticks with masks of chneship came to be wsed to cry all srt of eomntinents and obligations. One instance x provide by the way the CCheremiss and Chuvash tribes (ental Rusia) recorded loans of money in the nineteenth centy tly tick was pit in half lengthy, ‘ach half thesefore bearing the same number of notches, coresponding tothe amount of money involved. Each party tote contact ook one of the halves and inscribed his personal mark on it (ee Fig. 4), and then witness made hs or hee mak on both halves to cert the ality and ‘completeness of the transaction, Each party then tok and kept the ba vith the other signature or mark, Fach has retained a cere, ealy ‘enforceable and unalterable token of the amount of epi invoved (nd ‘ated by the notched numbers on bth tly sticks. The creditor could not ter the sum, snce the debtor had the tly stick with he creditor's nak ‘or could the debtor deny his debt, since the creditor had the tal stick ‘vith the debtors markon it. ‘According A. Conrady (1920, notched sticks simlry constituted the tiga means of establishing pacts, agreements and transactions in pe- erate Cina They gave ayo written formula ony afte the development ‘of Chinese writing which el contains a trace of the original stem: the deogram siting contact in Chinese s composed of wo signs meaning. respectively “noehed tick and "kale x ‘The Arabs (or their ancestors) probably hada similar custom, since 2 similar derivation canbe found in Arabi. The verb-rootforada means bth “to make a note and to assign ones share (ofa contrat or inheritance) in rane tly sticks were egularuse up to the nietenth century as vwaybll to certify the dlvery of goods toa customer Arie 1233 ofthe Cade Napolioe, the foundation stone ofthe modern French legal te, makes exit reference totaly stele asthe means of guaranteeing tht dtveres of gods had been made. Tn many pars of Switzerland and Austria, sticks constuted uni recently a gensine socal and legal institution. There were, fst of al. the ‘apa alies (00 whe the tokens used by the Chuash, which recorded loans made to citizens by church foundations and by loal authorities Then there were the mil lies. According to L. Gersche, they worked in thefllowing ways [AL Ulich, there was a singe tly tk of some size on which was Inscribed the mark of ownership ofeach farmer deliveing milk and ‘opposite i mack, the quantity of mk delivered. At Tavetsch (ceord: Jing to Gr each farmer had his own tal stick, and marked ont the mount of milk he owed to each person whose matk of ones was om the stick: reciprocal, what was owed to him appeared under bis ‘mack of ownership on oer’ tally sticks, When the sticks were compated, the amount oustanding could be computed ‘Thee were also mole alles: n some areas, te local authorities eld tales for cach zen, matked with tat eze’s mark of ownership and ‘woul make a notch fr each mole, or mle’ tall surtendered tthe year's ‘end, the mole count was ttted up and cevands pid out acording tothe umber caught “als were aso used inthe Alpine areas for eesonding pasture rights (an example of such tally, dated 1624, ssid by M, Gmir tobe in the ‘Sis Flklre Museum in Basel and for water rights. It must be emer Tred that water was scarce and precious, and that it almost always longed toa feudal overlord That ownership could be rected out, sold and bequeated, Notched plans were used to record the sign of cwnership ‘ofthe family, and to indate how many hours (per dy) of given water ahr it possessed cs; Art fom Mai tnd Mum fi ain eG poeta Finally the Alpine areas also used Kell of “turn tales”, which provided pascal way of fixing and respecting a duty roster within 3 uld or corporation (night watchmen, standard-bearer, gameheeprs, churcvardens, tc) In the modern world there are afew surviving uses ofthe notched stick technique. Brewers nd wine-dealer til mack their are with Xs, which have z numerical meaning: publics still usechalkmakson sate to keep tally of deinks yt to bested Ale Force plots also sil Kep tales of enemy arr shot down, or of bombing ads completed, by “notching” silhouettes fara or bombs onthe oseage oftheir ira. ‘The techniques used to hep tales of umber thus form a remarkably ‘unbroken chin ove the millennia CHAPTER 6 NUMBERS ON STRINGS Although twas certainly the st physical prop to lp our ancestors when they at lst learned to coun, the and could never provide more than & fetingimage of merical concepts works wel enough orrepresentng numbers visually and immedi: but byt very nate, age counting cannot serve a recording device. As cris and trade developed within diferent communities and ‘ultures, and as communication between them ges, people whe had not ye imagined he too of wring nonetheless needed to heep acount ofthe things tht they owned and ofthe tat of thee exchanges. But how could thy retin a durable record of acs of counting, short of inventing writen numerals? There was nthing inthe natural world that would do his for ther. So they had invent someting else Inthe early yeas of the sbeenth century, Plato and bis Spanish ‘onguistadrs landed on the css of South Americ Tere they found 2 huge empire controling terry more than $00 km lng, covering a areas arg as Western Europe in what ow Boia, ee, and Eeuado. ‘The Inca cistion, which went back s fara the weft century CE, was then at the eight ofits power andlor. ts prosperity and cultural sopis ‘cation seemed at rst sigh all the more aman for the absence amongst these people of knowlege ofthe wheel, of draught animale, and even of ting inthe striet sense ofthe word ever, the Incas suces canbe explained by thee ingenious method of keeping acurate records by means of highly elaborate and fay complex system of knotted sting. The device, called a quip (an Inca ‘word meaning “noe consisted af min pec of ‘cord about two fst long onto which thinner coloured strings were knotted in groups, these pendant stings themselves being knotted in ‘rious ways at regular interval Fig. 6.1). (Qpus, sometimes incorrectiy described 8 “abacus”, were actully recording devices that re the various neds of the very ecient Inca administration, Ty provided means for ep seating ural, chronologic, and statistical records, and could occasionally also serve a calendars and as messages, Some ring colours had conventional meanings, including both tangle objects and abstract notions: white, for instance, ment either “ber” or “peace yellow signified old: ted tod for “blood” or “wat ands on, Qupus were used primary for bockkeeping, of, more precisely. as 3 concrete enumerating tol The sting colours, the number and relative Poston ofthe knots, the size and the spaciag of the coresponding rus of strings al had quite precise numerical meanings se Fg 62,63, nd 4), Quipus wer used to preset the results of counting Gina deena verbal counting system, s previously stated) al sorts of higs fom sl tary matters to takes, fom harvest eskonings to accounts of animal sin Sin the enormous annus cls that were held, fom delivery nots (se Fig. 65) to population censuses, and including calculations of base values forlevies and toes for thio that administrative i of he Inca Empire, Inventories of resources in men and equipment, nancial cords, te Fs 63, Memanbr260 at Fe. 64 Nail dio bk fate ag “riibenpmtoce tno so ben pe Anat hf a Temas ronan pee kh ude 80 ener Shatter nto reer Qupus were based on fl simple stil decimal stem of positions, nits were represented bythe sting beinghnoted a coresponding number cof times around the fs id postion pont (counting from the end or bottom of the srng, tens were represented say by the aumber of | times the string was knotted around the second positon point, the thin pont eerie fr eeording handed, he fourth for thousands, et So to writ” the number 3,65 on Inca ting (a shown in Fig, 63), ou knot ‘he string thee mes atthe fst point, four times at the second sixties atthe thir. and thee times atthe fourth positon point, Oficesof the hing, called gupucamayes Cheep the knot), were ppoited to cach town, vilage and district ofthe Inca Empire wth espo- "iit for making and reading quips a equired, and abo for supplying ‘he central government with whatever information it deemed important (Gee Fig. 65). It was they who made annual inventories ofthe region's produce and censuses of population by sacl cas, recorded the rests ‘on ting with ute suprising requsity and dtl and sen the records tothe capa. i1GA EAN, TRAN GIN aN ab cass tN) pom Bey rea TAA Oy TONNE Ca NATE EGS Fie. An ipsam rings an np fil an dg ‘Swi fone ne nq Fo te Cf ee ay ‘hee Cars ye Cn el Ley Cpa pele epee 9 ‘One ofthe gupucamayas was responsible forthe revenue accounts, and kept econ ofthe quantities of aw materials parcel out othe workers. ofthe amount and quality ofthe objets each made and of thetotl amount fram materi and fished goods inthe ropa tones. Another ep the register of bits. mariages and deh, ofmen i for Combat, and other details ofthe population in the kingdom, Such ecard wee Senin to the capital every year where they were read by offices earned inthe at of deciphering these devices. Te na goer: ment thus had at its pos a slab mas of statisti information and these catflly stored collections of shane of coloured string onsttated what might have been called the Inca National Archives. [adapted fom W, H. Prescot (1970) Quip are sosmpeandsovaluble thatthe continued be used for many ‘centuries in Peru, livia and Esidor In the midneeenth century fo ample herdsmen, pricy the Persian Avan sed quips o| keep lies oftheir ocks IME. de River. DTochul (1859), They used bunches of white strings to record the mbes of thee sheep and goats, ‘ually patting sheep on he fst pendant string. lambs onthe second oats ‘onthe thir kids onthe fourth, ewes onthe ith, ado on; and bunches of ten string to count cat, pting the bul on theft pendant string {sry cows on the second, heifers onthe hid and then cas, by ge ad sex, and soon se Fig. 68). bods vdddds th) bday BS eB a et) ben today native Americans in Bolivia and Perv use a very similar eve, the chinpu, ret descendant ofthe quip, A single strings sed to represent units up to, with ach knot on itindicating one uit son 2 ups tensa gure bythe corresponding number of knots ed on 190 ‘tring eld together; hundreds in ike manner on thee tings, thousands on four stings, and soon. On chmpus, therefore the magnitude of ruber in powers of 10 epresente by the number af ngs included In the knot six knot may have the value of 6,60, 00 or 8000 according to wheter it sted on one, wo, thre oF four tings together. {hts nor ating agter —————+ 500 4 oto esting gt —————+ 400 1.6. Aching nd ew) These remtkable systems are not however uniquely found in Inca ot inded South American civilisations. The wse of knotted string i attested since asicl mes and in various eons ofthe word Herodotus (485-125 BCE) recounts how, in the course of one of his expealtions, Darius, King of Persia (522-485 BCE) entrusted the rearguard defence of stately vital bridge to Grek soldiers, who were his als, He gave them a leather strap ted into sity knots, and ordered therm 10 ‘undo one knot ach dy, ang 1E have ot returned by the te alte Knots ae undone, ake to our boats and return to your homes” In Palestine in the second century CE, Roman tacollestors used 4 great cable, probably made up of 2 olectin of strings a5 ther reise Inaton, recip for taxes paid took the form of piece of rng hnoted ina particular way. Arab also used knotted string ove along period oftme not oly as & once counting device, bu als for making contacts, for giving recep, snd for administrative bookkeeping. In Arabic, moreover, te word apd ‘meaning “kno ako means “ont, a8 well 3s any eas of numbers coasted bythe product ofthe nine units o any power often (several Arabic mathematicians refer othe agd of the hundeds, the agd ofthe ‘thousands, and 0 om), ‘The Chinese were also probably fiir with noted strng numbers in ancient tines before writing was invented or widespread. The semi legendary Shen Nong one ofthe three emperorstraitionally credited with founding Chinese civsation, is suposed to have had aol in developing 2 counting sytem based on kate and in propuatng is ute fr bole keeping and for chronicles of events References toa system reminiscent of Peruvian quips canbe found in the Ching (round 500 BCE and in the Tao Te Ching, tration atebuted o Lao Te. The pratce ssi etantin the Far East notably in the Ryi-Kya sands. (On Okinawa, workers in some ofthe more mountainous areas use plated straw to keep a record of days worked, money owe theme AX Shur moneyenders keep ther acount by means of long piece of reed or bark ‘to which another strings ted tthe mid. Knots made in the upp alt ofthe main “sing” sig the dat ofthe loan and onthe lowe bal, the amount. On Yaga, harvest talies were kept in similar fashion; and taxpayers received in bew ofa itn “notice to pa" plese of steing so noted ast indicate the amount due) G. Fier (1950) “{2 = fc. 6 Ans fang apne gi easy we ion ‘dtc ot gon. efi en Se Sn nS p= 1 = Salt open cba ‘The same general device can be found in the Caotne Inds, in Hava, in West fica (Specifically amongst the Yebus, who live in the hitertnd of Lagos (Nigeria), and also atthe ater ends of the weld, amongst native Americans such 5 the Yakima (eastern Washington Stat), the Walapa an the Havasupai (Arizona), the Mivok and Maidu (North {& South Caron) and ofcourse amongst the Apache and Zu Indians of New Mexico A bizare survival of the formerly wide rae of knotted string wast be found as late a the end ofthe lst century amongst German Hue miler, who kept records of ther delings wih bakers by means of rope (ae Fig. 69 below), Smialy, hotedstrng rosaries (ike hel bended and otched counterpart) for keping count of prayers, are common to many religions, Tibetan monks, for example, count out the one hundral and gh ties (he nurber 108s considered a sacred number) ona bunch of 108 noted strings (ora string of 108 beds) whose color varies wth the deity toe vod: yellow string (or beads for prayers to Bud wit sting (or white beads made fom shel) for Bodhsa; ed strings (or cra bead) for the oe who comer Tit; ee. A very similar practice was caret oaly 2 few decades ago amongst various Siberian ties Vogus, (styals,Tungus, Yakut, et) and thereis also 2 Mastin tration, handed down by Ibn Sad, scording to which Fatima, Mohammed daughter, counted ou the $9 aribues of Allah and the supererogatory audatins ona piece of knotted string. not ona bead rosary Fe 6 emt ile rami dic ig ned ph nin fot Bae in he Fhe 6, Feb and fig of pgs For morning prayers (Shalit) and other services in the synagogue Jews ‘wear a payershal (lt) adorned with fringes (sist). Now, the four ‘comershreads ofthe finge are lvays ted into a quite preie numberof nos: 26 amongst "astern (Sephardic Jews, and 39 amongst "Western (Ashkenad Jews The number 25 coeresponds tothe numeral ale ofthe Hebrew laters whieh make up the name of God, YEWH (se below ‘Chapters 17 and 20, for more detail on letter counting stems), and 38s ‘he total ofthe number als of the eters ia the expression God is One, YHWH EHD (ee below) 39 is also the “alu” of the Hebrew word reining “morning dew” a, ad rabbis have often commented that at prayer the religous Jew i abet earth word of God “which falls from i mouth a morning dew fal on the gras aiae aaeain: 52 noted sting has thus seed not only at a device for concrete rumeration, but also 36 a mnemotehnic tol (or recording numbers, maintaining administrative archives, Keeping count of contracts calendars, etc) Althoughknoted sting does ot constitute a form of wtng in he strict sense, it has performed al of writings main fonctions ~to preserve the pst and to ensure the suv of contracts between members of the same society. Numbers on strings can therefore be considered for our porposes a special form of writen numbers CHAPTER 7 NUMBER, VALUE AND MONEY Ata time when people ved in small groups, and could id what they ‘seeded inthe nature around them, there would have bee lite need for diferent communis to communicate with ech other However, once some sor of culture developed, nd people began to cra objets fuse ot ese, then, because the aw esoures of nature are unequally dsibte, trade and exchange became neesay. “The easiest form of commercial echange was barter, in which people ceachange one sort of foodstuff or goods diety for anther, without making use of anything resembling our modem notion of “money”. On ‘occasion, if dhe wo pats tothe exchange were not on fend terns, these exchanges took the form of silent barter. One side would go to an ‘agreed place, ad eave there the goods on offer. Next da, in thei plac or Desde them, would be found the pods offered in exchange by the other side, Take ito lave its f the exchange was considered acceptable, the goods offered in exchange would be taken away and the desl was done, oweve ithe offer was not acceptable then the ist ide would go ay, and come bck next day hoping to find beter offer. This could goon for several days or even end without a setlement. ‘Among the Aranda of Austral, the Veda of Con, Bushmen and Pygmies of fica the Botocoudos in Brain Siberia Pome ~such transaction have been observed Bt with roth in commbnication, and the increasing importance of trade, barter became increasingly inconve- ent, depending ait does on the whims fndvidual or on interminable negotiation. ‘The need grew, therefore fora stable system of equivalences of ue. Ths ‘would be defined (much as numbers are expressed in terns ofa base) in texas of certain fixed unto tandacds of exchange With such asjtemit ‘snot only posible to evaluate the transactions of trade and commerce, but also to settle soil matters ~ sch a5 “bride price” or “blood money" 50 that, for instance, a woman would be worth o many of certain good as 8 ‘ride, the reparation fora robbery so many In prelelleic Greece, the carl unit of exchange that we ind i the ox. According to Homer's ad (Xx, 705, 749-751; V, 235; eighth century BCE), a “woman good fos thowsand tasks” was worth four ote, the bronze armour of Glaves ‘ras worth nine, and that of Diomedes Gin gold) was worth 100, And decresing oder ofa, re give: a chased ther cop, a 0 and al 2 golden ent. The Lata word prion) om hich eget “pee ta’ comes om pes, meaning “atl ad the ated wad pci means personal proper, rom which we alo et “pecan ft the sete ofprcaiis"stckofatle. The English on frhasome tous party rom Old English meaning bah “nt” and property” which tue blvd oe derived ia 4 Germanic oo fo peas compare moder Geta ik vest), nd par fom Anon fe which is protubly also of sir Gemanie Gratin. Like the Sn rapa {whence rupee, these words remind of tie hen proper, com ens, fering, and tases were eval in heads f cate. a fom parts of Eat Ath dy of «Bride counted ince. The in capt Cea ase ws "apt-get “shee and “mone; andthe otword made ofthe eters GMI stands forbohamel and wage in ancet ines, however baer was fr rom simple aii: was surounded by compiatd formalities, wbich were pal asited sth mystics and magical practices, i coniemed by ethnological ty af coterporay “pte sais and by archaeological Sigs. We tmay imagine, hector, that in pastoral sce the concept of the ox standard” pew out ofthe “ofr the saci” which tl depended onthe inns ale tried tothe sina 1 Hambis (1983-60 deserbing eta at of Sec, ys “Boing snd lng ass done by bute, sng animal pels asa sore of monetary i thsyste was employed bythe Reson goverment until 117 252 smeans flying taxes on the people ofthese parts nthe Pains, onthe ther hand, ond were vale ot in terms ftextock btn ter of peal or seas eke. The oqus, Along. and ote orth att American Indian sed sings fel called mpum ot ee, the Dogon of Mal sed cnr sel: One Osten, intersened by M. Gil (1968), 55s chicken is wort the times gh comes 2 fost ora sheep thie ties eight hundred,» donkey forty times eight andre, a hore eighty tines eight hundred, an ox one hundred and {wen nese handed ""Buconnus Gre," eae ties te unit exchange es at the cone. AL fet people bartered stip fh for animals o goods. The oh waster money. The unit ws the pala! of sip of clth twice sghty ted wide, So sheep was worth eight cubits of thre ‘pals . Sobequely ves were id down in terms of conte byNomimo he Seventh Master ofthe Word” With soe diferenes of det pacts were sarin pe-Clunbin Canta Ame. The May ued al ction, corn, itanen, ade, po. peas, stone, joes, and old forthe Ate scoring). Suse nascent athe ete if Net ch tn Mono ay ne enmienn eran foods, gods or objets were employed 3s standards of value anda tokens of exchange: the quack (a pice of cloth) and ‘the lad (20 uch; the coco bea used as ‘sl change ad the gulag of '000 beans) ile Thaped ates of copper feather ull fle with gold.” The ame kindof economy was practised in Chia rie to the adoption of money in the modern sens. In the bepanig, fodsufs and goods were ‘changed thei valu being expressed interns of certain raw mater, | certain necesities of ie, which were adopted a standards, These might Inde the eth andhoens of animals, tortoise sels, sex shl, ides, | fur pels. Later, weapons snd utensils were adoped as tokens of value: Inve, shovels et, These wood a frst have en made of stone, but ter, fom the Shang Dynasty, of bronze (Stent to eleventh entry BCE), However, repuat we of sich kinds of tems was cumbersome an not lays et. As est, metal played an nctesingl important colin the form of blocks o ings, a shone ito tol, omaments or weapons, unt fally metal tokens were adopted as money in preference to other forms, forthe purposes of buying and seling. The valve ofa merchandise was measured in tes of weight, with reference toa standard weight of one metal or anathe. fe Macon try 73 aif ho rod idea cater n Spree Man ‘Thus it was that ‘When Abrabam purchased the Makpelah Cave, be weighed ou four hundred sive shel for Ephron the Hite Later on Su, seeking his iter’ sheasts, sought the help of see for which he sive one quater ofa shekel of ser (1 Samue 1,8) Saal, the fines lak down in the Code ofthe Alice were stipulated in shekel of er, a also was the pl tax Exos XXX, 12-15) [A Negev (1970). In the Fy ofthe Pharaohs likewise, fodstus nd goods were often ‘ale, and pa fr, with etal (copper bronze, sometimes god or iver) measured out in gets ori kes, o ive in the form of bars or ings which wee miasure by weight. Te pricial standard of weight was the skeen equivalent 108 grams of our measure For certain purchase, ale was determined in etsinFaetons of the deer. Fae example, in the Od Kingdom (2780-2280 BCE) the shi, one welh ofa dee, was used (equ ‘let, therefore, to 76 grams). In the New Kingdom (1552-1070 BCE) the shi gave way ote ga, on eth ofthe dee o 91 grams In acontrat from the Old Kingdom we can se how vale wa expressed in terms ofthe skit. According this, the rent oa servant waste paid flows the als eing inst of bronze: bags grtin value 5 ahd 6 gots value 3 shite her valle 5. sds Total vale 13 sts As another example, the fllowing acount from the New Kingdom shows den of copper being used aa standard of vale. Sold to Hay by Nebsman the Brigade: 1, worth 120 deen of copper Recived in exchange pots of ft, vale 60 dos Slinclths in fine dot, worth 25 deers 1 vestment of southern as worth 20 dees 1 hide, worth 15 dens In this example we can see how gods ould be used in payment as wells ‘metal tokensin the marketplace of ancient ties. That o,frinstance, est 120 deen of eoppe, bu not one pice of eal metal had changed hands: 60 of he dabens ong had been wetted by handing over 2 pots of ft 25, ‘more with loin-lth, ands. Although goods had been exchanged for goods, therefore, this was not 4 sraigorward barter ein fact flected a tal monetary syste, ‘Tencefrth, by virwe ofthe metal standard, goods were no longer bartered atthe whim ofthe dale o according to ebay established practice, butin ters of thee “market pie ‘Thee is eter dating fom aound 1600 BCE which gves a vivid ‘stration ofthese matters I comes fom the Royal Archives of the town ‘of Mati and was sent by HRN Add, King of Qsta, to Kime Dagan, King of Hallitim,1iicAddu roundly reproach his “brother” for sending _meage sum" in pewter, in payment fortwo horses worth several times tha amount, “Thus [speaks] IKh-Addu thy brother, This should not have to be said! But speak {most to console ny at... Thou hat asked ofme the two horses that thou didst des, and id have them sett thee. And se! how thu hast sent to me ‘merely twenty rods of pete! Dist thou not gain thy whole deste fiom me without demu? And yt thou daest send me so litle pewter! Know thou that herein Qua, these horses are worth sx Ihunded shel of lve. And se, how thou ast en ee bt twenty tos of peter! What wil the ay ofthis, when they hea of? A understandable indignation, since a sheke of iver was worth these or four rods of peter the time Je shou not be thougt hough, that "mone, in the modern sense ‘ofthe word, was used in payment in those times. Iwas nota “coinage” in the sense of pices of metal, east in 4 mnt which she prerogative ‘ofthe State, and guaranteed in weight and value. The idea ofa coinage ‘ound in weight and aly did ot come about unt the Best mena BCE, most probably with the Lyians Unt that time, only a kind of “ase weight” played a role in transactions and in lea deeds, ating as aunt of aluein terms of which the pices of individual items of mechan ls, or invidul deeds, could be expressed, On this bss, this or that tal was ist counted out in ingots, rings, of oter objets, and then ts eiht, nuit of the "bases, was determined, and inthis way could bused as slay’ "ne", or “exchange Let ws go back few thousand years and inthe description of Masper, serve a mathe fom Egypt ofthe Paras Early inthe morning endless steams of peasants come in from the surtounding country, and et up thee stalls inthe spots esered foe ‘them a long as anyone can remember. Shep, gee, goats and wide Thome oxen ace gathered in the centre to await buyers. Market ‘atdeners,srnen fowler and gael hunters, porters and erat ‘men squat atthe roadside and besde the houses, thse goods heaped ‘in wicker baskets or on low abe, its and vegetables, rebked ‘bread and cakes, meats raw o variously prepared, elohs, perfumes, jewel, the necessities and the oles of i, al sec out before the ‘uous psf thee cstmers. Low and middle cls ale can provide for themselves at lower cost than in the ela shop, and take advan tage ot acordng to their means, The buyers have brought with them rou product f their own Tabouts, new tol, shoes, mats, pot of loon, ask of dea, strings ‘of couie shells flit bones of copper or siver or even golden ings tach weighing one deen* which they wil fe to exchange forthe things they ee Tor purchase of age bes, or ofabjectsof great valu, lou, biter and protracted arguments take place, Not only the price, but in what species the pie shal be paid, must be etd, so they draw up liste hereon beds, rods, honey i, pckaxes or items of eothing may rake up the ale ofa bul ora she as. fe 24 tage a ‘tes panos Rk Chee oie ot Marna ‘The etal trading does not involve so much complicated reckoning “Two townsmen have stopped a the sae moment infront of felah with onions and cor dplayed in his basket * The fst’ gid assets ane two necklaces of glase perl or coloured enameled ly; the second one isa ound fan with a wooden handle, and also one of those triangular fans which cooks we to boos the re, he. 7: Moan pti fo ning of Be gi och ‘Dyna ond 5889 Ts png dtr of aa i ofthe empress a dS) Sei 859 al pape 6 (ld al ore Ms BOSD 3 pa ae “This necklace would eal suit you,” cal the ist, i's just your siyer™ “Here is «fan foe your lady and a fan for your Bie," sye the other Sil, dhe flah ky and methodical aks one ofthe necklaces “Lets have ok, ell you wha is worth” With oe side offering to0 ite, and the other aking for too much, they proceed by giving here and taking there, and finally agree onthe ‘numberof onions oF the amount of grain which wil jst match the ale of the necklace rte fn Further along shopper wants some perumein exchange fora pair ofsandale and rie hie wares her "Look, ine sold shoes fr your fet romcdnong 2 in ne pig ign ‘Bur the merchant isnot shoe of footwear jst nom, 50 he asks for astrng of cones fr his itl jr: "See how sweet smells when you pt ew drops around he sys winningy ‘A woman pases two earthen pots, probably of eintment she has made, beneath the noe of equating man, "This lovely cet wil etch your fan” Behind this group, two men arge the elative worth of a bracelet and. packet offitshoks; and a women wth a small box inher hand Is negotiating with aman sling neckiaces another woman trying to {eta lowe price ona fh which the seller rmiming fo bet. ‘Barer gant metal requitestwoor thee more stages than simple barter The rng o the folded sees which represent deers do not lays have the standatd content of gold or ses, and may be of shot weight. So they must be weighed foreach transaction to establish thei al vale, which offers the peftappoetniy for those com cerned to ete into bested dispute. fer they have passed a quater ofan hour yeling tat the scales do not work, thatthe weighing has been essed up, that they have to start all ove agai, they inally weary ofthe struggle and come to settlement which roughly satises both sides. However, sometimes someone cunning or unscrupulous will aduerate the rings by mising tee precious metal with as much fase meal as posible short of making their trickery apparent. An honest reader whois under the impression that he eee a payment of eight gold dab, who was in fat paid in meal which was one third sive, has uniting lot lost one tied of is part, Feat of ting chested inthis way held back the common use of ds fora long time, and caused the use of produce and artisanal objets in barter to be maintained, |Atthe edo the day the use of mong (nthe modern sense ofthe ters) ‘became established once the metal was cast ito small blocks of cons, ‘thick cold be easly handed had constant weg, and were marked with the offal stamp ofa puble authority who had the soe righ to erty 00d weight and sound metal. “This ideal stem of exchange in commercial transactions was invented Jn Greece and Anatolia during the seventh century BCE. (n China the cates similar usage occured aso at about the same time, apparent, sound 600-700 BCE, duting the Chow Dynasty.) Who might have fst thought of i? Some consider that Phidon, king of Argos in the Peloponnese, introduced the system nhs wn city and in gia, around {50 BCE. However, the majority of scholars agree tit the honour of the invention should go to Asi Minor under the Grecks, most probably to lydia Be that as it may, the many advantages ofthe we of coin ed tots rapid Mdopton in Greece and Rome, and amongst wan other peoples. The rest, fs anather tory. ip sir eine Jongg and nia foe Aven em By learning how to count inthe abstract, grouping every kind of hing according othe principle of numerical base, people alo leaned ow > imate eva and measure al sorts of magpitues ~ weights, lengths, areas, volumes, capacities and soon. They lewise manage to conceive ver larger numbers, though they could not yet atin the conept of infin. They worked out many technical procedures (mental, matrland later writen) and laid the eaty foundations of arithmetic which, a fist was purely practical and only ater became abstract nd ed ont algebra, ‘The way also opened up or the devising ofa calendar. for 2 systems tion of asttonomy, and for the development ofa grometey which was a frst based straightforward on measurement of length, ata and volume, before becoming theoretical and axiomatic, In short, the graxp of thew fundamental dats allowed the human race co atempe the measurement of ts word, ite by lide to understand it beter and beter, to press ‘nto humaniy’s service some of their words innumerable secrets, id 0 ‘organise and to develop their economy, CHAPTER & NUMBERS OF SUMER WRITING: THE INVENTION OF SUMER ‘Wrking os a ytem enabling articulated speech tobe recorded, is beyond all doubt among the most potentintelectal tol of modern man. Wing perely meets the ned (ubich every person in any advanced social group {ee for sual representation nd the preservation of thought (which ofits nature would otherwise evanesce) I also ofr a remarkable method of ‘expression and of preservation of communication, s that anyone can keep 4 permanent record of words long since spoken and flown Hower, itis much more than a mere instrament, ‘yrecoeding speech in sent orm, wing does not merely conserve, ‘but also stimulates thought such as, otherwise, would have remained latent. The simplest of marks made on stone or paper ae not jst 3 took: they entom old thoughts, but also bring them back toe. AS ‘wl fixing language, writing is aso anew language, silent perhaps, which lays a discipline on thought and, in transcribing it organises 4t. Wrting i not only means of drale expression: it also gies ret aces to the wold of ideas. ttl repeesents the spoken ‘word, but it so facilitates the understanding of thought and gives thought the means to traverse both space and time, [C. Higounet (0369)1 ‘Wiring therefore, nrevolutionisng human lif sone ofthe retest of alL inventions. The earest known writing appeared around 3000 BCE, not far frm the Pesan Gulf, inthe land of Sumer, which layla Lawee “Mesopotamia benween the Tigi and Euphrates river. Here also were developed the earest agriculture, the earliest technology, the fist towns andes, by the Sumerians, on Semi people of il obscure origins ‘As evidence ofthis we have numerous documents known as “tables” hich wece used a ind of "ppt" by the inhabitants ofthis gion, The des of these (ich lo cary the most ache form ofthe writing) wer scored at the ste of Uruk” more press atthe archacologia ee dignated as Unk a “These tablets ae int, smal plagues of dry ely, rovgly rectangular =e osha ne lL epee a aa a ‘rome bye patra yeh nah pene somes Popetonpants ergn snes enna > ret, edt et Tn a ng eet [Sonu Soa faa a sal ‘tpt nero etn io em ‘los tne ens ee gf ‘erage ee ae aad in tinea cove onthe wo ise Fi, 1)-On oe ie some tnt on buh hy bear bllovedout mans of various shapes and snes Thee mas nee made on th clay i tl sf bythe ree of 2 parila to As wel these oli markings we nay alo doting roving made with pointed ol represen al Kinds of ings oF see interme ‘eins. The Bellow mathings correspond to the diferent unis in the ‘Sumerian sequence of enumeration Gin the archaic graphology: they ae therefore, the most ancient "gues known in itoy (se Fig. 82). The drawings are simply the characters in he archaic writing system of Sumer ig 83) Some ofthese ables alo have symbole mot in elie, made by ong cylindrical sels ver the surface ofthe tbl, fom one end to the oes °° 8 8 O © Fos 83 Teheran ibe ‘These tablets sem to have served as records of various quantities associated with diferent kind of goods ~ invoices, ait wer, or supplies, Aeiveries, inventories, or exchanges, Let us havea closer look atthe daw ings om these tablets, and ty to dscern the principal character of this ting system. Some ofthese drawings ae very este and show the essential oulnes of material objects, which maybe quite complex (Fig 8.2), ‘On occasion, the deans ate much simplified, bu sil strongly evoke thei subject. or example, the heads ofthe ox the as, the pig, and the dog are drawn in aconrete though very syed way, and the drawing ofthe ‘nmal’s head stands fr the animale, More often, however, the orginal abject is no longer dccly recogni le the part stands forthe whole, and effect represents cause, na stylised tnd condensed symbolism. A woman, for instance, i represented by 3 Scheratc drawing of the ingle of pbic hair Fig. 8.3) andthe ver co impregnate by a draving of penis (Fg. 8:3. Generally speaking, 28 esl of these abbreviations andthe subly simplified relation between representation and object represented, the later mostly elas us, The symbole ae simple geometric dravings, end the epresented objet (where wecan determine wht they ae, by seman ‘ie or palacograpic means) have litle apparently in comune with their representations Consider the sgn for 2 sheep, for example (Fig, 83 Us what nigh this drawing possibly represent, a circle sutounding eos? A sheep pen? A brand? We have no ides What is striking abou these drawings is thelr constant and defirite characte in which each particular symbol exhibits ite variation form, th erie eed a wpe niga va f PP Yo hm ak AY A « rararach hes Param fo arin Sonn Computing this withthe number of variations which will emesge in| subsequent periods, we ae obliged to Sein this constancy and regularity the marc of rue wring inthe sense of fly workedout system which everyone has adopted ~ and therefore to conside that we are sexing the ry origin of wing or aay rt, ts eat tages, based no doubt on cariee usages but bearing this essential new feature of being 2 generally cepted uniform practice. ‘We find ours contemplating therefore, 2 system of graphical 5 Boa kk & Fie Soni mae legged od Sin wig Tle congener es "ey rte hep of eS tg ‘that is, in the pictographic stage, sophia epson a Bev a me ty i tet ts si East tad oho ei Sm dl pdf th spe at rt ope Te iirc etapa king pong stand rca pg ey reg sir age hepa og “Sag he 820 ny cn pane ade Tesopet exh gmetad ascent sss Pope n spa ee seal ar sing fer ny ot Te Sao pepe stg pl gone ag contig ee erp en pe roster Soto ‘Senet pe caren peatrogay een ‘een ire rk realty others hard to expres. The combination mouth + rad thereby expresses “ea "devour"; mouth + ter expresses “rinks math + han ‘expresses “pays” Gn accordance with Sumerian situa and ge + water denotes“, “weeping” In the same way, an gg beside ow! suggests the act of “ving birth strokes undeeneath a semi-el suggest dans fling rm he heavenly ‘ul, “night, “the dar’. tht, lowland country, where" mountain” ‘vas sonymous wih foreign lands and enemy country (Fig. 83H, the {ustaposition woman + mountain meant “oegn woman” (Kittay "woman ftom the mountains" and therfore, by extension, “female slave” or "maid secrant” (ince women were brought to Sure, bought or captured, oserve 48 saves). The same association of ideas give tse 1 the combination ‘nan + mountain to denotea mae slave (Fg 8.47. Human thought could therfore be better expressed by this system of| Petograms and ideograms than by 2 purely representational visual art ‘This system was «systematic attempt to express the whole of thought in ‘the same way a it was represented and deste in spoken language. But ita sil far fom pee, being long way yet fom being abet denote vith preison, and without ambiguity, everyting that could be expressed in spoken language. Because it depended excessively onthe material wold of bjs which ould be drawn pictures, it requited a very large number ‘of dierent symbols. In fact, the ttal numberof symbol wed in this fist age of writing in Mesopotamia hasbeen estimated to be about two thowsand Farthermore, not only was this writing syste dificult to manipulate, it was also seriously ambiguous, for example, plough can alo mean “ploughman’, how are we supposed to know which ne is meant? ven fr one and the same word, how can ts aious nuances be distinguished — ances which nguage can meticulously encapsulate and which are essen. ta to complet understanding ofthe thought including suck qualities a5 ‘gender, singular and plural, quality. and the countless relationships Tween things in ime and in pace)? How ean one dstnguish the many ways in which actions vary with time? ‘This writing was certainly a tp towards representing spoken language, buts ited to what could be epressed in images, that tay to the immediatly epresentable apt of objects and ations, oto their imme diately cognate extensions or sich etons the orginal Sumerian writing remains, and will no doubt always remsin, undciphersble. Consider the bls adn Fig. 8.1 Dt ely the ead ofa bl"? Ore it~ more ously “a bulls unit oflvesack one ot), ane af the many products fone can obtain fom eat leather milk horn, mea)? Or does represent some person who may have had mare on the ines of "Mr Bll (hus bing the equivalent of a signature)? Only the few people immediately implied woul bein poston to know what xr was intended by the bul’ head on this particular table. In these circumstances, Sumerian writing at thi stage of developments better thought of aan side mémoire hana writen recordin the proper sense ofthe tern: something which served to hep peopl eal what they already exactly knew (possibly mising out Some esetial deta, ater than something which oud exaly expres this to somone whe had never own it direct Such a scheme answered the purposes ofthe time well rough. Apart from afew lists of symbols, all ofthe known archaic Sumerian tablets carry summaries of administrative actions o af exchanges, 38 we can see from the totalled numbers which canbe found athe nd ofthe document (or on is other side). Alof these tablets are, therefore, accounts (in the financial sense of the er). Pure economic necesity therefore played, lejond dubs, leading tle inthe try the emergence af his wetng system was undoubtedly ingpited by the necessities of accounting and stocktaking which caused the Sumerians to become aware ofthe fic that the old order, which was stil based on 2 purely orl teadon, wa unning out of steam and that a completely new approach to the organisation of work mas led or, As P.Amiet explains, “Wetng was invented by 2ecountants faced with the tak of noting economic trancatons which, in the rapidly developing Sumerian sce, had become top numerous nd too complex tobe merely entrusted to memory. Weng bers wines to radial ansormation of the traditional way of fe, in 2 novel soil and politcal envionment already heralded by the great constructions ofthe preceding er” At that time the temples were solely responsible forthe economy of all Sumer, where continual overproduction requed a very ceneased system of redistribution which became increasingly complicated, 2 situation which tindoubedly geist the invention of wring, But accounting i simply the recording by rote or by wring, of operations which hae alread taken plac, and which concer soley the dplaements of objects and of people. According to. Botero, archaic Sumerian writing s perfectly adapted to this funeion, which the reason why its ees form ~ which had 3 profound eect on later developments wa sich at toserve above all aan Aide mémoire. In cede, however, o become completely ineligible, and above al in onder to attain the status of "writin in the true sense of the word De doape inet saan Ei i ed fc tnnaom cnr oops poh popoommnnssaee (Ge. capable of recording unambiguously whatever could be expressed in language, this area pitodeography was therefore abliged to make seat advances nt only in clarity and precision, but loin universality of| telerece ‘his transtion bean to occur around 2800-2700 BCE, at which time Sumerian writing became allied to spon language hich isthe most, developed way of analysing and communicating rai) ‘The ide at he root ofthis development was to use the pituresign, no longer merely pictorial o deographically, but phonetically, by relating ‘hem to spoken Sumerian, somewhat 35 inoue picture pura, where a phrases punningly represented by objects whose names frm parts ofthe Sounds inthe spoken phrase. For example 2 picture showing needle and dead being used to sew a bunch of thyme, a goalkeeper lacking 2 goak ick and the digit 9" coud Gin English represen he saying “A sitchin ‘Thasapctre fan oven sat his time (2800-2700 BCE) no longer used to represen the object, but ater to represent the sound ne, which the Sumerian word for “ven, Likewise a picture of an arrow (in Sumerian stands fr the sound and since the word for" in Sumerian i > onounced the arow picture also stands for this word, As Bote explains: "Using the pictogram af the teow (i) to denote something quite Afeent which also pronounced 1 it completly breathe primary ‘elation af the image othe objet (arrow) and easter it tthe phoneme (to someting thats which snot situated in the material world but is Inherent solely in spoken language, and as a more universal nature. For hile the arto, purely asa petogram, can only sft tothe objet ‘row? and possibly to limited group of related things (weapon, shooting hunting), the sound denotes precisely the phoneme, no mater where st may be encountered in speech and without reference to any material object whatever, and coresponds sly to this word, 0 to this part of| 2 word (asin thbiva, ‘blacksmith. The sign ofthe arrow is therefore no longer a pctogram (depicts nothing) bata phonoyram (evoking phone). The graphical system no longer serves fo wie things, but to ‘write words andi no lnger communicates one single ides, tthe whole of speech and language” “his represnts an enormous advance, because sucha system is now capable of representing the varios grammatical parts of spec: pronouns, ales, petites, sues, nouns, verbs, snd phases, cogeter with all the ‘ances and qualfications which can andy, fal be represented in ty other way."As such adds Brter, "ten if this now means that he reader ‘must know the langue ofthe writer in onde to understand, the system can record whatever the spoken language expresses, exactly as Its expressed the jem no lange serves mecly a rece tas memory and eal, bt can also inform ad instru Tes not our business to go int the spec details ofthe language for which the Sumerians developed thee graphical system, once they had reached the phonetic stage in the above way. Bu we may echo Boteo in saying that Sumerian weting (enormous advance though it was) because it was born of a pitography designed to aid and extend the memory, reraied fundamentally a way of writing words: an aiesmémoire devel oped into a sjtem, enhanced bythe extension into phones, but ot esselly transformed by it (After the entry of he phonetic aspect, the Sumerians in fit hep many of ther archaic ideograms of which each one continued to denote a word designating a specifi entity a objeto even several words connected by moce or les subse relations of meaning causality or symbolism) (Adapted from G. Racers Dictionnaire de arco) ‘The grographical origins ofthe Sumerians remain top of controversy. ‘Though some would have hem originate from Asia Mino, i sem ater that they are in Lower Mesopotamia fom rs, having come fom central Ai ‘Their language, which emins imperfectly known, was apgutnatve, lke the early Asati (pre Semitic and preinde European) languages, and ‘he Caucasian and Turco Mongolian languages of ody nay case, wher ver they came fromm was mountainous, ais shown by two things which they brought with them to south Mesopotamia: the squat, a alle of cient mountsneligions, nd stone carving wheres the Mesopotamian region sae of tone ‘Their most likely dat of arial in Mesopotamia canbe placed inthe socal Un ptiod during the second halo the fourth milennium BCE, titer during the Ut 1 period, or that of UakV. Quite possibly they axcve gradually minor waves, thereby levi no archaologia traces, forthe whole of the Uruk pero. I certainly scems that this iy, home of the epic hero Gilgamesh, had been the primordial ete ofthe ute they bore. And itis certain the so-called Jemdet Nar pi began under their Inatve, 2 the end ofthe fourth millenium BCE, tobe followed by the re Sargnic era oF Ancient Dynasty which saw the Sst ealintion of Sumerian csation, ‘These periods were marked by thee cltral manifestations: the devel opment af pts (where elinder engraved with parades of animals and various senes of 4 religous nature are dominant among the tables ‘he development of sculpture with rif om stone vases, animals and personages in the round, themes tested with great mastery and with force which id not exclade elegance the masterpiece ofthis period being ‘the mask, known as the Lady of Wasks, imbued with a debate realism finaly the emergence of writing whch, fithas not given us annals, allows stoidenifthe gosto whom the temples were dedicated and to learn the ‘ates of ein personages, in particular those which have been fund in the ol tombs of Ut ‘The owns ofthe nd of Sumer: Ur, Uruk, aga, Una, Ada, Mar Kil Awan, AKak, were constituted tystates or as Falkensein as sd cy temples, which fought incessantly to exert « hegemony which they ‘erie more ols by tums. Up tothe Archaie Dynasty I we nowhere find pace, since he king was in ely pret, vicar ofthe god, who lived the precincts ofthe temple the GPa, of which it sers we have an examplein the edifice of Nippur. ‘The priest hing oe thee of EN, “Lots only dang the Arche Dynasty I that the tle of king, Liga, emerges, and atthe same time the palace, witness tothe separation of State and priesthood, and the ‘emergence of military monary. The east known palace Is that of| ‘Tal At Kil, andthe iat personage who bote thet of Lugl was infact 4 king of Kil, Mebaragesi (around 2700 BCE). The furnishings of the tombs of Ur which date ffom subsequent centuries. reveal the high level of material chisation which the Sumerians had attained. The retallrgists had acquired a grest mastery of thei art and the sculptors Id produced fine intheround woes, We se a pal development of urbanisation and of monumental bulding the val temple of Khalje, he quae temple of Tell Ast, the temple of Ishtar t Mat the temple of| Inanna at Nipper. The expansion ofthe Sumerian cts was beasgucly arested inthe twentyfourth century BCE by the formation of the Semitic empie of Akkad. But the Akkadians assimilated the Sumesian culture and spread it beyond the land of Some. Savage ties fom the neighbouring mountains, Lalla and Gu, put an end tothe ARkaian Empie and ravaged the countryside uni the king of Uruk, Uw Hep ‘verte the power ofthe Gut and captured ther king Tiriqan, Now an age of Sumerian renaissance bean, wth the hegemony of aga and above aloft [A the begining ofthe second millenium BCE, the Sumerians were once again dominant with the dynasties of sin and o Las, but afer the triumph of Babylon, under Hammurabi, Sumer disappeared political but nevertheless the Sumerian language remained a Language of priests, and many features of tee cvilsation, asad by the Babylonian Senites, ‘vere survive across the Mesopotamian culture of Bayon Let us nw pas tothe numbers thersevs. The Sumerians didnot count in tens, bandeeds and thousands, but adopted instead the numerical bae 6, grouping tings by ssties and by powers of 60. ‘We ourselves have vestiges ofthis base, visible in the ways we express time in hous, minutes and seconds, and cular measure in degrees, ‘minutes and seconds. oe insane, we have to seta dg imepece 0 08:43, then we now that this creesponds to @ hours, 8 minutes and 4 seconds, being te elapsed since midnight and ths can be expressed in seconds as flows 9 6 +8 60 643 = 32923 seconds. Ukewise, when ship fcr determines the latitude of poston he wil expres its, fr instance: 25; 3607" and everyone then knows thatthe postions 25 x 60 +36 6067=92,67" north ofthe Equator. With the Greks, and later the Arabs, this was used as a scenic numbersstem, adopted by astonamers Since the Greks, however, with few and belated exceptions, this stem has been used solely to express factions eg. minutes and second as subdivisions ofan hou). But in more distant times, a excavations in Mesopotamia have revealed, it ave se ‘oo quite separate number systems which were used for whole numbers a ella factions. One was the system used sll fr sient purposes by ‘the Babylonian mathematicians and astronomers, later inetd by the CGresks wh in turn pase it down tous byway of the Arabs, The other, ‘more ancient yet and which we are about to discus, was the number system in common use amongst the Sumerians, predecessors of the Babylonians, and exusvely amongst them, 60's certainly large number to use as base for amumbersytem, pacing considerable demands onthe memory since - in principle a least ~ it requires knowledge of sinty diferent signs or words to stand for the ‘bers rom 14 60, But the Sumecas overeame this ical by wing 10 a5 an intermediary to lighten the burden onthe memory, a 2 kind of steppngstone between the diferent sxagesimal orders of magnitude (60,60, 0 ete), Ignoring sundry variants, the Sumerian names forthe ist en numbers, sccording to Deiel,alkensten and Powell, were 1 patrateran | 6 at They also gave a name to each molple of 10 below 60 (So, up this point, itwasa decimal system) Apart from the case of 20 (al tems tobe independent of min = 2 and f= 10, these names are infact compound words, The wor for 2, thee fore, i formed by combining the word for 3 wth the word for 10: 2». (where the asterisk indicates that an intermediate word has been restored). In the save way, the word for 40 i derived by combining the word ot 2 with the word for2 fete, x10 40 nitmin = it min = 202 ‘The vaiants of thisare spy contractions of mui: $0 nin wim) in = niin °lpplolo eS AXA OD SHGLSS AAA aay Sowers | 7 unentae FERSE eoaae | Ole ets hedepme the saponin Sans. The hago cna tee age id fo he prent ofah e te ate and pt a te yea ar peso eke erhalten swe lay as Mesopotamian ‘pper and how twat ot In Mesopotamia stones rare wood, leather snd parchnent ae dil preserve, and the soil oasis of alluvial deposits. The inhabitants ofthis ‘gion therefor tok what ame tohand forthe purpose of xpresing thelr ‘houghsor fr recording the spoken word, and wha they had to hand was clay. They had use thi raw material since very cary times for modeling figurines, for sclpeare, and for lytic, and later mos ingeniously put it outcome inne to diverse ses, expel forthe purpose of wing, for mor han three thousand years, in more than a dozen languages. To borrow a phase from J. Nougayel (1845), you might sy that these people created “ilsations ofa" ‘The originality of Mesopotamian graphics dct eflects the nature of this material andthe techniques vallabe to work with it and we have an interest in devoting some attention to this; what allows will low us 0 beer tac the evoltion ofthe forms of figures and writen characters which originated in Sue ‘ie have seen how Sumerian figures were hllow marks of diferent ‘apes and sizes (Fig. 8.2), while the written characters were real drawings representing beings and objects of every kind (Fig 83), Originally there fore, there were fundamental diferences of technique becween the production ofthe one and the production ofthe other. The number sins, like the moti created using ying o tarp ke el, were produced by impression: the ween characters o theater hand wee raced or these purposes the Sumerians used a reed stem (or possibly a rod rade f bone of sory), which at one end was shaped into a indica sty, while the oter end was sharpened to a point somewhat tke 2 modern pen (Fig. 8.10). ‘The pictograms were made by pressing the pointed end quite deepynto the ly sill es, of the tablets (ig, 8.11). To draw a lne, the same Paden dtr eign Ofna, Fe Reommi hetamont of te Soern r oe ‘Soore nin tbir roy we neg mninge A ome dein 8th ting rinSee e y tier ted bane sy op sem pS emp rac aan gale ns "on hy ay ps oe a eS ‘Si he veal sin eg sah ed ye SEALS ih te ct pointe end as pressed inas before ‘hough the equ distance, OF ‘course, this woul ofr esl in ‘vay line and oud givers 10 spillover on ether side, besuse ‘he sone ofthe material, For the numbers, onthe other hand, the Sumerians made these by making an imprint onthe sft damp ‘ay with the other end ofthe instrument, the end shaped into a ciculat stylus This was done with the stylus held at a certain angle tothe sare of| ‘the la. Thay had two stylus of difcent diameter: one about mm, the ‘othe about 1 cm Fig 8.10). cording to the angle at which they held the stylus, ether cru imprint, ora nach, woud e obtained, ats size ‘would depend onthe diameter fhe stylus (Fig 8.12 + aciclarimprint of salle o ger diameter ithe stylus washed erpendicul tothe surface ofthe ay, + notch, natow or wide, if the stylus was held at an ange of 30° 45" to the surface: the imprint would be more elongated if the angle vas sll. nen dawn parallel tothe surface bt [een ik EP EL | O =z ° rerni ° Tia: Br amb opr ys Why Sumerian writing charged drctin In the very eas tes, the signs used in Sumerian writing were awa onthe ly tablesin the natural orientation of whatever they were supposed to epresent ae tod upright, plants grew upwards, ling things were veri, ec.Siiaty, the non-aeula Sigutes for numbers were ako vertical the sys being hel sloping towards the bottom ofthe abe. ‘These signs and figures were generally arranged on the tablets in horizontal rows which, in tor, were subdivided int several compartments or boxes (Fig. 8.1, able), Within each box, the figures were generally at the top, starting fom the right, while the drawings used foe writing were the ery otto, ke his oo 06 399) 99 oo000 09 Pp ‘Now: if we examine the atangement of figures and drawings 08 one of the tablets ofthe socalled Uruk priod around 3100 BCE), we find that where one ofthe boxes isnot complete fll the empty spaces always on the lef ofthe bx Gee the eed box fom the ight inthe top rw’ of he table in Fig 810, “This proves thatthe scribes ofthe east tes rote rom ight let sn fom the top tothe ott. The non-eclar igues were eral, a es, Sinfonia 8 BE ha Maram Bad the drawings had ther natural orientations In short, inthe begining Smeran writing was read fom righ to ef sd fom top to oto “This arangement kong persisted on Mesopotamian stone inscriptions scam be scen especially the Stl of the Vultures (here the tet i sreanged in horizontal bands, and the bones succeed eachother fom igh to left and from top to bottom), inthe celebrated Code of Hammurabi (hose inscription, which read from ht to eft and from ec ih, 1s arranged in vertcal columns), and in several legends ater than the seventeenth entry BCE, leven quite diferent in he ase of a tablets, however: that sn the case of everyday wings. Starting around the twenty seventh entry BCE, the sigs used for writing, and the figures usd for numbers, underwent a rotation though 9° anticlockwise eC BP Se dC (909 pe ‘over this, consider the tbl in ig, 8.15, and lok tin the direction |-> Indicated bythe long arrow in the Fig afer turning it 9" clokvise| so that I> Is om ght et and the top. Then we can se tat ‘compartment snot full up, the empty space is the botom, and not at ‘the ef Likewise, inthe orginal postion ofthe able the empry space i at the gt According tC. Higouet (1969), this would be due to 2 change nthe orientation with which the tablets were bed With the smal ables ofthe eas times, holding the able oiiquly Jin the hand made it easier to trace drawings in columns fom fop 19 ‘bottom. Bu, when the tablets became larger, the srbes had to place hem upright in ont often, and the signs became horizontal and the writing we in ines fom let tori. Bethat ait may, thenceforth the drawings and the non-ciculrBgues ‘had an orientation 90° anticlockwise From thee eignal ne (Fg. 8.18 urme sideways, they became less pictorial, and therefore more able to undergo a certain sstematisation."[RLabat LHe t ac Pifwe UY-D-»-p- tt hs ete prin fh wget Thecrmergenc of the cantor is ‘The radical transformation which the Sumedian characters underwent after the Pe Sargonic ea (2700-2600 BCE is due simply toa change of Implement, ‘hile the drawings used in writing had orginally been traced out with the pointed end of the sys, thi changed when they had the idea of using instead, fr this, the method which had always been used forthe Ggures enoing numbers, namely impressing the marks onthe cay. Insead of ‘tsnga pointed stylus for taig lines they prefered to seared stem (or a1rod af bone o ry whose end wa rimmed in such away that its ip formed straightedge. and ao longer a ile or 2 point. This edge was then pressed int the lay, to achieve cleanly, atone stroke, a ine segment of 2 certain eth; this cay was much more apd han deawing it with 3 printed oo OF course this new typeof stylus made characters of quite a diferent shape, wth sharpens and an angular appearance; these sg tlle ‘aneorm Grom the Latin cons, a wedge") (ig. 8.17). ‘The angular shapes ofthe imprints made by sich a sys on the cay atrlly ed to geste stysaton ofthe shapes ofthe various signs. Cares were broken up, and whete necessary were replaced by’ series of ine Segments, that plctre was reduced to clleton of broken ines. this new form of Sumerian writing ail for example, became a plygn, and curves were replaced by polygonal ines Fig 8.18). Tis dd not acura a once, however, ti not sen tal around 2850 [BCE.I begins to appari the archaic tablets of Ur (2700-2600 BCP), and fn those of Fara Saroppal, where te majority ofthe signs are made up of impressed lines, while many other ables of the same petid comtinve to show the curved ines race by the older method. con BO a. peng sag Theil oe ‘mapa ‘loth ftom “fate eee hee elo ‘reser ts | dt: Dany) contro | atmo | county Jacana thm | * | we | eile we | Wes Aa} ow ab Dee ~ a w see |B | # “ite |B) Atthe binning ofthis change inform, thesgns nevertheless emsined vecy comple, since people withed to preserve as much 3s possible of the detail ofthe original drawings, an because inthe majority of ass the jective was silt achieve the outline fa concrete objet. But, ater 3 long peciod of adapation, fom the end ofthe third milenium BCE the scribes only kept what was eset and therefore made thet marks much ‘more rapidly than before “Anti hos the signs in Sumerian wring finaly los al resemblance to the real objects which they were meant to represent i he fst place. THE SUMERIAN WRITTEN COUNTING METHOD Starting with these base symbols, the Fst nine whole numbers were represented by repeating the sign for unity as often as required: the ‘numbers 20, 20,40, and by repeating the sgn for 10 often as require, ‘he numbers 120, 180, 40, by repeating the symbol for 6, ands on Generally ince thesjstem was based on the additive principle, 2 number vas epresente by repeating atte evel ofeach order of magitoe, the requisite symbol often as requiced, For example tablet dating rom the fourth millennium BCE (Fig 8. tablet) caries the representation of the number 684 in the flowing form: Likewise, on a tablet fom Suruppsk, frm around 2650 BCE, the number 164,571 is represented as follows (Fg, 820 and 121. 0000 [xm mmimens namie nim 8888 o | Saumur: sans ne BeBe” | Giceces ene am De amtwmees ets i soos Temes) fy laa [reer Mere | o! |" at fc: Samia tf nt 29 BE rin of by me of ‘sf stn Pa Dn Cp Se na 8) oer mF Silay, forthe cuneiform representation, on 2 tablet dating fom the second dynasty of Ur (about 2000 BCE) found in a warehouse at Drehem (ASnunak Paes, various numbers ae represented as shown on Figs 821 and. Finally an inthe same way, on a tablet contemporary with hiss one, but from a dandestine exsaton a ello, we nd the numbers 54482 and 19,539 also expressed in cuneiform symbols von aoa O88 omy | “SEES “300 dren ws ve = 189000 | so co a eee O «H We may observe in passing that the Sumerians grouped the identical repeated symbols in such away sto facilitate the grasp. inone lance the values ofthe assemblages within each onder of magnitude Considering just the representations ofthe fst nine numbers, these groupings were iiilly ‘ade ccordngto dja or binary principle Fig 823)andlater according toatemary princplein which the number 3 played a speci role Fig 8:28), WRT oe) FAT) | TAT FA | ow Tr hes. Tee yp pti cc tail at | a ee J L Fes 34 Theta pcp peg ee ‘Thus the Sumerian numbering system sometimes required inordinate repetitions of identical mats since it paced symbol side by side to repre: sentation of heir values For example, the number 3589 required total of twenty st symbols! For this eso, the Sumerian scribes would seek simplification by often tinga subtractive convention, writing umber suchas3, 18, 38,572 360, nd 3.10 the form | | e -| reed te su Ate pre sean PT a 5B td Man See yom the pre Sargonic er (about 2500 BC, certain ieulritis tart to appea inthe conform sepesenttion of numbers. As wel the suberacive convention jst escebed the mupes of 35.00 canbe fund represented as shown in Fig. 827, instead of simply repeating the symbol for 316,00 once, wie, or thes fur o Fetes, $$ D> “These forms evident orespod tothe arithmetical formulae 72000 = 3.600 +20 Ginstad of 36,000 + 36000) 108,000 = 3,60 x 30 Gnstead of 6, 000+ 36.00 + 36.000) 144,000 = 3,600 x 40 (instead of 3000+ 36,000 + 36,000 + 36,000) 180.000 = 3.600 «50 Gstead 36,000 + 36 00+ 35,00 + 36000 +36 000, In this, the Sumerians were doing nothing other than what we would today feta “expresing in terms of common facto. Observing that the symbol for 3600 is self made up of he symbol for 360 with the symbol for 10, they also, fer ther fashion, made the number 3.500 2 Common factor so that, fer instance, instead of representing 14,000 in the oem (6.600 « 10) + 6600 1) + (3.600 10) +4600 10) they se instead the simple form 3800 (0+ 10+ 10+ 10, Another special pint arising inthe cuneiform notation concerned the ‘wo numbers 70 (= 80 + 10) and 600 = 60 x 10), since bth invaved juxtaposing the symbal fr 6D and the symbol for 10. The can lal lead to ambiguity, since fr 70 they are combined adie, and fr 600 mt pliativly. This ambiguity was not present, however, in the archaie kw o ‘They were however, ablto eliminate any possible confsion tn the case 70, they placed a clear separation betwen the wedge (for 1) and the chewon J 60) 8 inet ation Fig 829A), while for 600 they ut them in contac soa to form an ini group, to epresent mult lation Fg. 828 y, K ferent problem arose withthe representation ofthe numbers 62 6, Inthe bepaning, the number I was presented by asl wed, sd the number 60 y larger wedge and so there was no ambiguity [te | Yor | fe | Yr | Yr | Yo |] Vr in| a) Late, however, 1 and 60 came to be represented by the same ste of vertical wedge, nd it was very dificult to distinguish between 2 and 6, ‘or between 3 and 62 fr example vy YY! Ww Therefore they had the ide of disney separating the uit symbols for theses from those fr the nis rer [rome mr] wr [ra PT wT | wife zo so se slo «jw tle elms tata | Mest Moet na | ‘This particular problem with the cuneiform sexagesimal notation was the root of « most intersting simplification to which we shall return in| Chapter or Tong time, the cuneiform characters (known since at east went: seven centuries BCE) ceased wih the archaic numeral signs Fg. 88).0| certain tablets contemporary with the Rings ofthe Aka Dynasty (tcond half ofthe thie millenium BCE, we se he cuneiform numbers side by Side with ther archaic counterparts. The intention, it seems, wastomark Aisinction of rank betwen the people being enumerate: the cuneiform figures were fr people of higher sol standing and the others or aves or common people [M. Lambert, psonal communication. The cuneiform umber symbols did ot definitively supplant the archaic ones unt the thi dynasty of Ur 2100-2000 BCE) CHAPTER 9 THE ENIGMA OF THE SEXAGESIMAL BASE In all of human history the Sumerians alone invented and made use of a sexageina em ~ that ist say, 2 tem of ruber using 60 asa base Tisinvention without doubt one ofthe grea triumphs of Sumerian ci ‘sation fom atechnical point ofvew, butt isnonehelessone ofthe greatest ‘unresolved enigmasin the istry of rithmetic. hough there hae een ‘many attempts to make sense oft since the ime ofthe Gees, we do not now the ressons which eth Sumerians choose sacha high base. Lets ‘begin witha review ofthe explanation that have been put fran i. Theon of Aexandta, a Greek editor of Ptolemaic texts, suggested inthe fourth century CE thatthe Sumerians chose bave 60 because it was the easiest fo ust” as wel as the lowest fal the numbers that id the _rstst numberof divisor”. The same argument also cropped up 1300 years later in Opera mtiematica, by Jon Wallis 1616-173), and agin, in ‘light difeen fom, in 10, when Lifer argued thatthe system arose “in priestly schools where twas else that BD has the propery of asing lof the fiat six integers as factor” In 1780 cifereat approach was suguested by the Venetian schol Formaleon, and then repeated in 180 by Moritz Canter. They held that ‘he Sumerian system dered rom excaively “natal” considerations: on this view, the number of das in yea, rounded downto 360, was the reason for te cic beng divided into 360 degees, andthe fact that the chord af sextant (one int of il) sequal tothe avs ve rise tothe division ofthe cicle int si qua parts. This would have made 80 2 natural unit of eountng LEHMANN-HAUPT'S HYPOTHESIS In 188, Lehmann-taup believed he ha enti the origin of bate 60 in the rdationship between the Sumerian “hor” (donna. equalet to to of our eutrent hous, and the visible diameter ofthe sun expressed in units oftineequalet to two nines by cureentreckoning. In 19270, Neugebauer proposed anew solution which locate the source of base 60 in terms of systems of weights and measures. This is how the tops was explained by O, Beker ad], Hofmann (1951) arose from the combination of eignally quite separate measure ‘ment units asing base 10 and having (asin spoken Language, and Uke the Egypsan systems) diferent symbols fr 1, 10, and 100 aswell as forthe“atura actions”. 1/2, 1/3 and2/. The need to combine the systems arose particle for measures of weight coeesponding to measures of price or vale. The systems were to disparate to be harmonise by simple equivalence tbls, and so they were combined to give continuous series such that the elements inthe eof higher values (8) became whole mulipls of elements in the set of lower salues (A), Since both set of les had the struct 1/1, 1/2, 2/31 2,3. 10, the lationship between the ew sets A and Bad tallow for division by 2 and by 3, which introduced factor 6. So frm the decimal strctre ofthe original numbersyste, the Sumerians ended Up wth 60 asthe base element of the new (combined) system, ‘On the other hand, F.Thuresu-Dangn (1829) tok the view tha this ately theoretical explanation cannot be a coret acount fhe ain of Sumerian numbering, because i“undoubrdly the ase that be oy ‘occurs in Suen weights and measures beau it was aleady avalabe inthe mumbersyster”. OTHER SPECULATIONS ‘The Mesopotamians, acordng 19D. J. Bootstn (988), got 0 60 by nulipling the number of planets (Mercury, Yes, Mars, Joie, end Saturn by the number of months in the yt 5 x 12s alsa multiple of 6 |n 910, £. Hopp trie to efit, then to adapt Neugebauer’ hypothesis Jn this view, the Sumerians woul have seen that base 30 provide for mest ‘oftheir neds, but chose che higher base of 0 beceuse it was alo divisible by 4 He subsequently proposed another explanation, based on geometry ‘the seragesimal system he argued, must have been in some eltonship to the division ofthe cle int sic equal parts instead of int fou ight angles. which made the quater triangle, instead of the square, the Fundamental figure of Sumerian geometry. IF the ange ofan egies triangle is vided int 10 degree” a decimal numbering system then the ele would have 0 ders, thus ing the orgin of base 60 for the 4)=5 5), butt does ot presuposeledge ofthe sbstac formulation, which the Egyptians most ceil did not have All the same, the Sumerians’ mysterious base 6O has survived tothe present dayin measurements of tine, ares. and angles. Whateveris origins, is survival may wel be due tothe specifi arithmetical, geometial and astronomical properties ofthe number Kewitachspculted in 1904 that he sexagesimal tem ofthe Sumerians resulted fom the fusion of two citations, one of which used a decimal rumbersystem, and the other base 6, deriving fom a speci form of ‘ingercountng Tiss not easy acceptable as an explanation since there isn historical record fa bate 6 numbering system anywhere inthe world TF Thareas Dang (1929) ‘On the other hand, daodecimal systems (counting to base 12) are widely aestd, nt least in Western Europe. We til seit fr counting eggs and ‘oysters, we hve the words zn and gras (= 12x 12), and measurements ‘of length and weigh based on 12 were current in France prior the Revolution of 178, in Britain until ony a few years ago, and still ar in the United States, ‘The Romans had a uit of weight, money and arithmetic calle the a, vided into 12 nce. Silay, one of the monetary snits of pre Revolutionary France was the sol divided into 12 dei Inthe soled Irneral system of weights and measur, in use in continental Burope prio tothe introduction ofthe metric stem (se above, pp 42-3), length is measred in fet divided into 12 inches (and each nc ito 12 Fins and ‘ach ne into 12 pons, nthe obsolete French version). The Sumerians, Assyrians, and Babylonians used base 12 and is rmutpes and divisors very widely indeed in thei measurement, a the folowing table shows: 1 ind rreabits Lina! “perch” 10% 12 els Lie 2/12 ofa cub gin “sheke” 3124 (6416 grams) bir 150% 12307 ar 1212 square bis (5:29 emits) ger 25x 12sila ips Se 2sie bane ax6ala bin Sail ala (stam ‘The Mesopotamian dey was ao divided into twelve equal pars (called anna), and ey divided the Gel, the eit, and the adie nc twelve equal sectors of 30 degrees, Moreover, theeis ear eidence on tablets fram the ance city of Uk [ste Gren & Nissen (1885); Damerov & Englund (1985) of several diferent Sumerian numerical notations, which must have been used concurteny with the classical system (see Fig 88, recaitulated in Fig. 81 blow), amongst which thet at the measures of length shown in Fig 2. 1 Joaca ® hos 3 Are Sumi fm Unk ig mr mai a fer |r tlre me of nd pro ha eos ha ce pe ‘pe Date UBC Bhd ag Mura Se ae and 5) ‘To sum up, base 12 could well have played a major role in shaping the Sumerian numbersystem The msjor rl sven to base 10 in Sumerian arithmetic similarly wel: attested: as we saw in Chapter 8, it was used as an auxiary unit to Cicumvent the main diculy ofthe sexpesimal system, which nthory requites sty diferent number-names orsign tobe memorised. This ill the more interesting because the Sumerian word fr “ten, pronounced means “Fingers”, strongly suggesting tat we have a trace of an eater fingercounting sytem of numeral ‘This makes it possible ogo back to Keitel hypothesis and to give it a ifrent cast to suppose thatthe chic of bate 6 wat alsred solution tothe union betwen two peoples, one of which possessed a decimal stem andthe other sytem using ase 12. For 60 the lowest coma tiple of 10 and 12,25 well as being the lowest numberof which al the fs si integers are divisors ‘Our hypothesis therefore this that Sumerian sey had to begin ith both decimal and duodenal numbersystems; and tat its mathemati cians, who reached a fi advanced degre of sophistication (as we can se fiom the record of thee achievements), subsequently devised a learned system that combined the tw bases acordng tthe principle ofthe LCM (lowest common multiple), producing a sexpesial bas, which had the added advantage of eonveience for numerous ype of eacuation, “hiss a very tractive and quite plausible hypotess: but fl store explanation frgins onthe obvious grounds tat it presupposes tox ach itll sophistication. For we must not forget that most Iistrcaly and ethnographically attested base numbers aos for reasons quite independent of theta onvenence, and that they were chosen ‘ery often without efeence to a structure or even eo the concepts of alostract numbers ARE THERE MYSTICAL REASONS FOR BASE 607 Sacred numbers played a. major role in Mesopotamian civilisations: Sumecan mathematics developed inthe context of amber mystics: and solts tempting see some kind of religious ot mystical asi for the sexs sesimal system. Sumesan mathemati, lke atoogy cannot be disentangle from ‘numerology with which it as reciprocal elation. From the dawn of ‘he third millennia BCE the mumbe 0 was tributed othe temple of Laat, son of the erg, and this shows that from te earliest times numbers had “specultve” meanings. The Akadins brought ‘numbersymbolism into Babylonian thought, making it an essential ‘ement of the Name, the Indvdaal andthe Work, Alongside thee Scientific or intelectual functions, numbers became par f the way the [Mesopotamians conceived the structure ofthe world, For example, ‘the murerl Sar o Jars (= 3,600 is writen in cuneiform asa sign which is eal a deformation af the cee [se ig. 8.91, ad it also means everything” "toa "cosmos. In Sumerian costnogoy, wo primordial entities, the “Upper Toaity” or AnSar and the "Lower “Totaly” or KeSar came together to give Btth to the fst gods Moreoer. the fll circle of 360" is divided into degres, whose basic ‘uit of 1/3608 calle Ge ~ and the sb for Ge speci whats sed to signify “man” and thus fr elaborating the names of mascaine properties. The higher bas nit oss (= 60) s also pronounced ei Isc Fig. 83, adits sgn (ith an added asterisk or sa) isthe igure ‘of the “Upper Go or heaven, whose name is pronounced 4), by ‘rte ofthe ideogram that defines itas a dviniy anda heaven, So the lesa god, 60. the father ofthe earth god, 0; the god ofthe Abyss is 40, wo tics of 60. The moon god is 30 (it has been suggested, without any evidence, thatthe moon god has this number in virtue ‘ofthe number of days in the nae cycle); and the sun-god bas the umber 20, which i also the determining number of “king” [adapted for M, Rutten (1970) 1k seems lawl, i this conte, to think that base 6 commended Isl to the mystic minds of Sumerians because of thle cl ofthe "Upper Goa” Ana, whose number it ws. ‘These are many tested examples, in Australia, fea, the Ameri anid Asia, of mumbersystms wth a base (most often, base 4) tht has ‘mystical raifations. However, the Sumerian syste is much mare deve ‘oped than any ofthese, and presupposes complete amily with abstract ‘umber-conceps. For this reason it doesnot seems right to consider ‘Sumecan mysticism as the origin of he Sumerian base 60. Things sould rather blocked onthe oer way rund iis fa mae probable tha 6D was the “number ofthe Upper God An pecely because it was aad the larger ofthe units of Sumerian arthmetc SEXAGESIMAL SYSTEM ‘So where does base ED come rom? Here what Iblieve tobe the soliton tothis enigma, Ieismecessat to suppose (without great del of material evidence) that ‘the Mesopotamian basin had one of more indigenous population: pic ¢o Sumerian domination. second esetial premise (but one hat sno tall | Bane vio | anv | @ eee | @ | og | maven arom | sags | 2 + |S | msssis Ee ‘Achasopel | From mid tom | tom | ‘Sie [Sean || S| Fh. 104 mle made Serie oli Te fom elapse, one a i Ts orp eas in 1928-29 that Mesopotamian call wee ist properly ent, when the American archacloit from the Oriental Research Inet in Baghdad excavating the Place of Nozi (a second milenium BCE site near ‘Kikok nag) came aro allow clay ball larly containing “some thing else, inseibed with cuneiform wtng in AKadian Fg 105) which in randation reads fallow Abdi things) about sheep and goats: 22 ewes which hielamibed 6 she-goats that, 6 female lambs have had ids 8 adult rams 1 hegost 4 male lambs (2) bis The su ofthe count 48 animals. When the clay ball was opened, was found to contin precisely $8 smal, pelt shaped, unbaked lay objets (which were subsequent mis). sere logical to assume that these tokens had previously Been used to count ou the lestock, despite the Ait of dsinguishing between the diferent categories by this jstem of ckoning alla nd a he Place f ‘pty SE nb MA nt swe ‘The archatlogists might have thought nothing of their discovery witout a chance oeurence that suddenly explained the original purpose ofthe find One ofthe expedition porters had been sent to market to buy hicks, andl by mistake he et them oose inthe yard before they had been ‘ourted. Since he was neduated and didnot know how to cout, the porter could aot say how many chickens he had bought, anit would have been imposible to kno ow much a pay him far his purchases had he nt ome up with «bunch of pebbles, which he had set aside he sai, one for tach chicken”. So an uneducated lal hand had, without knowing i repeated the very same procedures hat herdsman had used athe same site ‘er 3 500 years before, ‘Thirty yeas late, A Oppenheim at the University of Chicago cae out detailed study of al the achaclopcal ids at Nux. and discovered thatthe Palace kept a double sytem of acounting, The cuneiform tablets othe Palace revealed the existence of aio objects called abnu stones") that were sed to make calculations and okep econ ofthe results The texte written on the tablets make cla ference to the “epost” of abn, “teases” of the same, and 0 “withdawals" The meticulous eunefoem counts made by the Place scribes wee "doubled, ae Schmandt-Besterat explains, bya tangbeor concrete system. One st of cael nay fer instance have represented the palace Iestork. In spring, the season oflambing, the appropriate numberof new cle would have been aed call repre setting dea animals woud have een witdeawas perhaps aad wee even moved fom one shelf 1 another when animals weee moved between flocks, of when Nock moved to rew pasture, oF when they were shoes, ‘The hollow ay ball was herefor probably made by 2 Palace accountant for recording how many head of livestock had Been taken to pasture by local shepherds. The shepherds were literate, tobe sre, but the coun ‘ant must have known how to count, read, and write he was probably 2 pest ashe possessed the great privilege of Knowledge, and must have ‘ben one ofthe manages ofthe Nui Plas goods and cates. The proof ofthis ies inthe Akadian word sang, which means boh “priest” and ‘manage ofthe Temple's wealth: is wet in cuneiform inexact the same way 2 the verb mani, which means to coun When shepherd let for pasture the funcionary would make as many unbaked ay pellets as there were sheep and then pu them nse the lay pure” Then he would sal the purse and matk ont in cuneiform, an account ofthe size fthe flak which e then signed with hs mark, When the shepherd came back the purse could be broken open and the flock ‘checked of apunst the pellets inside, There could be no disputing the ‘numbers, since the signed account onthe ouside certified the size of| ‘the Nok as fr the masters ofthe Palace were concerned, and thecal provided the shepherd wth his own kindof etiied acount. ‘Theatr discovery ofan oblong accounting tablet shaped ike the base of ‘he low lay bl in the rains of he same pala, bt fom a higher and therefore more recent statu, gave Further supporto Oppeshein’ ews. “The story ow moves to Pais, where, tthe Musée dy Louvre, thee ae lout sty of these hollow ly balls brought back c 1880 bythe French Archaoloial Mision t0 lap, whch had been excavating the ety of Sasa (abou 30 kn east of Sumer, in prsen ay southwestern an usa ‘a the capital of lam andthe of the Persian Empire under Dts). Up vn teeny the only interest that had been shown i them concen the imprints of eylinderseals wth which most of them are decorated (fig, 10:10. Several of the bullae had been broken during shipment to Paris, ther ad been found broken. All the sim, some ofthe were intact, and sounded ie rates when shaken, Xray photography showed that they contained cla ~ but nt al of the se uf type. When soa of therm weee very carefully opened they were found to contain ely iss, cones, elas, and stick ig, 1085) ASP. Amie then argued, these "documents since they came fom a site dated about 3300 BCE, prosed that Elam had an accounting sytem far ‘more elaborate than that of Nox with ts plain “unt coun" and had it 2,000 years eal. In oer woes, this counting sytem had survived fortwo meni, but ha regressed over that period, losing the use of | base, and retreating oa rudimentary and purely cardinal method, vas therefore corey assumed that the counting system of Suse consisted of ving tangible form to numbers the mess of ios cla hich symbolised numerical values both by ther own number and by their respective shapes and sas, which corresponded to some arder of magn rade within a given aumberystem fr example stick was a nit of the fist order of magnitude, 2 plet fr 2 unit ofthe second order, a disc for ‘unit ofthe thie order, and 0 on). More recent finds in ran CTepe Yaya, Choght Mi, TalliMalan, Sahdad, tein rag (Uruk, Nineveh, Jemdet Nast, Ki Teo, ar, ete), and in Syria (Habubs Kabit) have proved Oppenheim and Amit to be ‘correct. What they have als shown is that the system was not esticted to Elam, but tht similar accounting methods were used throughout ‘the neighbouring region, incuding Mesopotamia. These methods are ths even more ancient than the ane wed forthe accounting tablet of the Uruk period When sere very likely thatthe archaic acounting ables of Sumer were ety descended fom the cay cla nd-ula accounting system. The archaic Sumerian figures obviously were related to the cle: and, unlike ‘the ater eee ectangulr tables that were made to standard patter, ‘the achae counting tablets ae just exude oblong. or roughly oa labs (ig 81 Cabow) So there realy had ben point in time when the tones ‘were supplanted by thei own images in twosdimensonal form, and the ‘low ly bal replaced by these Nat ay slabs. Bu this remained only «conjecture inthe abnce ofall the archaeological evidence ceded 0 reconstitute the intermediate stages ofthe supposed development and of| ‘eden to allow frm dating. In the 1970, the Fench Archaeological Delegation to Ian (DAFD, under the direction of Alain Le Brun, excavated the Acropolis of Sus, and established far mote secure and subtantited stratigraphy of amit civilisation than had prev: sly been possible, and, in 1877 7A, important finds were made which male the ransiton compre heeibe in archaeological terms. A word of warning, however: the development we describe below is ested oly at Sus. Nonetheless there ae god reasons for bebe ing tht mich the same thing happened at Sues, Fe 106, Sth filet fon barb ty ae ‘Thetis rezone that amie ciation is pretty mach contemporary with Sumer, and ourihed in very smi fxhion in precisely similar Circumstance inthe second half ofthe fourth millsniym BCE. Fr that reason various pet of Elamite civilisation are used as ference pints (or as potentially aplicble models) for the ciisation of Uruk, Al the sme the Eamies retained many features that at itn from those of| their Mesopotamian neighbour, Fc 107. Pi neta teh 08 J 8) laid oem of ine (cca mars moot (tan eo chin Se enn ofc ro ‘titre eas ‘The second resin is thatthe Elites, ike the Sumerians, wee fly conversant with the us of ly fr expesing human thought visually and symbolically and later on in using to represent atclted language. For we know that the Elamites acquied a writing stem around 3000 [BCE, the east traces of which are te clay “tables” Fig 10.7) found 2 several Iranian sites, manly at Sasa, a archaolgial eel XV Like archaic Sumerian tables, they beat on one side Gometimes both sides) ' numb of numeri signs alongside more oles schematic drawings, nd occasional the imprint of a inde sea. And inal a5 we have see, the syste of call and bile was used in ‘lam swells Sumer since at least 3500-3300 BCE, ‘Such manifest analogies between the two civilisations lead us to hope {hat new achaoloiea fads at Sumerian sites wl ne day establish oace nd forall he eltonship between Sumer and Elam. ‘Te oldest Irian cilsation arose in the ares now called Khurestan Ins people called themselves Hla, wich the Bible tanformsinto Eom. ‘The orgins of Elam area ill understood as its language, despite the fos of many linguists to decipher it. We knoe only thatthe name of Ek ‘means land of God lami appears to be an plutinatve language, ike Sumerian and other Asianc language; some ingusts think it blongs | the Dravidian group (southern India) ad is related to Brak, which i ‘curently spoken in Baluchistan, shouldbe noted that rom the begining ofthe third millenium BCE there appear to have been close relations beeween Ela anid Tepe Yahya (Kirman), which slocted 0 @ possible ‘migration rote from India, The Elamie ables found there have been dated a late fourth milena BCE. Te ser most ikl that the Hits assed and sete in the aes that vwstobeartheiname nthe ifthilleniu BCE joining farming clue of which the eatest traces date fom the eghth millenium BCE. The caries pieces of Susan at ae decorated ceramics, showing atcers and beasts f prey Tepe Dw), andhorned snakes (Tepe Bouhala),andSuss, hich became fll blown city nthe fourth millennium, eemstohave een ‘the most important Bait town Painted eras were abandoned during what Amit cls the eater period of “proto-urban”Elamitecvstio, “Throughut is history. Mesopotamia had relations with Elam, from hich it imported wood, copper, lea, seri, building stone and are stones such a alabaster, done, and obsidian, but fom the stat of the third milennium ACE relations were intense. The periods are vided 2+ follows: fom 3000 o 2800 BCE, the palao Bamite period fom 2800 to 2500 BCE, the SumetoElamte period (subdivided into easly and ae, uring which Sumerian inuence is very noticeable); fom 2500 to 1850 [CE the Awan Dynasty, interrupted by an Akkadian conquest, was «eplced by the dynasty of Shimash ‘sis became the central city the second milsnium BCE, and Etamite civilisation reaches its apogee inthe middle of the thirteenth century BCE ‘under the rig of Untash Gal who bull Tehoga- Zan. During the fist millennium BCE, Elam is closely connected 10 the Kingdom of Anshan hich, rom the sith century BCE, became one of the key points in the Achaemenian Persian Empite coUNTING ‘With the help of the latest discoveries made by DAF, we can now reconstruct the tage inthe development of acountng systems in Elim, ‘We begin inthe second half fhe fourth millenium BCE, nan advanced tran society where trading i increasing every dy And with an active economy, thee is 3 pressing need to keep diable records of sles and purchases, tock ists and als, income and expenditure Fiat: 350-2300 BCE Levels Sis XVI; Uruk 1 For sources, se Fig. 10.4, 18, and 1010 Susan ofcils have an accounting system through which they can represent any given number (cr example, a price ofa x) by » ven rurber of unbaked clay cll ach of which ie asoite with an order of magnitude aecording to the fllowing conventions: » © e a & es 08 ho cefdinir ei Si. ‘en he ef ep paid Che PnP ‘oe nia Intermediate numbers are represented by using a many of ech ype of cals 5 required For example the number 297 cals for2 dis, pelts, and 7 sticks: @o@ Qe00e 0000 §000000 ‘ou then pce these bjs wit conventional values (hose we is not asiely dima to our cute use of coins or standard weights) into hollow ball, spherical roi in shape (Fig 10.10), the ouside of which is en matked by a inder-seal, 50 ast authentiateits origin and og: ante its acura: For in Elam, asin Sumer, men of substance each had ‘hei om indivi sel~ kindof ube of more oles precious stone on| hich a reversed symbolic image was carve. The cylinders, invented sound 500 BCE, wae its owner's representative mark The owner uted it to math any clay objet as his own, of to confer his authorty on by rolling the cline omits ais ove the silo src Fi, 10.1. Let simagine we are at the amit capital of Sus. A shepherd is about tosetoff fr few months toa dstnt astute ograze a Nock of 27 sheep that a wealthy local owner has entrusted to him, The shepherd and the ‘une clon oe ofthe cys counting men to record the sie ofthe ck ‘After checking the actual number of sheep, te counting master makes 2 hollow ly bll with ishand, abou cm in diameter, that sto say arly bigger than a tennis ball. Tea, dough the thumb ef in the Bl he ts inside it 2 lay disc each standing for 100 seep 9 pellets tha each stand for 10shep, and ite sticks, ech one representing single nial Total contents: 287 heads (Fig 108), ‘When thats done, the ofc loses up the thumb, nd, to ceri ‘he authentic ofthe ite he has just made p, alls the owners cylinder ‘seal over the ouside ofthe bal, making i into the Bante equialent of| 4 sgned document. Then to gurantee the whole thing he rl is ow cylinder sel over the ball. This males it unique and ently dint from all other similar looking objets Soi he 0. Ciena gif ati ra fina Se “The counting master then lets the bulla dey and stores it with oer documents othe same kind. With is tokens o ala inside i, he bul ‘snow the oficial certieation ofthe count of sheep that bas taken place, and serves asa record for both the shepherd and the owner. On the shepherd’ return fom the pastures, they will both be able to check whether or nt the right numberof sheep have come Back ~all they need to dois bresk open the al, and check off the turing sheep agsist the tokens that contains. "A about che sme period, the Sumerians ued avery sia systems hollow ly balls have been found at Waka atthe lvl of Uruk vb, at [Nineveh and Haboba Kabir (Fig. 104). The Sumerians, however, were accustomed to counting to base 60, sing tens only a& a. sopplemen tary system to redace the need for memorsation (Fig 85, 86 abo), and the tokens that they used were ako shaped rather feet. At Same, ‘he small one stood for the ele fo 10, the large cone fr 60 the pero tated lage cone stood for 60, the sphere represented 3,600, and the perforated phere meant 35.000 (ig, 104). lewasa sophisticated system forthe period since values were regulary ‘mulled by 10 by means of the perforation. By pushing sal cela stylus through the cone signing 60, or through the sphere sighing 300, the values of 600 (60> 10) and 36,00 (3 600» 10) were obtains, “The ole orice was thus leady a visual graphic sign forthe pellet, with ale of 10, Le us now imagine ourselves inthe matet of the royal city of Uri ‘capital of Sumer cate farmer and an arable farmer have made dealt exchange 15 head of ete guns 785 bags of wheat However, the ir stock dealer has nly got 8 head of eat atthe market, and the pain seller tas only 500 bags of whest immediately ayalable. The deal i done ‘nonetheless, but to ep things above board thee has tobe aconrat. The cattle man ares to deliver afrter 7 cate by the end ofthe month, and ‘the sable firmer promises to supply 205 bags of grain afer that year's harvest, To make a frm record ofthe agreement, the cattle man makes cay ball an putin 7 small cones, one for each beast de, then closes ‘heal and mks its surface with is own elders, sasgnature. The able fares, for hs pat, makes another cay ball and pus in it large ‘cone, each one standing for 60 bags of whet 5 eles each standing for 10 bags, and 5 sell one forthe 5 remaining bags de, then seals and signs the clay ballin ike manner. Then a witness pus his own sgnatre™ ‘on the two document, to guarantee the completeness and accuracy of| the transaction, Finally the wo traders exchange thee Bll and go thei separate ways. ‘So although this remains an ilitertesociy, it posesses «mans of recording ransations that hs eracly the same force and vale as writen ‘contacts do fo today Atatime when ces were stl relatively smal, and where trade was still relatively simple, business relations were conducted by people who knew ‘each ashe, and whose cylinder seals were unambiguously deniable, For that reason, the nature fa transaction recorded ina ul implica the identity ofthe seal upon it the symbolic shapes on the outside ofthe ly ball you whether you ae dealing with this farmer or chat mile, with «particular rattan ora specific pote. As for he numbers involved in the transaction, they are unambiguously recorded by the nature and umber of the callie (Cheating i therefore ruled ut. Each party to the deal possesses the record of what his partner owes him, a reordered by his busines partner’ own ident i the form a is eal Second tage: 3200 808 Level: Ss UI For sures see Fig 1013 “The reat defect ofthe system in lace was thatthe hollow clay balls ad to be broken in order to verify that stlements conformed tothe contracts, To overcome this, the idea arose of making vrous imprints on the outer surface ofthe bulla (longsde the imprints ofthe necessary inde sas) to symbole the various tokens ocala that aise them. Techn, the device harks back to the more ancient practic of notching but i is ‘pt steed nits sigiicance bythe new contr. ‘The corresponding mark area Tong, narrow notch, made by a sys wih ts poi held sideways om to the suri, to represent the stick; a small ‘icular imprint, made bythe same ys pressed in vertical, to represent the pelea lage dealt imprint, made by a ager yas just by press Ingin a fingers, to represent ds; 2 thick notch, made by large stylus held oblique, to represent «cone; and a thick notch with » ciclar imprint represent a perforated cone. oo So fee fe. s08, Nima meio bu fant See ‘This constitutes kind of ésumé ofthe contrat, rather 2 grape -ymbolistion ofthe contents of ach aesountng “document Henceforth, an Hit ula containing (et uss 3 discs and sticks (onaking total of 3 100 + 4 = 308 units) caries on its outer fae, alongside the clinderseal imprints, 3 large cela indentations and 4 ‘narrow lines No longer it necessary to break open the clay bal simpy to checka sun otto make an inventory ~ because the information an no be“read on the outside ofthe ull. ‘The elindersel imprint or imprints show the bulls origin and suarante it as 2 genuine document, and the indentations specify the ‘quanti of beings or thing involved in the accounting operation, Third stage 3250 BCE Level Sus XVI, See Fig 10.5 below These indentations thus consttate real america symbols, ice each of| them i praphic sgn representing a umber. Together they make up 2 genine numbering system ig, 10.14) So why cary on sing all and ting them in Pull, when is mich simpler to represent the come sponding values by making indentations on slabs of cay? Mesopotamian and Hhite aecountants very quickly raised that ofthe two available ‘ystems, one was redundant, and the cll wee rapidly abandoned, The spherical or vo bullae cae to be replaced by crudely rounded or oblong «lay sas, on which these information a wa forme put onthe casing ‘ofthe ula was recorded, bu on ane ie only The clinderseal imprint remained the mark of authenticity on these new types of accounting record, whose shape, atthe star, oughly imitates that of ula. The sums involved he transaction ar represented onthe soft ay by graphic images ofthe aa that would peeiusly have been aes FN ano Gee intel Ce a=. ase et SESSSS Go6 ue: 09 at ete eso mf ee lide ri bynes hed prt Sn apn BLESS ccd Sai Serbo bent ie ond a air, at tins fran neclosed in abla This tage therefore mais the appearance ofthe frst “scounting ables" in la, Itshould be note tha the three stages ad out sore occurredin rl tiely short prod of ime since all he evidence fr them i attested tthe same archaeological level (Susa XV), inthe same room, anon the same floor level. The imprint of the same elder seal on one bulla and two tablets ee bulla C i Fig. 1013 and tablet B ia Fig 1018 below, for example seems to confirm tha both systems existed side by side at least fora ime | frie bland She posta fro anaes i OO F I ne | a) ° ° -~ © 0° Os -o f U- YQ BP OS 3 @ ere Fes. Then ado he ne he al age fc ‘Scream itt af et hee tp ante lt pa orth sta 3200-2000 BCE ‘Levels: usa NU; Uruk We, See ig 8.1 above and 10.16 below “This stage seesonly aslow refinement ofthe stem in place already eachy ‘the same types ofnformation are ncladed on he acountng ables ofthe fourth period as on those ofthe thd. However, the tablets themseies become less cruel shaped the numbers are ss deeply indented in the ay, and thee shapes become mare elt ln addin, the yn seals ‘sf now imprinted on both sides of the table, and not just on the “top However. ike the eae ula and crude tablets this stage of develop ‘ment stil nt “writing” inthe proper sense. The notation records umericl nd symbolic information andthe things involved ae dese ‘only in terms oftheir quantity, nt by signe speching their ature the nature ofthe operation inated by any of hese documents: we ave 2 | nn Bosco noideaif they are records ofa sale a purchase, or an allocation, nor can we know the names, the numbers the factions, o the lations of any ofthe partes tothe wansacton. We have already made the assumption that the oindersels, since they indicate the identities of the contracting artes, woul alo have indieated the ype of transaction ina sciety where @e-' ‘© eo Se ao 2 i pane AS e he \ ax (4p "a A) athe § peopl were known to one another. This makes very least how concise, ‘but also how imprecise are the purely symbolic visual notations ofthese ocuments, which constitute the trace ofthe vey lst stage in the phi tory af wting Cylinder sal mprins do infact ceappest fom the tablets {as soon as pctograms and ideograms make ther appearance. ok 1 : eee a OV Ove fs. Fes hf pr Emini Thy ede pr tg ite Sone sipaleteonponin rat Fo Sse 160280 KE te Davina (4 Leb) ‘At Sumer, writing emerged atthe same time a these rogue ables from Theirs Uruk alts dat from 3200-3100 BCE (ig 81 above) and, although they remain exclusively economic documents, they use a notation (archaic Sumerian numeral) which s founded not on making 2 "pictre’of| 4 vague ide, but on something much more pre, analytical and artiew lated In table Eof Fig, 8, for ample, you an se how the document vided into horizontal and vertical ines, marking ov sats in which ktograms ate placed beside groups of number, Sumerian tables are thus head ofthe Susan ones of the sume period: Sumer has somthing ke ‘wring, and Sus has only symbol ih tage 3200-2900 BCE Lev: usa XU Se also Fig 10.17, tablets A B,C ‘The tablets from this period are thinner and more regularly rectangular (standardised), but mos significantly they cary the fist signs of “prot amit” sep alongside numerical indentations. The purpose ofthe ins is to spay the nature ofthe abject involved inthe transaction assoc ated with the tablet. On several tablets found at Suse XV. thene are no cylinder sel imprints Sh tage: 2900-2800 BCE Level: Susa XV and XIV. See ig. 1017, D, Eand F ln this period, the proto amie script on the tablets grows to cover more ofthe surface than the number signs. Could ths mean thatthe scrip might ho the key othe gramme of he langue? proto Elamite the east Alphabetic sept? We donot knw, as i rains tobe dcipete. THE PROBLEMS OF SO-CALLED PROTO-ELAMITE SCRIPT ‘This script appeared at the dawn ofthe third millennium BCE and spread fom the ae around Sus othe cece of he Iranian platen, It remained fn use in Elam until around 2500 BCE, when it was supplanted by ‘caneifrm writing systems from Mesopotamia, whence derived Elamite expt proper, whose final form was neolamite How id protoElamite aie? Some scholars believe the Elamites invented it, independently of the Suresans, This presoppotes tht it essed from a sina set of steps, starting fom identical cecumstances, and fllowing the same generic idea based on eater rudimentary tials in ‘the area. That isnot implausible, especialy in the ight of the developments ‘weave jst charted, Other shots take the opposite view, namely hat proto lami sript ‘va inspiced by Sumerian This alo quite plausible, even the nature of| ‘the inspiration” must have been quite 2 distant one. Some ofthe prot Eamite sins lok as if they might be rebated to speci Sumerian pletograms and ideograms, bt mos ofthe sigs arto diferent to allow any sptematc comparison of the two seit On the other hand it may wel be thatthe Sumerian invention of writing inspite their neighbour the Elamites (Uruk and Sus are less than two hundred miles apart) to invent a wring of thee own, Sumerian accounting tablets are one of two ‘centuries oder than thei lame equivalents, and thee is no doubt in ‘which ireton the invention flowed, 1 seems probable that writing would have bee vented in Susa even without the example or inspiration of Sumer, snc all the socal and economic dynamics that led othe invention of writing elsewhere were present amongst the Emits. For athe istry of mbes shows, people in simular circumstances and faced with iar needs offen do make very Similar inventions, even when separated by centuries nd continents. Be that a may, proto amie sept remains a mystery. The signs slmost certainly sepresented beings and things of various kinds, but the forms used ae simplified and conventional to a point where guessing their meaning is impossible, We aso know net to nothing about the Tanguage which thi sexpt epresents =) ale | t e » * 4 @ Fes. heap ait Rr: Men Sa Mag CHAPTER 11 THE DECIPHERMENT OF A FIVE-THOUSAND-YEAR-OLD SYSTEM In 1981, when I poblished the fst elton of The Unienal Misry of ‘Numbers, the numbersigns in the proto Eamite seript (Fg, 1.1) still presented major problems ‘table drawn up by W. C. Bice (1962, and later aso refered to by ‘A. Le Brun and F. Vala (1878), clearly shows how these nmbersymbols tecrved very aid, inded contradictory, interpretations over he yeas on the part ofthe majority of pigrapists and specie in thee questions Despite the reat diliculics, {decided to apply myself tothe ask. In 1979 began my researches which, one year later, culminated inthe complete decpherment of thee numbersigs, after close examination ofa Large number of invoice tablets which had been discovered by the French Archaeologkal Mision tran a the end ofthe lst century. These cuments may be found in the oletions ofthe Louvre andthe Museum of Teheran, We shall ome shorty to the method which followed, But, inorder to sppeeiatit, we must st make yet another vit othe land of Sumer The period from 3200 fo 3100 BCE saw, as we hare observed, the begining of writen business acount. ‘AL ist, howeve, he system was primitive. The documents held only ‘oe kind of merical eord atime: one tablet fo 691 jogs, for example (Fig 81. abo), anther tablet for 120 cattle ig, 8.1), another for S67 sacks of com, another for 23 chickens, yet another fr 8 female ves imported from abroad, and 50 on. But from aound 3100 BCE as business transsetions and distributions of goods became increasingly numerous and varied, the inventories and the accounts for each transaction also grew more complex and voluminous, and the accountants Found they had to cut down on the cost of ly. For this ime onthe pictues and the mmbers tok up increasing amounts ‘of space onthe tablets. Onto a single rectangular shet of clay, divided into boxes by horizontal and vertical lines, were recorded inventories of livestock in all thee different kinds hep, ft sep, lambs, lambkins, es, goats, ids male and female oc hl grown, te) inal necessary dtl, single abet, to, was used to summarise an agrcaltral suit in which alle diferent kind f species were distinguished » | Hr ‘) ‘8 iv a) host Mhepte Bn one ope ‘sen roped y Sa | | a | soo | soso scours) seaports 1 | | am | @ | sm Stemergonsiy set || ay | ao | a | ce ‘ren paps Lge a fr | ae | 150 | sos | seus | ‘Sy prop 1 | m | am | ro | moo |= MDP ane 15) 5 dy nn er ye ge fle Bot then: the blone ske was invented, Now people wrote on bth sides ofthe table: the “ects sie Bore the deta ofa tension, the "vers" the totals under the various headings ‘The idea took hol, and with refinement proved tobe ofthe genet usefulness. At Uruk, in 2850 BCE, a proposal of mariage hasbeen made ‘The gis father andthe nthe ofthe ature spouse have just agred on the “bride pie’ When the ceremony has taken place the bide’ ater wil rectve fom the other 15 sacks of barley, 30 sacks of com, 60 sacs of ans, 40 sacs of lis, and IS hens. Bun view ofthe fits of human memory and in onder to vod any quate late, the wo men tae the selves to one of the religous leaders ofthe town in ode to draw up the ‘corrat in deform and give the force of ato the engagement. Having taken note of al the elements ofthe matige contac, the notary then fashions a oughly rectangular tablet of ay, and takes up his tracing tool For wring ewes two voy stick of dierent ross section, pointed at fone ead and, atthe othe, fashioned into a kind of clindical styles (Fig. 810 above). The printed ends ae used to drew lines or to trace letras o the sot ely Fig 81 above, andthe nde yas re ‘sed to mak numbers by pressing at «gen angle om the surfice ofthe tablet According tothe angle between sls andthe tablet, the impression ‘made on the soft ay willbe ether a notch a ica imprint, whose size wl depend on the dimer ofthe sys which is used. AS in Fig 12 ove this wil be a marow or 2 wide notch, according 25 the wide or arrow sys is used, ifthe ange Is 30%": or it wl be 2 circular imprint of all large damete, according tothe ss, it sapped perpendicular tothe surface ofthe table, ‘Then, holding tablet withitlongiehoriontl the seribe draws four ect ine,theey diving tint ve setons, one fo each iter in the contact Atthebottom of therighmos division he drawsa”sack of barley, intheneatasackof corn’, thenasackotbeansthenasackoflentis™ then Sialy inthe left division he deaws 2 "hen. Then he places the corre sponding numerical quantities nthe fist vison, a smal cla impsint forthe number 10, nd 5 small noche ech woth 1, thos mang up the total of 5 sacks fare: in the second, three imprints of 1frthe number {Min the third, he marks the number 60 with alge imprint, and soon. (nthe bic ofthe abe, he males the summary, hati the totale of the inventory acording tothe numbers onthe fon, maniely “14 sacks (various and "15 hens This done, the two men append ther signaares tothe bottom ofthe lable, but not as wed tobe done by ling inde seal ove it nstead, they se the pointed end af the sjlus to tae conventional signs which represent them. Then having given the document nt the safekeeping of the notary they part HOW THE SUMERIAN NUMBERS WERE DECIPHERED “The story reconsituted in the preceding section was not imaginary: it was achieved on the bass ofthe document shown in Fi, 1.3, which provides eae evidence of how the Sumerian scribes used tote on one side ofthe ables the details ofthe accounting, and onthe other side kind of summary ofthe transaction nthe form of totals under cfeent headings. ised anole dct? ‘shen ‘suc? | ae she ° ° sn Same i’ eet kd bf theme (Sioa Mao ead ATU? But specs this fstre which has enabled the eer to decipher various ancient numbersystems such as Sumerian, hieroglyphic or linear Cretan, and so on. The vas ofthe nambers could therefore be dete ‘mined wit certainty by virtue of applying alge numberof checks and ‘erations to these totals ‘Observing for example that on the font of sme tablet there wer ten narrow notches here and there, while on the back there was single small circular imprint, and then finding this correspondence confiemed in sufient number fiir cases, they can conclude thatthe narow notch denotes unity and the sal circular impriat denotes 10. >: e-0 Nove suppose that wear tying to discover the unknown vale, which we hal denote by , ofthe wide notch B~ ‘Ofcourse lacking any other ination and the absence of bilingual “parallel teat” (nguistic or mathematic), the vale of his number would have lng remained a mystery. But «happy chance has placed into ot hands the tablet shown in Fig 1.3, which beats the three numbers described above of which two have already ben deciphered, which wil Inde be our "Rost Stone We bein, of couse, by ignoring the count of the 15 hens (ne sal ‘iru imprint and Snartow notches, together withthe picograr ofthe bird sinc thisisreproduced exaly onthe reverse ofthe dacument So we shall only bother with the deals ofthe inventory of sacs (goods denoted bythe same weting sign throughou. Adding up the numbers on side we therefore obtain e Br 3 BS We 5s Wee hil on side 2 we find Bs: bos m4 5 ates opp BD ‘On equating these two resus, we obtain the equation a BS e2r025 which on rection, inl gies he result we ate seeing namely BD so weve, we aon ented to draw this concusion as othe leo the signin question ithe vale so determined gives consistent resus for ‘several the tablets of sinking, And this toes otto be the ase SIMILAR PRACTICE OF THE ELAMITE SCRIBES Ie was pessely by observing similar practice on the part of the Elamite seb, and eamying out systematic vecations ofthe sme kind on 3 multe of proto amie tables (some ofthe most important of which elle shown below that was able, me, to arrives theslution of hi thorny problem, Some of these tablets can lead to it eventhough the values ofthe protelamite numbers may remin unknown. Consider for example the tablet in Fig, U4 A hich efers to a similar accounting operation, ‘The goods in question are repeseated by wating signs (whose meaning, in many cases, still dudes ws. But the numbers associated with the ‘aris goods ae early indicated by groups of mumber signs. The subse quent diagram (Fg. 1.4 B) shows what we shall om now om cll the rationalised transcription’ ofthe original tablet. THN (OB ODY| OHA Fe, Ati afm i re Se MOP dpa 388 WOOT | BOG Fh cy o)°0 | WH =) ss ZOO NT | Y Nove we se, on the front ofthe tablet * the wide notch tice “the age ciclarimpresion wie + the small reulr impression 9 times, the narrow, lengthened notch one; 1 acircula ate wie + and peculiar number Fig. 1.1 D) once oly. ‘This, moreover, exactly what we ao ind on the reverse ofthe tablet The number which ie shown onside B therefore corresponds tothe rend total ofthe inventory on the front. In the same way, on the tablet shown in ig. 1.5, the font and the revere bth show a narrow notches, Now consider the abet shown in Fig. 1.6, loth present state of the tab, the front side the narow notch occurs only 18 times, and the smaller crolarimpresion occurs 3 times, leon the reverse the arto notch curs 9 tes and te ular impression 4 tines we proceed by analogy withthe Sumerian numbers of simar form, atrbitng vale 1 tothe arrow notch nd sale 10.0 the cecum, then the total rom the fon ofthe tablet (18+ 3x 10 = 48) and the total from the eerse (9+ 4x 10 = 4) fer by 1. We may conjecture shat his Aerenceistherecul ofa missing pec broken of from its ethan si, which would have damaged the numeral epresenttion i the sine of the top fae. Since, moreover, there ar similar tablets* on which we find exact qual totals om the two sides, we may oneade that this explanation or lscepany isin fat comet. ‘Therefore we may definitively ithe val ofthe narow notch 2 1, and the ale ofthe smal circular impression a 10. SEs | om come | Oe uaRssg | sore 7 tao Ss oe Sr MOR Ma? ‘Now wens take account ofthe fat thatthe Elamites set thir ombers dwn from right to left Gn the same direction as thei writing), starting withthe highesorder units and proceding let towards the lower order units. Furthermore, clos examination ofthe tablets shows that the amit scribes used two dierent systems for writing numbers, both of | Which were kased on the nation of juxtaposition to represent addon, ‘These two systems made use, in general, of diferent symbols Fig. 1.10 and 11D. Forte fist ofthese oo proto amit stems ti prety car thatthe numbersigns were always writen in the fellowing order fom right to left nd fom highest vale wo lowest vale (ig, 1.8) bee) 10098 ‘The numbersigns of the second system alas ocut 35 allows, again fom right left andin decreasing order (Fg 11.) pe B Pea Bea “The above shows, therefore, that * on the one hand, the numbers Ibelled A.B, CD, and E (which always occur to the lof the nattow notch which represents 1) correspond o orders of magnitude below 1, that isto say to eactins ‘+ on the other hand, H, M,N, and Band als (or), K(or L) and (0 correspond to orders of mgt above 10 (since they always occur 10 the right ofthe smal circular impresion representing 10) (ig. Haband 1a. In the end, therefor, by working ou the totals on many other tables, 1s abl to obtain he olling results which swe shal se below, ca econimed in othe ways pana ‘gan 0 0 ti ute tng ah oh pt | peo Fhe tamer acon ie at md pt ae For the number E (he ciel ae), for example, I considered the tablet shown in Fig. 1.12 which, as can be sen fom is rationalised transcription, bears wo kinds of inventory: fom rf ‘depo + one, associated with the seit character which has 10 clue scson the top face and narrow notches onthe revere * the othe, asaciated with the ideogram Thich as 5 icles om the top face and I narow noch on the revere ‘Therefore, denoting by x the unknown value of the number () in question, these two inventories give, according to the totals ofthe two sides, thew equations dexererenenerecerere? rarenerexel namely x ich spel how it was pose o determine te vale} forthe ireular a. . Now es feat the ge ear mpit nd he wide natch (Land Min aD, Bese ty Took ot ke the Same sigs assaited with 60 and 3,500 respectively (Fig. 87 and 815 above), we are 2 fist tempted to conclude thatthe sre values shouldbe attributed 0 ther nthe present cae. But when we examine the proto Elimite ables ve ind tat this cannot be ru, As we have sen, the Blais set tei rumbers down from right to le, in decreasing onder of magnitude and always commencing with the highest. Therefor, i these signs had the Sumerian vals, the large cela impreson should come before the wide notch in writing numbers. But his not the case, as can be sen from Fg. 11.10 for example “The document shown in Fg. 113 leads without dificulty tthe ascertainment ofthe ve ofthe proto-Elamite large cca impression, a Reece Yo eh oor BY fn, Agee PIO) HA sowse soe ‘Mor nt ago ena Ignoring the wo cla arcs and the double ound imprint which re ‘on both sides fhe able, we nd + 9smullrcuarimpressionsand 12natow notches on the upper ae + Large circular impresson and 2nartow notches onthe we ‘Thecefoe fe now evaluate these numeri elements onthe wo Fes ofthe tablet, bearing in mind what we hav alread found ou, we bean the flowing Upper 9 19612=102 Lower Ixxe2an42 Since these must be equal, we Bind the equation # + 2 selution that = 100, ‘Now conser the tablet shown ln i114, on which we id + 20 small ior impresions and 2 lage ones, onthe upper fae: + Lwide notch and one age circular impression, on the lowes ‘Let we now give the value 100 othe large cla impression, ewe have 102, whose just determined, and denote by y the valu of the wide notch. We then ‘bain the flowing tora Upper 2031042100 = 400 Lower 13910027100 Since these also, a before, must be equal, we obtain the equation {7+ 100= 40, whosesluin thay = 300. rom the preceding argument, therefore, we atibute the vale 100 to the large cule impression, an the ave 300 to the wide notch, Fes oh Tl fo Seo Moe MOR AVL Sipe (Of course, this would not allow ws to conclude that these vss correspond to general reat ules we lo find at leat one othe tablet, which gives completely concordant results, This, however, prcily the «ase for the tables shown in Fig 1.15 and 1.16 s,m Sa Lae MDM yp 20 SG Bye |.» 7 OF WOu | mw ry moo ad Bema = Fest, Tbfm Som Are a ef MOR dg 689 OB | 7 7 ~ “ ss wo MB wosset0 = In conclusion, the results established so fi hich fom now on willbe come ete te long » 1° OD a ae ars i Therefore, ofthe leven number sigs ofthe proto Hlamite syste, nine Ihave bee deciphered ‘Now le us consider the delicate problem of the falling wo number a? [As we have already shown in Fig. 1.2, these two numbers have been interpreted in the most diverse ways sine the bypnning ofthis entry (he number labelled, for example, hasbeen assigned to 600, to 6000, 1000, or evento 1,00). To try to ave 2 beter understanding of ‘hesitation, we shal omider the tablet shown in Fig 1.19 A Acoeding {0 V. Schl, this “sn important example fan eerie i agricultural accounting”. As far a8 1 a, this the only preserved intact proto lame document which contin both the entie st of rumbersigns of the firs stem and loa grand summary ttl ‘On this alt, we ind + onthetop face, a seis ofwenty numeri entries (oresponding to aninventory of twenty losof the sare knd denoted, it would see, bythe seript character atthe righ ofthe topline + onthereverse the caresponding grand ota (self preceded bythe same itn character, ia | a Pase)e C1 EE wee vr Considering the resus we have already obtained, we shall make various tempts to reconcile the ttl of the numbers on this abet, by tying ‘rious dent posible values forthe numbers labellsd Nand P, and ‘making use ofthe numbers of ocurences ofthe diferent signs 2 shown in Fig. a9. td *loj ale Blagyelelafefelaielet fee bls HP popooooooe Fhe 19 Compl fal meta eo et First attempt: Following Sehei(1935,sce MDP XXVD, et ws assign the vale 100 tothe wide notch with the czeular impression (N), and the value 100,00 to the le with he itl wings (Pn the upper face ofthe tablet, we then btainthe allowing ttl for the numbers which appear there(Fg 1.180 x doe txd ead ocd sind Ba TG ag MM GG BS 128-439 104 1 1047 300 +8 1000 +5 x 100,000, ane + ty saan + (nthe owe, sity Fg. 1.18) rb cod eed srckered i ao a0 5 42.4625 104 15 10041330043 190004 6 100000 45 namely 630402485, “ 126 ‘The ference Bete these two ress is 6800, far too grea to allow thi atempe tobe considered correct feat the dstepaney to an terror on the pat ofthe srbe. second attempt Now consider the posites of asiging the values: N= 6.000 [V Sebel (1923), P= 100.000 [Veh (1935) 19 By soar eatin, we aban Fig. Upper side 55.5224 48. Lower side 8 618,000 io bo ‘This attempt ako-must be considered to fai, since the dissepancy beeween the two fess again oo age, ‘Third attempt: Now ets ty ‘N= 6000 Veh (1823), P= 10000. Langdon 1925) ‘This again fl since me obtain Fig 11.19): 45 45 Upper side 10,s20+ AS Lowersice 134024 45 Fourth attempt ‘Now let us consider the values proposed hy R, de Mecquenem in 1940 N= 1,00, an ‘Again rom Fig 1.19, we btn the results 10000 Jppe side 61622+ 49 Lower side 6342245, Upperside 61522445 Lowerside 3.22 + AS “his possibilty seemed to me for a lng time tobe the most key Selutin. The ests it gies ar relatively satitcory, since he discrepancy between the totals forthe two faces of the tablet is only 1.800, On this bel, ad therefore supposed that he seribe had made some eror In calelation, or had amited ose on the tablet the numbers ore sponding to this difrence, Thi, afterall, could be likely enough, considering the many nuubersigns crowded onto the tablet ~ erate manu et Let snot ore that, just asin our own day, the seibes ofl were capable of making mistakes in arithmetic Nonetheless, 0 teflon, i seemed tome that thee was Something ‘logical in atrbutng the value 1,000 to the urbe N, fortwo reasons Consider, first ofall the following two numerical entries taken from prot Baie ables (On Mecguenem’s hypothesis, these woud spectively hae values (Fux 1,000+6% 300 =2,800 Non, tll adoping this hypothe, the following numbers would be nts consecutive orders of magnitude: 110 100 300 1,000 10,000 “Therefore, in the fireplace, the question arses ifthe notch with the circular impression realy corresponded tothe rae 1,000, why sbeld the seibes have adopted the above representations af the numbers 2800 and 2.751, and not the more regular forms in Fig 11.21 following? C0ogug s Sf «2900, 299 _ wo 300 300 3000 L016 4°330 Barm- uo g999, (nthe ater hand, we Know that for the Sumerians the smal reuse impression had vale 10, the wide notch 60, and the combination ofthe later including the former had vale 60: > 0 G in other words, that the last igure ows the mulipliaivepinpe But for the Eames the smal ical impression had value 10 wl the wide noth had value 300. By analogy withthe Sumerian system the value Soest hat ene wien ah oye wh tesa ° UG For these reasons was ed to eject Meequenem’s hypothesis ith ater: We ate therefore now led to consider the proposed aloes: Nn 000 and P= 10,000, Ite later fom S. Langdon (1925) and R. de Mecquenem (149), the foxmer fom the above soning] Again comparing te totals from the to faces of the tablet, this hypothesis gives the flowing results: + AS Lower side + pperside 77522 +85 Lower side 60422 + 4S. This hypotess therefore doesnot work citer. Bu, we wish to keep the ale of 3000 Fr the numb N, we mst sek a diferent value for the umber P Nor, cose examination ofthe mathematical structure which can be Inferred from the values so fr determined inthe proto Eamite number- system caused me to suppose that the following three values could be posible forthe number P 000, 18.000 and 36.000 | was led to this supposition by postulating thatthe proto Eamite system of fractions was developed onthe same line s the notation forthe whole number, namely that there had to bea cern correspondence between sale of increasing vals, and a scale of decreasing values, relative toa given base number. “his however is exact what one observes one expresses the diferent ‘ales determined so fain terms ofthe number M = 300 (Fg 1.2). S® lala w | 5 |e yy) te ybla ew ols i. ul DF] aw | ow WO: | @| - Sith tempt ‘This now lends us to contemplate the posses based on these thece possible values for, f which theists ig, 1110 C 1N-=3,900,P= 8000 uton comparing the totals wich result, we ind serious discrepancy 45 45 side 7262+ 45 Lower side 634224 88, Uppe & de 63.422 Diference 9200 Therefore tis suggestion must be reete Seventh attempt: ‘The same results fom tying the second possibilty inferred above, since the vues: N= 3,00, P=36 000, also ead to implausible ress ig 1.19 ©): 46 $S towerside 225.422 $8 Diference 17,800 Upper side 207,622 + Final attempt, and the solution of the problem: [Now consider the ina possibilty, with the following values N= 3.000, P= 18000, ‘This system, which is compatible with coherent mathematical struc ture, also gives sxtisyngly close agreement 1 +38 cansaae ds a Upper side uno2e +5 cur.62a +d & 1 Fc omerside ur7aze+9 ainazaete eZ, lowersde uraze AS cndaaeds Ee 2 sy ‘Whence however, comes this discrepancy of 200 which exists between the ow faces if we adopt his hypothe? Quite soph, | believe, rom 2 ‘ypograpical err”. Instead of nscribng onthe love side the grand ttl corresponding to the inventory on upp side, which shouldbe inthe form: ceo) “soa ag 8 the serie infact made lage circular impression inte place of one of the two wide notches eo) mice om a9 a $33 Tes easy to see how this could happen. The scribe held his sus wi large cular erossseton inthe wrong pasion (See Fg. 8.10 and 8312 above: instead of pressing the stylus at an angle of 30°45" ro the surface ofthe soft clay, which would have given him a wedge, he held it perpendicular to the surfice heey abstaining the cic ‘That, nstead of dong this tk (fe. a: ‘Therefore in al probability, we may conte that he wide noch with smal cela imprint corresponds to the valve 3,00, and the cre with ‘thet wings corresponds othe ale 18000, All the numbers in the proto Elamite sytem have, therefor, been envy deciphered We have god reson to suppose that this system isthe more ancient oF the two since the fllowing numerals appear on the protoElamite scouting tablets frm the archaic epoch onwards T's? OUD ‘The sme set of rumerls appears onthe earest numerical bes, 35 well as onthe outside ofthe counting bls recently discovered onthe site ofthe Acropolis of Sus, Final, the numeral also are that wich cord Ing to thee respective shapes corespond tothe archaic alc which were formly enclosed inthe counting bal, infact to the numbertokensof| ‘rious shapes and sizes which tod for these numbers (and whose vals, in tun, have themselves now ben determined as est ofthe decipher ‘ment described above; see abso Fig, 108 and 10.1 above 'eon 8B ses Ss Ast the second system of writing numbers, lieve thatthe Eames ‘constructed it~ maybe ina lative event ra forthe purpose of ord ing quantities of objects or of goods, or magitues, fa diferent kind from those for which the synbol ofthe ist stem were used. 1 base this hypothesis onan analogy with Sumerian usage. Dutog the third milena BCE, the scribes of Lower Mesopotamia infact used thee dierent numerical notations ‘te fist, the commonest and oldest, which we have studied in ‘Chaper8, was used for numbers of men, bess, o objets, o for expressing measures of weight and length: + the second was used for measures of volume; + the third was wed for measures fae. ‘This hypobess is infact conirmed bythe tablet shown in Fig 1.28, which cartes two inventories which hve been very cel diferente, han Asal Sa ee Ma Rf MOR 2 aga 56 ore es) "* 334 “) soot ¥ mst 4 On oRRzH . ‘The first ofthese inventories is indicated bya characteristic srpt chat ster. and the corresponding quantities ae expressed inthe numerals ofthe frst proto Blame stem Fg 1.298). The second inventory is indicated bythe signe hich havent yet been deciphered Std nd the coresponding quantes are expresed in the nama of the second proto ait stem Fig 11.9, “The numbers given on the revere ofthis tablet correspond respectively to the ttl ofthe Bist inventory and to the total af the second. Using the vals we have already obtained, we can ake the total for the fst inventory 2 on upper side 2 2,4 6x 200¢2% 1004 1010454241 = 2.1054 242 5* 10 50 ‘yom lower side: 24 cayse2et 7300454242 -205424 2 amore 5 5 Bt 10 (hich, bythe way, 2 further concmatin ofthe ait of ou eater rel. "Novus consider the diferent aumeralson the Second inventory, and leeus give value tothe narrow notch, 10 tothe smal ccuarimpresion, 100 othe double verti notch and 1,000 tthe double horizontal noth, “Then the total come out solos 20m upperside: 1000-18 «100+ 12% 10412 =2.432 bon ower side: 2% 100044 % 10043 1062-2432 ‘We may therefor fx the values ofthe flowing numeral shown B-B where the forme of hee values, for example contre bythe tablet in Fig 11.1, sine the totals comet 51 Boh de). yoePEe? Fhe stn. Acti fom Sata Le Bf MDP dao Sothere we see prety wel al ofthe proto Hamite numerals deciphered, [At the same time, we have discovered that at Susa two dfeent number Uwrting systems were in use, probably coresponding to two diferent systems of expressing number + one sry devimal (Fig, 1.32 + the othe vsbly"eoataminte” by the base 60 (Fi, 11.3), Jc 22 ed ba wa Fhe 38 The he mabe he ad pte ln on ‘We may suppose thatthe rst may have been used for counting such ‘ings s people, animals things, while he second may have been wed to express diferent measures in a system of measurement vis (volumes and areas, for example), aogdasonxcoes | 2 fg: 138 Menuet arc he fine ame br en These are of course only hypotheses, but the above results lend ‘confirmation tothe existence feuurl and economic reitions between Ham and Sumer, at any rate from the end ofthe fourth millennia BCE, and tothe infuence exerted by th Sumerians upon Elamitecvsaton, HOW THE SUMERIANS DID THEIR SUMS “The arithmetical problems which the Sumerians had to deal with were quite complicated, asi shown by the many monetary documents which they ave bequenthed tows. The question which we shall now addres ito find out what methods they sed in oder o cre out additions mutip ‘ations, and dvsons. Fst of al, however, le us ave a lok at ane very Interesting document. The abet shown in Fig. 12.1 fom the rag sit of Fara Garoppa), nd {dates fom around 250 BCE. ‘We shal presen it complete decpherment according to A, Dsimel= Sumerishes Leon (1847). Ths document provides us wth the most alu ‘ble inortion on Sumerian mathematics in the preSargonic er (he st half ofthe third mllennium BCE). I shows the high intellectual eel tained bythe aithmeiiane of Sumer probably sincethe mor archaic era The tablet divided into wo columns, each subdivided into several bones. From top to bottom, in the fist box ofthe ethan column i 2 marow och, followed by 2 cuneiform group legur), which sige “granary ofa’ Tn he box beneath i a representation of the number 7, preceded by sign which tobe read sl In the third box the rmera 1 is allowed bythe sign for “man” blow this i 2 group whichis to be read ara (he word Su means “an” and which might be translated as given in the hand” Finally atthe very bottom ofthe fh com is the ign for “man” stain, above whichis the character whichis simply the indleatve "these “The literal wansatin ofthis alum therefor i: "1 granary’ of bare, ala; each man given in the hand: these men" Inthe fist box of the ghthand column, we can recognise the representation of 164,571 inthe achat mma eFig 820 above), and in the box below asuceesion of sins wich represent he phrase "granary of bay, thee remain tatps, | Qnsen 30) a1 050 40) Sabet | (en) att) en seat Fo. Sum af Sop i Dt 2650 CE. er 1 oe 37 pe 2 apm S08 ‘This tablet, which no doubt describes 2 dstibaion of grain, shows ll the formal elements of arithmetical dion: we havea dividend, 3 lvsor, 2 quaint, and eve, to an astonishing predson forthe time, ‘reid ‘Thesilaand the eg, pranary f bare) are units of measurement of| ‘volume. At that ime, the former contained the equalent of 0842 of our Ire, while te ater came to bout 959984 es, namely 1.152000 [sce M. A Powel (1872) 1 eur (1 granary of bate 152,000 ila ‘Thus this distribution involved the dision of 1,152.00 sila of barley Ierween a cetaia number of people ach of whom ito reeves ‘Now lets do the calelation. 1.152 000 divided by 7s 164571, exactly the number in the ist box ofthe right hand column; andthe emainder is 3 exact the information ivn a he boom of this oma, ‘There is no doubt abou it: you have before your very ees the writen teximony of the oldest known dvision sum in history ~ quite 2 complex ‘one; and ae ld a Noah, ‘One may suppose that thi tablet was probably an ffl document inthe archives ofthe ancient Sumerian ty of Suruppak, unless i happened tbe an exercise for apprentice calculators (nthe fist supposition, then ts trandation into pain language is 3s favs ‘Wie have divided 1 granary of barley between 2 certain number of ope, ving 7 silat each one, These men wer 164571 in number, snd tthe end ofthe distribution there were 3a remaining. (nthe other hand, iit was really an exercise for learners, then the sppropiate tranaation would be Given tata granary ofbarly has The numberof men was 164,571 been divided between several men and 3 sla wee left ove afer the so that each man reeved 7 sie, distribution. find the number of me, For convenience of exposition, we shall adopt the ater interpret what ols Thece is no indication whatever inthe document af tothe method ‘of calculation to be used to obtain the rent, Nor do we yet know of| any formal description. One thing howeve i certain, 2nd thai thatthe ‘alclation was not carried out by means of Sumerian numerals, which do not encapsulate an operational capability inthe way that our own rurerl do, [Nonetheless the resus ofthe previous chapter give us some basis for ‘supposition as to what the means of eaeuation may have been, The Sumerians mast probably made wse of the cal (the very ones shown in Fig 104), as much pri tothe emergence of their numerical notation as ‘subsequent, since we find these tolens in various archatlogal sites of| ‘he third mllenniom BCE, thats oy, at time when bullae almost entirely been spaced by cy tablets (ee Fig 102 above) ‘We shall now put forward speculative but entice pausble secon struction ofthe technique of calultion which was most probaly used. Let us imagine we are inthe year 2650 BCE, inthe Sumerian city of| Suruppak. We aren the school where scribes and accountants learn theit Skil, and the teacher has given estan on how to doa division. Now he begins the practical ls, and sets the problem of dividing one granary of| tale according to the conditions given. ‘The problem is theefre to divide 1,152,000 sia of bate between 2 certain number of persons (o be determined) so tha each one ess of but, which comes down to doing the ist number by 7 ‘Atthisime, addins, mulpications, and divisions at cated out by means ofthe cle, thos god old immu of former times which, in their seve shapes nd sls, symbols the diferent orders of magnitude of the units inthe Sumerian numbersystem. Although their use has long disap- peared fiom accounting practice, they ae sill he means that everyone wes for caleltion. This has never woried ay ofthe generations of scribes since the day when one of them thought of making replicas ofthe various cata on ay ables, to serve as numerical notations ~ a narrow noth or ‘he small cone small hol forthe pellet, a wide noch fr the large cone, and soon see Fig 104 above. Generally, the procedure fr performing a division brings in suces sively: perce spheres (= 3600), plain spheres (= 3,60) age pico cones (= 0), age lain cones (= 6), and soon. A each tage the pices sre converted int their equivalents a lips of smaller nits whenever ‘hey ate ewer than these ofthe divisor. Practically speaking therefore, the above example proceeds as flows In Sumerian, the dividend 1.152000 i expressed in words (se Fig. 85 above) as igi arsemin ‘which coresponds tothe decomposition 216 000% 5+ 36000 «2 5 60s 2x (10x 60°) ‘The largest unit ofthe writen numerals t this ime, however. is oly 54,000 (se Fig. 104 above), whichis also the value ofthe largest ofthe ‘ala. Therefore the dividend mus firs be expressed in multiples ofthis ‘smaller unt, therefore by 32 pred spheres each of which stands for 3000 unit: 1.452.000 = 32 35,00 ut we at to divide this by 7, so we arange these abet we ca ia roups of 7 Q2QO0008 = @OOOOVO® | 90008 PGQ0000 * GE00000 corresponding to the 2 60 men who wil ach gt 7 laf barley this fourth tage of the distribution ‘Now we convert the 6 large plain cones It over, worth 60 each, into thei equslent in pelts worth 10 eat, therefore into 6 6= 26 palit, and we arrange these into groups of7, with lover e00eo ©cooo ©ooo cooo oooe ecooceo eoooo ‘Once agai, we put aside 5 plets corespondingo the 5 10 men who vl each get 7 ila of bey at his ith tage of the distribution. ‘The single pellet ef over, wort 10, noe converted nto 10 sll cones ach worth 1. This makes one complet group of? with 3 ef over 9 8040006 ¢ com > QAO ‘Tonote he one complete ow, we put aside I smal cone, and this ore sponds othe number (10) of men who wil each get 7 si of are at this sinh stage ofthe dstribution, Since the number coresponding tothe et cove conesis 3, and this ses tha the dsr wecan proceed no further in the division ofthe orignal number nto whole units, and we have ished, Thefnal quotient can now beeasy obtained by totalling the valuesfthe pecs which wesucesively seasdein the course ofthe dision as fllows 4 pierced spheres (quotient fom the frst sion) Splainspheres (quotient fom the second division) ‘large pierced cones (quotient fom the hie vision) large pain cones (quotient fom the fourth division) Speles (uotient rom he dsision) ond 1 smallcone (quotient from the sth vison) 2 Aaa 62 043 hess, ted QOuo Gee Cee tn other words, the total numberof people to whom the bale wil be lstebuted is 41 36000 +5 3,600 4 600.42. 60 +5 «10-41 = 164571 Back at the school of arithmetic, one student ass his hand and gives is ans, in Sumerian words pronounced in the following order: Sirstimma = (3.600 %10)% 4 = 4 pierced spheres nis 3.5005, spheres ‘getline = (6010) x4 = 4 large pieced cones geimin = 6042 lage cones in 0 pellets 1 = 1 smal cone Not frgeting to add ofcourse esa ide Cand sere ate 3 sla of bare lovee") Another ofthe students, however, shows uphisworktothe teacheras he has raced it ont is clay able, which he hs divide nto boxes and ied ‘up with Sumerian srpt. nthe top righthand bo, in archaic omer, be has weiten the answer (16457) exaly as shown in Fig 8:20 above: "lange cicular impressions with smal cculatimpressons within (a direct repreenaton of pieced spheres, each worth 35000); 1+ 5 large plain cicular impression (a diet repeesentation of 5 spheres, ach worth 3.60) wide notches with smal circular impressions within ecaling the 4 age perce cones, ach worth 60) + 2 plain large notches forthe 2 pin large cones, each worth 60 +S small cul imprints forthe 8 pelets each woth 10}; and +L narrow notch or the small cone representing And since the spoken word vanishes into tin a, while what writen remain itis hank othe ater that the division su from Suruppak hs survived for the thowsands of ears since the students who sled it sanished from the fie of he earth ‘THE DISAPPEARANCE OF THE cALcutr ‘We cn infer that Sumerian arithmetic was done inthis kindof way fom the mast ache times downto the preSargnic er. The tablet shown in Fig. 12.1 ome piece f evidence, and the eae fom this epoch found In those region provide another but the most sold proofs the recon struction of the method which’ we have shown, for it can be easly emoostrated thatthe same principles may be applied equally well 12 ‘mulpicaion, addition, and sbtraction, Nonetheless the historical problems of Mesopotamian arithmetic have not been completely solved. -Atthetimeat which the tablet we havebeen examining was made (around 2680 BCE), the cael were sill i ase throughout the region, and in pearance the emained close o the atcha, or curnfrm, numerals which had then come ito use. These numerals, however, while still present at {he time of argon (around 2350 BCE). radalydsappeared during the second half of his millennium, Finally a the time ofthe dynasty of Ur Ht (Ground 2000 BCE) they had been replaced bythe cuneform numeral. Correspondingly. the aa henselves aren longs found in the msjocsy ofthe archaeologists of Mesopotamia dating ftom tis period or ater (ig 102abo0, While undergoing this transformation fom archaic cuniform to cuneiform aspect, the writen numeral ost al resemblance to the cle ‘which were hei concrete ancestors. The Sumerian written numbersystem, -moreoer was essentially & atic tol with respect to arithmetic, snc it vas not adapted to manipulation fo cautions: the numeral, whether ‘curiform or cneiorm, instead of having inherent potenti o tke pat in aithmetial processes, were graphical objets conceived forthe purpose ‘of expresing in writing, and solely fo te sake of reall, the rests of| ‘acaltions which had aeady been done by other means ‘Therefore the aeultors of Sumer, at a certain pin in ime, aed the necessity of replacing ther old methods with new inorder to continu to faction. They therefore subsite for the old system of the calc anew “instrument” which I shall shorty describe. Meanwhile, we make a detour to prepare the ground ‘Only afew generations ao, natives in Madagascar hada very practi way counting mes, things, or animals, solder, forinstanc, would make is men passin singe le though a narrow passage. As ech one emerged he ‘would drop apeble into frrow cut nt the earth, After the tenth had passed, the 10 pebbles would be taken out, and 1 pebble added to a ll aro eserved for tens, Further pebbles were then placed into the Sit frrow until the weateth mana pased, then thee 10 would be taken out and anther added tothe second furrow. When the second Farrow had accumulated 10 pebbles, these in tun were taken out and 1 pebble ws aed toa thie iro, eseeved for hundteds. And soon ut the at man had emerged So troop of 465 men would leave 6 pebbles in ‘he fist frrow Sin the second, and in the third Each furrow therefore corresponded toa power of 1: the ones, the es, the hundreds, and so on. The Maagasis had unwittingly invented the abacus. “This was not unique to them, however. ery similar means have been essed since the darn of time by peoples in every part of he earth, and ‘the orm ofthe nstrument has ao varied Some Aca societies ued sticks onto which they sd peced stones, «ach tk oresponding to an order of magnitude Amongst other peoples (the Apache, Mido, Mivok, Wala, ot Havasupl eibes of North Americ, othe people of Haat and many Pacific sland the practice was o thread peal or shells onto threads of| erent coouts Others, tke the Incas of South Ameria, placed pebbles or beans ot grins of maze nto compartments ona kind of tray made of stone, tera cotta, or wood or even constructed onthe round ‘The Greks, the Etruscan, and the Romans placed litle counters of bone, ivory. or metal onto tables or boards, made of wood or marble, on ‘which visions had been ele, Other civilsitions produced beter implementations of the ide, by sing paral grooves or ods, with buttons or pierced pallets which could be sd along these. This show the fous sian pan or Chinese Abacus ‘came about, most praca and formidable instrument which i stil in ‘common use throughout the Far Es. But before they wed ther abacus, the Chinese had for centuries used litle ivory or bamboo sticks, called ch (itera, “ealelating tks") ‘which they arranged on the squares of ted loo, oon a table made like achesboard, “The abacus didnot evolve slely in form and construction Far greater «hangs tok place in the manne ofits use ‘The Madagascar natives. who didnot profit fly from their great scovery, no doube never understood that this way of representing rurbers would give them the means to carryout complex calelatons Son ozder toa 456 persons to 328 persons, they would walt out the sage of the 456 and then ofthe 328 others, nore to Binal observe the pebble which gave the et, Thue ofthe abacus was therefore, prey for counting, Many other peoples were no doubt in the sre stain the begining But, in ssking 8 practical approach to making calculations which were becoming evermore ompley, they were able to develop procedures or the dvi by conedving ‘ofa subtle game in which the pebbles were added or removed, of moved fom one roto anther “To ad one number to a number aeady represented on a decimal evic, all they had to do was to represent the new number also on the acs, s before, and then = fer performing the relevant reductions = 10 ‘ead off the result. f thee wee more than 10 pebbles in a column, then 10 ofthese would be removed and 1 added to the net, starting with ‘he lowest order column, Subtraction canbe dane in a Sie way, ty taking out pebbles rather than puting them in, Muliplistion can be cated out by adding the results of several partial products. ‘The “eapof pebbles” approach to arithmetic indeed the manipalation of various kinds of objet fortis purpose, thus once again cet in the istry of arithmetic, These methods ara the ery origin ofthe acu lating devices which people have used throughout history, tines when the numeral didnot lend themselves to the processes of caution, and ‘en the writen rithmetc which we an achieve ith the ad of Arabic’ ‘numerals dd not yet exit 1s logical, therefore, to suppose that Sumerian calculators themseles made ute of some sort of abcus, at any rate once their cael had isappeaed fom ue, Archaclogial investigation inthe land of Sumer has fled so fr to yield anything ofthis kind, nor bas any text been discovered which presse describes it swells its principles and its stractre Nonthless, ‘we can withthe greatest pausbity econstruc it preily. ‘We may inthe fist place suppose that the instrument was based on «large board of wood or cay. Kray equally well ave been on bricks ot ‘on the Boor. ‘The abacus consis of table of columns, teaced out beforchind, ‘coresponding tothe diferent orders of magnitude of the sexagesimal system ‘We may likewise suppose tat the tokens which were used inthe device vse small clay pelt oUt sticks of wood or of reed, which each ‘had a simple unt value (une the archaic system ofthe call, whose pieces stod variously for the diferent orders of magnitude ofthe same numbersyster), We may determine the mathematica principles ofthe Sumerian abacus ty appealing to their numbersytem sel ‘Their numbersjtem, as we have sen, used base 60. This theoretically requires memoristion of 60 diferent words ot symbols, but the spacing between sucesve unit magnitudes was so geet that in practice an interme uit wa introduced to lighten the load on the memory. In this way, the uni of tens wasitrodaced as stepping sone between the sevagesimal orders of magnitude. The system was therefore based on kind of compromise alternating betneen 10 and 6 themselves ators of| 6. nother words, the successive odes of magituce ofthe sexagesimal syste were arrange as flo firstonder fist uni te 1s 1 ofmagnitude secondunit == 10 = 1 = 0 second order fs unit w= «0 106 ofrmagitude second unit 600 = 1060. = 106.0 third order fst un 3800 = 60 108106 ofmagnitude second unit 36000 = 1060? = 196.1610 fourhorder fist unit 216.000 = 60% = 196106106 cofmmageitude second unit 2.160000 = 1060° = 106.105:106.0, (On this basis, therefore, we can layout the names of the numbers in 3 tableauas in Fig 123, Tete anne diferenunits, ive diferentes nine ferent sites, andso on. Fom thistable therefore, wecan clear seethat {en units ofthe fist order are equivalent to one unit ofthe second, hat sof ‘the second are equivalent one ofthe third that en ofthe hid ate quia lento one ofthe fourth, and soon alternating between bases of 10 and 6 therefore, we acept that he Sumerians had an abacus, it must ave ‘been ad out ain Fig. 12.4 ach column ofthe abacus therefore coresponded to one of the two subunits of a sexgesinal onder of magnitude. Since, moreover, the canaform notation ofthe numerals was writen from left ight. in decreasing order of magnitde stating fom the greatest, we may therefore reconstruct his subdivisin nthe fllowing manne. Proceeding fom right lef the ist columns forthe ones the second forthe tng, the tid fr theses, the fourth or the multiples of 600 the Sith forthe multiples of 3,50, and soon Fg 124). To represent given rurmber on this abacus, therefore one simply places in each column the urbe of counters (ay pellets, ths, et) equal othe number of units ofthe corresponding order of magnitude, ocTiPues oF | sabereatite | Sdn te ‘moran | mle 8 fom ixsc9 | fam 1x0 Subordo om tx10 Sabet fem 5 ge 10 iene a sie ine on st a ny ota a ee Oe gion wa sa ‘eran one ace on. Sac te So mrt era 86nd 4) hess. manda feds fie Seen bt CALCULATION ON THE SUMERIAN ABACUS ‘Suppose one number isalready ud out onthe abacus, and we wish oad snoter number tot To do thi, yout the second number on the abacus 4 well Then, if thee are 10 or more counters in the ist column, replace ‘ch 1 by single counter added tothe second Then replace cach Bin the second column by Lae tthe thir, hen each inthe hit added tothe fourth and soon, alternating between 10 and 6. When the left-hand Column bas been reached, the result of the addition can be read off. Subtactons proceed nan analgous way, nd muliplistion and division are done by repeated additions or subtractions ‘it us tur tothe rable inthe tablet shown in Fig. 121, and ty to solve itn the abacus, We wat to divide 1,152,000 by 7, We sal proceed toy means of 2 series of partial disins, each one ona single order of ‘magnitude and beponing withthe greatest. First stage {In Sumerian ers, we are o divide by 7 the number whose expression, in umber nares larg Sarai, which breaks down mathematically to 5 60's 2x (10.0%) = 5 x 216000 + 2» 36000. ln the dividend there ate therfore 5 units of order 216000, and 2 of order 36000. But, snc the highest is present only fivefold and 5 isnot iis by, these units wl be converted into moliples ofthe next lower ‘oxde of magnitude, replacing the 5 counter inthe highest order by the ‘orespondng number of counters onthe nex. ‘One wnit of order 216000 is equal to 6 units of order 36.000, so we take Sx 6= 0 counters and add these to the 2 aleady thee, Thee ae ‘therefore, 32 counters onthe board "Now, 32 dvds by 7 4, th emainder 4. therefore plac counters (or the remainder) above the neat column down (the 3.600 column) so as ‘ot to forge ths remainder. Then the 4 counters fr the quotient) are ‘place the 36,00 column. Then I remove the emaining counter Second stage "Now conver the counters ofthe preceding reminder nto units of order 5000. ‘One unit of 35,00 i 10 ants 3, 600, 0 Take 10x 4 = 40 counters. But 40 divided by 7s 5, wih emainde 5. Therefore now place coun ters for this remainder) above the next column down (60) 5025 not to focgt it Then I place the 5 counters (fr the quaint inthe 3600 col, and remove the remaining counters “hind stage [Now I concert the 5 counters fo the preceding remainder ito units of ‘onde 600, One unt of 3,600 6 unis of 600, stake Sx = 30 counters. But 30 divided by 7s 4 with remainder 2. place 2 counters (forthe remaindee above the nea caluma down (60,2 before ‘Then place counters forthe preceding quotient in the 600 coma, and finally [remove the remaining counters Fg 12.5C, oppose Fourth tage [Now F convert the 2 counters forthe preceding remainder into nis of ‘order 60, One unit of 60s 10 its of 6, so I take 2x 10» 20 counter ‘Now 20 divided by 72 with remainder 6, So place 6 counters athe remainder) above the next alumn down (10), Then I place 2 counters (or the preceding quotient) i the 60 column, Then {remove the resinng ‘counters ig 25D, opposite. Fifth stage "convert the 6 counters forthe preceding remainder into units of order 10, (One unit of 0356 units of 1050 take 6 x 5 = 36 counters. ‘But 35 divided by 7 i 5 with remainder 1. So I place 1 counter or the remainder) above the net column (units) ad then 5 counters or the preceding quotient int the tens column. Then I remove the remaining Sith and final stage ‘Now I convert the single counter forthe preceding remainder into simple ‘ts One unit of 15 10 simple unis, sake 10 counters. But 10 vide by 7s, wth remainder 3. S01 place 3 counters forthe remainde) to the right ofthe units column. Then I place 1 counter (or ‘he preceding quotient) int the units cluma, and remove the remaining Since I have now arrived atthe Bal colama, of simple units, the procedure is ished. To obtain the final esl I simply read of fom the abacus to obtain the quotient (ig. 12.5 Fr 4536000 +5500 4 4 6004260451041 and the 3 counters which I placed atthe cght ofthe last column give me the remainder osteo Thetis =~ gota fom ete oe heh see fomced Sethe ten omaha adap iva quoriewr (nthe abacus, therfore the procedures for calculation were much simpler than for the mach moe acento sing the cle fod. Undoubtedly both methods were in use together fora certain tine, the ‘more tradtonaly:mindd tending to tay with the methods oftheir prede- cessrs. These too were probably the sime who continued to use the curvform notation of times pst up unt the ed ofthe third mien by which time the use of cuneiform tation had spread throughout Mesopotamia, We may therefore imagine the disputes between “acs” and “abuciss’, the former standing to the defence of cleatng by means of objets of éiferent sizes and shapes, the later attempting to demonstrate the many advantages ofthe new method. What I ave just said about the quarrel between the specials is plusbe, but is merely a iment of my imagination Theres of what Thve been saying though, much more than merely probable AND ABACISTS. ‘Te reconstructions dsr above have in fact eeived confirmation as esl of recent discoveries, am refering to Sumero-Akkadian texts on coneiorm tablets dating fiom the Beginning ofthe second milennium BCE, from various Sumerian achaeoogial sites Gneluding Nippu), which have been meticulous collated ranstated ad itepreted by Liebermann (in A). These texts ae ll reports, and detailed analyses, in two languages (Sumerian and ‘Ancient Babylonian) of various professions exercised atthe ime in Lower Mesopotamia They ar, in ay, "yearbooks for these pofesios, 2nd ‘were made in several copies. Te reports refer to each profesion by giving descrip ofits representative, anda bri tie ofthe kind "man of." but at he same time in each case they lel spec the nature of any 108 or devices sed in each profsion.* Among ll the many sort ofinformaton in these texts, we Bind presiely the professions which ate of prime interest for us. The hts give with _rat precision not only thee official designation but also ther tol and “i iy cs te") NEE 9 NHN ll fa ae sd | Sutin net ce fe np Mn gl NBC HO (rhe anf ra ay ay Ne oe Stet se} # at yy ein bin se ‘hia sry ose coy plage aman ape Sep ppc instruments, down to the very etal f ther shape and materi, and even thick component goes with which instrument “This is therefore x sufcenly significant discovery to justly a detaled illogical explanation, The reruks wil be displayed in successive 4) > 2 zion | | a a ° Ble) Pole 2 | o|B ie _F Pl H\« Fhe 3.4, Bla aby fe Srn a a 480) Vloe w x ¥ For example, when Sargon If Assyria inscribed the dimensions ofthe walls of his fortress at Khorsabad ~ 16240 cubis” ~he had the figure ‘wien aot in what had by the become the standard notation < Tr FRR | re i. nF fp Meio ifr end er eg As far as numbers and arithmetic are concerned, these periods ceontespond respectively to: pre and simple borrowing of Sumerian sexs _gesimal numbering; the emergence of mined system ising combination ‘of decimal and sexagesimal signs and the development of tril decimat system. This profound tansformaton of eunelform numbers ocurred under the presureof rl mumberames, whose stil decimal structure {is a common fatute ofall Seite lnguages (ce Fig 187 and 13:19 above). Bu hiss not whee the development came to fll stop: as we sal see thescbes ofthe ty of Mai evolved their own unique version of| deco umerl system CITY OF MARI ‘rious texts ref tothe Sumero Semitic iy of Marae an important place in the Mesopotamian worl, batt was not uni 1938 that Ande art, leon bythe suggestions of WF Alright and bythe chance discovery of state, began to excavate at Te Hari, on the border of Syria and aq. ‘Ove the flowing forty yas, Parrot team conducted a score of exca- ns and lai bare a whole sation. ‘The earliest traces of habitation at Mari dat fom the fourth millennim [cE, and by the fre half ofthe third millennium i wa already highly ubanised, with a ziggurat and a numberof temples decorated with statuary snd psinted walls, The art and culture of Mari inthis period resemble thse of Sumer, but the fil types represented, a5 wel a the ames ad the gods mentioned, are Semitic ‘Mari became part of the Akkadian Empire, but regained some independence around the twenty-second entry BCE. Frm the twentieth to the eightenth century BCE Mari flourished as an independent and expanding ciy-state, ba it was defeated and destroyed by Hamma around 1755 BCE. Though it continued to exis 2s town, Mati never again regined any poe or influence. Te was im the early eighteenth century BCE, under Zim, that Mar built its most remarkable sroctres,incding 30D00m palace ‘ccupyinga round area of200 mx 120m nd in pat of which were stored more than 29000 cuneiform tablets, giving us 2 unique insight into the politica, administrative, diplomat, economic, and juridical afas of “Mesepotamian state The abies ncude lng lists ofthe pace’ require ments (od, drink, ee). and many lees writen by women, which segs that hey played an important role in the ilo the ty WHAT IS THE RULE OF POSITION? Just as an alphabet allows all the words ofa language tobe writen by dierent seangemens of avery limited set of sigs, 50 oue current numeral allow us to cepresent all he integers by diferent arrangements ofa set of oly ten ferent signs. rom an intellectual pnt of view. this system is therefore fa superior to most numerical ystems ofthe ancient world. However, hat superiority does nt derive from the se of base 10, since bases such a 2,8, 12,20, o 60 can prodace the same advantages and be used in evatly the same way as our eartent decimal poston system, A we hae aleady seen, moreover, 10 is by fr the most wide spread numerical basen virtue nat of any mathematical properties, but of 2 particulary of human physiology. ‘What makes ur writen numeral sytem ingenious and superior to others isthepincil that shea fain dependsonhpostionitocapisinastrig of ges. Any given numeral is associated with unis, tens, hundseds, thousands depending on whether it ocupies the fst, second, thir, fourthplaceina numerical expression (countingthe places fom right toe, “These reminders allow us to understand fly the numbering system of Mar and ofthe leaned men of Babylon. has recently come to light thatthe scribes of Mari used, alongside "dasscal” Mesopotamian numbernottion, a sytem of numerals quite Aifezen to al hat ad preceded it, As in previous stems, the fst nine units were represented by an equtalent number of weal wales: [" Tn? fF ¥ Ff Simiaty th epreetation ef he tes was nine with pews tao Se ws tel on thea nee ae Give Hoeven he Asya eee ot Ma a ot use the old sexagesimal character for 60, but carried on multiplying ‘heeons for the numbers 6,70, 80, an 90: Peeeeeees: For 100, they didnot use theo system ofa wedge pls the sign forthe ‘word for 100 (MB), withthe meaning 1 "hundred: what they wsed was jst the single vertical wedge. The number 200 was iguced by two vertical wedges, 300 by three, and soon Tr wt TR eH FH Soa ede ested ier unto handed pending on whee icanein nme ees Terme wre L180 and ote eis of Ma pot dont weal le flowed by 2c nd epee pmbeihs 8 alt ase epee fore Dy areata 8 (@ cees and 8 wedge) WaT Ts T« nicer that the seribesof Mar new bth the asl Mesopotamian decimal notation an lo the postonalsexaesimal syste ofthe scholars (ce bom), When they drew up ther tablets in Akkadian (@lnguage hich they handled with es) they used the former fr “urent busines" such as economic and legal dacomens, and the later for "seni raters (ables, mathematical problems, and so on) Infact, the sjstem Wwe are now considering never was the offal numeralsyter of the cy: for it only fund in quite pariusr places on the tablet {om the edges, onthe reverse side, ad in the margins) and, in most ass, the numbers worked ou in the new system were witen ou apn in one ‘orthe other of the wo standard systems In other words, the new system seems to have served only a8 an idemémoire and cheekng device, to make doubly sure that the results vrten oun the tradtlonal way were i fact oeet, What we sca kind of mathemati bilingualism, in which matching results reached by oo separate notations resolve doubts abut the correctness ofthe sums. And it Is ofcourse nly beaus ofthe role thatthe system played, nd because of the postion ofthe new style numerals on the tablets, that modem scholars have ben abl to ead ad interpret hem ‘The following examples come Kom the Royal Archives of Mar, 35 quoted, translated and decoded by D. Soubeyran The Bist ges the last Column of tally of peopl, showing the totals for rows identified bythe words in rackets, which refer othe categories of prope counted: T< oe lq 9 eam 1 arg ff FIs mone 1 ‘These numbers are writen ia claseal Akkadian manne, 30 they represent: 70+ 79+ 0'+ G+ 1 = 165, However, aera space and before the ttl ofthe tablet comes the flowing expression: a 1a IF this were non-posonal expesion, its ave would eter be 1+ 65 65,0 (allowing he vertical wedge to mean 60, asitofen din Akkadian arithmetic) 60 +65 = 125. nether ase ould ibe a running ot for the Column which it follows after space. However, if the wedge is given the value 100, then we do indeed get the running total of 155, in the Ta ena ) =tato0 e385 Tesco eumpesaboatsfpople apse mls Eh is ecompaned ys amt, with peas dete amber seven med Ther aug le 85 enh wed ah {MEAT Lhe) second bit gies th igo 25 ean ns ou might cqqetthepund aloes 028 wah exponen ye METIS 10 69 +20) Vow hsdede the iets the flog expen 14 chs were tan inthe (opto wy hen woud san ier +8 ( 85 060 45 (6H) and ols ed et aha However, ifthe figures onthe edge are taken a centesimalpostional expression, then the sum is 185, whichis roughly the sameas the fst count T& Fenae, be “The last ofthe thre tablets details sequence of deliveries of copper seyths, with 3 running ttl writen in the standard way, of 471 seythes, -Burbeeween the marking fr the month and the yay, hee thi: ¥ af (Once again this expresion would not have och meaning iit were ead in the lsat manne, bt, taking it as an expresion in the posional system ofthe series of Mar it would give 475, good appronimation of ‘the previous unning otal 47D Tat According to Soubeyea, the minor discrepancies between these Fes and the total, a well thei poston on the tablets and the rough and ready way they are writen, shows that they are ough dais or workings ‘ou, intended to hel gues before they were insrbed onthe tbls in formal way. Tat mks all he more interesting toe the series of Mach thinking ina poston, centesma decimal system, before converting their results nt sexagesial notation For numbers between 100 and 1,00, the Mat system wed here of postion, and ts base was not 10, but 100 the fst “large” ani was the hundred with hee playing the role of usar base On the othe hand, the system did nothave zero. ft had had such thing then it would have served to matk the absence of nits ina given order. nother words, there had been a rer inthe Mari system, then the multiples ofthe bate would have een writen inthe sane way awe write lites of our base (20,30, 40, et), wth a ero indcating the absence of us ofthe frst ord. All the same, the sibs of Mari were perfectly aware thatthe ale of the numerals they wrote down depended on thee postion ina specie rumescl expression, This all the more noteworthy because very fe civsatons have ever reached sch + depreeof simplification in writen rumecls, and by the same token discovered the cule of position. This development ook place very aly onthe tablets that bear the trace ofthe rule of postion are not late than the eighteenth century BCE However, the stem wasnt stil or consistent positional Had that been theese, then 1,000 (= 10> 100 or en units ofthe second ees order) would have ben represented by acheon, 2.00 by two chevons, and 0 on. As for 1.000, the square ofthe base ofthe second centesmal cer it would have Ben epresente by a vertical wedge had tere Been zero, would have been figured in he form [1 0; theft 2ro signi Ing the absence of any nits ofthe Bist order numbers betwen Land 9, the second the absence of units f the second order (lips of 100 by 2 number between I and 89). And since 200» 2x 100, represented by wo veri wedges, 50 20.00 = 2 10,000 would smi have been represented by two vertical wedges But twas nots: the Mari system had special sigs for 1,000 and for 10.00, However, the "Mar thousand" was ether diferent rom the cls cal numeral and twas combined with multi to ake numbers ke eo ‘This ads up toa mite pte, using simultaneously al the bile, of adton (forthe tta, of muiplcaton (forthe thousands), and af| postion or number les than 1,00) The Mar seribes used igre derived fom the thousand ove with a chevton (= 10) represent 10,00 wich was then combined with unis for multiples of 10000: ee < hess oo = Sow x a ‘This isthe only example amongst the decimal numeration ofthe whole Mesopotamian region where 10,00 snot writen aan analytical obi ration ofthe numerals 10nd 1,00, and its yet another way in which he Mar system is quite unique, ‘The Marian cuneform sgn fr 10.000 (ound not justin economic tables, bu in fel adverse a alles of rik, of nd res, and of livestock is related to the Sumerian ideogram GAL, which meant "ge, and was pronounced iat in dhe language of Mac, with the literal meaning of "mlitud’, whence “large number”. So tat was the name of the number 10000, and sll the sme name asthe onefound at Ea (sain the twenty fourt entry BCE, at Ug 8) in the tenth century BCE, and then in ya (baa, andi Hebnew (Bp). ‘The flowing two examples from abets found t Mari give fle view of how the system worked HE Phe Ts &

60 +15, o 615) writen thus <¥ However, ths expression could also just as easly be read 5 at << oe 05 esa 41056065) leis rater a if the Romans had adopted the rl of poston and base 6, and ad then represented expressions such as "103° 1°" (= 36,181") by the Roman numerals X It, which they could eay have confused with XL CY" 2°19), Xi GO" 3°), and soon. Seibes in Babylon and Susa were wel aware ofthe problem and tried to avoid it by eving dear space between one sexagesimal oxde ad te next. Soin the sae text a the one from which Fig. 1350 is anscibed, we ind the number [i010] 10 6 +10), represented 3s << bo ‘The lea separation ofthe wo chevron eliminates any ambiguity with the epresentation ofthe number 20. In another tablet fom Sus the number 1:1: 12](=1 60+ 1x 60+ 1piewriten T <0 inich de clear separation ofthe efiost wedge serves to dstingush the ‘expression from 1) Insome instances seibes used specials to matkthe separation ofthe orders ofmagitue. We find double oblique wedges, o twin chetons one on op ofthe other illing this role of order separator: £ ok ohh ea sme amps fom a matenata bet xara tus TK a 1x60. cae) « KITT oo] s:acas am Sins (en0ndot ea na ALA OD ‘The gn of eparaion makes the fst number above quite distin from ‘the representation of 1; 10+ 18; 45] (1x 60° +28 60+ 4) and forthe ‘same reason the second number above cannot be mistaken for [20 +3: 13; 2133] (=23 60+ 13 «60+ 21 x 604 3) ‘This dificuty actually masked a much mare serious defclency ofthe ‘system =the absence of er, For more than fiten centuries, Babylonian mathematicians and astonomers worked without a concept of orsign for ero, and that must have hampered them a great dea. In any numeral sytem using the rule of postion, tere comes pint ‘where a speci signi needed to epesent units that are missing rom the number tobe represented. Fr instance, inorder to wet the number te sing (as we nw do) a decimal postioal notation itis easy enough to plac the sig for 1 n second position, so 3 o make it sgn one unit of the higher (cima) order ~but how do we signify that thi sgn is indeed cnn by eee qe btm een in second positon if we have nothing to write down to mean that hee nothing in theft poston? Tei easy ~you put“ in second positon, and "Fines postin, ste the guarantee that thes indeed in second peston, Bu if all you have fr tenis a“1" and hen nothing... The e.mail fo ans ene tf epi fe ‘ea ny Seep i problem is obviously acute. Sinilny, to write a number tke “sven hunted and tw ina deinal postions ste, you can easly pt 3° in third position anda "2" in fist postion, but i nt easy to tell that, thee. aithmetieal “nothing” between ther theres indeed ohio pt beeen them, Iebecame cla in the long rum that such nothing had tobe represented by somthing if confusion in numeri calelaton was to be avoided. The something that means nothing, rather the sgn that sigs theabeence fui in given ode of magritdei, ¢would one day be represented by, ze, “The leaned men af Babylon had no concep of zea around 1200 BCE ‘The proocan be sen on a table fom Uruk (Louse AO 17254 which gives the following solution: “Caleaate he square of TT mupeation able The product, supplied is 4 35], so we enter 35 in the mide column (since we have changed our order of magnitudes) and inthe leftmost column, the one reserved for mips of 3,60 ‘Soe can now rub ou the fom the mliplicand, and find that there ‘nothing let on the right ofthe tablet, Theft stage ofthe operation i complete, ; po y iar « “The rightmost column now has 8 cheions in it Since this more than the 6 cherons which make aunt ofthe next order, we rub out 6 of hem nd “cry” them into a wedge which we eter in the idle columa, leovng 2 cherons inthe units alum, ‘So we now have chevron and 8 wedges altogether inthe 6s column. “Thesum ofthese being no pester than 60, we simply rub out he numerals inthe colon and place hem with the mara sighing 8, the sm of 4 ehevtons (4 10) and 8 wedges (2 8) And a5 there is oly 4 in the column of the third order, the esl of the multiplication is now fully ‘eezed onthe abacus {41:32} 25 = [4 4820) + 3.500 +48 60420» 17300) ‘The Babylonians ako had tables of squares, square eoos (ig 13.70), cube roots reciprocals, exponents, ee for ll mbes from 11058 which enabled far more complex cleltions to be performed. For instance, division was done by using the reciprocal table eto divide one umber by another, you mule it by its reciprocal Al ths goes 10 show the great intelectual sophistication of the mathematician and astronomers of Mesopotamia from the begining of ‘he second millennium BCE, sina) Biba 1.70. Ppt far nt 80 BE fu Np 10 aa Ef eg ino aba jo ci C8 ad THE BABYLONIAN LEGACY ‘The abstract system ofthe learned men of Babylon has had» power influence over the scent worl from att down tothe present ‘rom at lest the second century BCE, Greek astronomers used the Babylonian tem for expressing the negative powers of 60. However, instead of wing cuneiform numeral, the Greeks used an adapted version oftheir wm alphabetic numerals. For example, they wrote expressions Ike (0° 2835" and O17” 4 in he folowing way: o a o] ERLE] faa ia ee le| ie gle] [eseaslesy ft sree Arab snd Jewish astronomers alo flowed the Gree borrowing ofthe Babylonian system, which they “translated” ito thee own alphabetic numeral, ving the llowing Forms fo the illustrative nubs shown in pt ow 4 z . ns nee Ror Meet ‘Thus the lered Babylonian system has come down to us and perpetuated in the way we express measures af time in hours, minutes 2nd seconds andin the way we count tsandangls, despite the strict decimal nature ofthe res of our numerals and mirc weights and meas. tis Tagely de tothe Arabs thatthe stem was tansmited to moder tines. YS = — - que 2peee ane fy waving 2-001 andre] Wey ee se mwe a wpe ape yar ess In some periods aid in some lds, the stibes of Sus and Babylon were ch given to playing cryptic guns with names. Some ofthese games Involved numerical tanepoion, thats toa the we of omer expres slons in ie of words oF deograms, generally based on some coherent ‘syste of eoding’ oon complex numerloial symbolism. 1 I if EF 43) (Se sel tet] rey a Fate] [etote] [aml] [| wel] Tels! [eel o| Teel 2[ ate mt rle] |Seel wl | wi rl +} opal cowl >| jets] | = Tool! bool of a] || ele] [fate wel to) fet] || pete] law el al betel = a SOI Weta] [ae be {ml 4] tayo] || Sef Bel [el at sy poms | on | me wel el a me oer De! a | Cape] |S fa] |r| as Sn Pele] fella fee | | om wT | bes] [meee | || > w| «| [tr >| | a a | Fiat] | hl eye] | Peto ery, | is] |e] [Pete] |ernt > | >» ses] [FL aa || ropa Br st o| (Coa! |b ay on Peal [PPsts) | rm aed | CV tac ih sm Al 3690 2, se bye ae ‘One ofthe inscriptions of the name of King Sargon I of Assyria (722- 705 BCE) provides an example of numerical tanspeston. Recording the onstruction ofthe reat fortress of Khorsabad (Du Sarukn), Sargon sys gave its wall he dimensions of (3,50 +3600 + 3.500 + 3,600 + 60 +500 +600 + 60 +36 +2) cubits [.. 15.280 cubits] corresponding tothe sound of my name [Clinderinscription, ine 65} However, his assertion has nt yet yielded all ts secret: we cannot reconstitute the coding syst by which the name was transposed into rer fram this single example alone Another typeof aumbername games shown in tablet fom Uruk of the Seleucid period. At the end ofthe Exalation of lta (published by .Thuresu Dangn in 1914) the sib indicates that he tablet belongs someone caled «Th ag . Were we £9 proceed with thesystem asthe Ancien yptians did, we would ot invent 4 new piclogram for “earpt” but would create compound picture pan > camper Such system hs butin propensity towards ambiguity. This isnot just ‘because ideograms by tei ery nature have variable interpretations, but lko and mot especially because arebus may make a sense in more than ‘one reading ofthe phonetic value ofthe keograms. To take an equ tr ‘ious example from hieroglyphs tobe realised by speakers ofEglsh, where ‘the pctogram A. has the fil pictorial meaning of fe" and the broader meaning" wood" when ake aan ideogram, athe idcogram bas the meanings of "house, “ian” of "bon", the expression (ead let ght) aa ‘could be realised phonetically ax INNCFIR, withthe punning meaning of the verb ifr oe, read right tolet as HOMEWOOD, wth the punning reining of mead, In order to reduce the number of total misppre henson ofthat sot, pian hieroglyphs therfore needed an adtona signin each compound expression, 2 kind of ideogrammatic hint dltermine that showed which way the soundsigns were tobe taken, To Continue our example, ce dettmines "ow when added to Bs would ensure that it wastaken in th directional ene. So as vould inded be ead as INFER, whereas ae would be red as HOMEWARD, ‘That is roughly how Egyptian hieroglyphs evolved fom pictorial vocations of hings to phonetic representations of words. For example: the Ancien Egyptian for quail chick” was pronounced Wa the sign depicting a qual cick signified qual hick, but also represented the sound Wa, Silay, “seat was pronounced Pe, and the drawing of eat cme represent the sound Pe "mouth was Randa drawing of mouth meant the slable eR; 2 picture of hae (We) stood for the sound WeN, a pctre fete (KhePeR) made the sound KhePeR, and soon {eeaee B Like Hebrew and other Seite scripts, Egyptian hieroglyphs are conso antl tha ist say they zepresented only the consonants, leaving the somels to be “undestod”by convention and habit. Where vowels are pat ‘nin modern tanserptions of the language, they are hypohetial and comventona there sin act no nay of knowing how Ancient apa was ‘eu ose) Since weds in Ancient Egyptian contained eter oe to, othe consonants, bierghphs wed sounds alo Benge 0 ane fhe dass: vital Gepresetig sng consonant ound tater (epreseming two Sounds) of eter peeing 3 soup of thee consonant) With hiss wed simaltanesily 5 ptogras, 3 ideas, nth abi tae, the Ane Egyptian wert set represent al the wor of th lngue An ealy ample is Names Palete (300-2850 BCE, which commemorates the victory of King Name over his enemies a Loe et Fa tm fo ema ‘The king cn be een inthe centre ofthe panel, wielding his ib over 2 captive Thing’ name, writen in the cartouche above his real headgear, is composed ofthe hiroglyphs “Ssh” and “scisr". The word meaning “fish? was pronounced NR, and the word meaning “scisor” was pronounced MIR the two together thus make NRMR, or Narmer Bs 7 [In similar fashion, the word fr “woman”, pronounced Se, was repre seed by the mage of bolt (he word for “bol” being 2 uniter with value 8) and an image of a plece of bread ("pec of bread!” being abso ‘unites. wth valve 1), However, to ensure that § + Twas ead in the igh wa, piciogram ofa woman (unrealised in speech) was added a, determine: =P i- - 8 Likewise the ltrs, NeReT in Ancient Exypian, was represented by N (stream of water"), R Cmouth”) and T (piece of brea”), plus the dete mini ene tht the sounds were wor longing tothe ls fis S-Rlne- b Hicroelyphic writing did not use only these Kinds of determines, however In any cases, ileal and titer sigs are csambiguatd by hontc complement which gives a supplementary cue atohow tread ‘he sign For instance, the hieroglyph of har’, a word pronounced WeN, ‘woul be conic” asmeaning the itera sound Wey the addition of| ‘the sign for “stream of water, a uniitera sound pronounced Na fllows: Low 008 Neate wopene) Frost. {tis ifn our imaginary English hieroglyphs we added BP to the sign Ptoensure that = £ ‘vas recognised a a sable containing the uniter consonant T (as in “eup of ta") and thus pronounced PET, and not sen 25a pctoram meaning Gor example) “Labrado In Ancient Egyptian the name af he god Amon was represented by the signs whose pronunciation was Cred in lower) and mn érenliation”, ‘supplemented bya determine (the ideogram signing he class of gods) lara phonetic complement, the sign for "seem o water, pronounced N ‘whose soe unction was to conf that he slab wasto be readin away that made ticle the sound \Writen Fypian numerals from their fist appearance were able to represent numbers upto and beyond one milion, fo the sytem contained spec hieroglyphs for the unit and for each ofthe following powers of | 10-10, 100 10, 1,000 10, 1,000 (= 309, 100,000 (= 10", and #000000 («10 ‘The units represented by a small eta ne, Tens ae signified by a sign shaped like a handle or a horseshoe oan upturned ete “U". The hundreds ar symbolised by a moce or les dosed sia. ke a rolledup Piece ofstring. Thousands are represented lots wernt stem, and ten thousands by a slightly bent raised finger The hundred thousand as the orm ofa frog, or atadole wth seal andthe milion depicted byakneling man ising his rms tothe heavens 5 . ie eTs = i ne tt wom] | + 7 ol I 1 Pesala | swe) BLY |e) See | We | Pe "et acm fh ‘et an sn be man (00) Sy fe fb ‘One ofthe oldest examples that we have of Egyptin writing and rer ite inscription on the handle ofthe club of King Narr who United Upper and Lower Egypt around 2000-2000 BCE. Fes 43 Tage gr Apart from King Narmers name, writen phonetically, he inscription on the club also provides atl ofthe boory taken during the king’ victorious ‘expedition, consisting of so many head of cate and so many prisoners brought back, Te tly i represented as ols aa | F BQ [oll E i 00 anes "apa ‘Are these el numbers, rae they prey imapinary gues whose sole seis to loi King Narme? Soho disagree. Bur we should not that ‘he lvestock tales found on the mastabar ofthe Od Kingdom also often give ver igh numbers fo invdualownrs, and that here we ae dealing bith the looting ofan ete county Another example of high numbers can be found on a satve fiom ‘Heraconpoli, dating fom c. 2800 BCE, where the number of enemies slain by aking called KhaSeKhem are shown 3547209 by the flowing sign 22M To representa given number, the, the Egyptians simply repeated the ured fora given onde of decimal magoitude as many tes as neces sary, staring withthe highest and proceeding along the ln tothe lowest ‘onde of magaltue (houssnds before hundeds before tense.) aly examples show rater iegular outline and grouping ofthe signs: In Fig. 1.18 above, for example, the numberof rats (1.422.000) is writen ina way that iscontrary to the rules that were later aid down by Egyptian stone cuter, sine the gut forthe millon is placed othe ight ofthe beast and on the same ine, whist the remainder ofthe numbesigns are inscribe on the line below. The normal ule was forthe ins to go fom right to left in descending order of magnitude onthe ine below the sin for the object being counted, thus ‘Similatiy, Fgure 4.14 sows rather primitive fstres in the represents tion af the finger (= 10,08, the grouping ofthe thousands (ots Bowers) into two dint sets, and the eelatvely poo alignment ofthe unit ins However, fom the twenyseventh century BCE. the exciton of hieto- lbphic numerals became more detailed and more regular. Also to atid ‘making lines of numerals overlong, the custom emerged of grouping igs forthe same de of magnitude onto two or thee ines, wbich made them easier toad yp by ee uo Mau 4 nom ann AA “The evolution of Egyptian numerals an be traced a fllons 1: 04d Kingdom prod: aneary insertions of Sabu, a Pharaoh of| the Fith Dynasty. who ive at the time ofthe building ofthe pyramids, around the twenty-fourth entry BCE: 2a88 SA MlBsee Re “coctasmane |"Scodrives | punpeng ‘ae | en” |e Although some pats of them have deteriorated somewhat from ag; the beroglyphie numeral are eniely eecognisble. The tadpoles are all facing lef, and hus these merical expressions aera fom lt right (see Fig, 11 above. In ig 1417, the number 200000 hasbeen written along then, une example Bin igure 14.18, where the two tadpoles are put one above theater The thousands ar represeted by lotus flowers onnected a the base, custom which disappeared bythe end ofthe Od Kingdom period. 2: dof the Fst Intermediate period end of tht milleanim BCE), fom a tomb a Mei: 5: From the Annals of Mhtmei (1490-1436 BCE) ast of the plunder cof he twenty-ninth year ofthe Pharaohs reign se Fg. 1.2): ‘The numeral can be transcribed a ott 2 R | x jolt} | ae "| 990 mM) tl | ene fe | soso) miu fi | 22 may ma) tl | ae mie | aee arp BW | ee feaa | 3333 Mn | | eee SE | | Be Unlike Sumerian numeral, however, the hieroglyphs gine no cha 8 to the nature ofthe tokens used in concrete reckoning pir to theiventon| of writing, 1 sems pretty unlikely tat lotus flowers (1,00) oF tpoles (400,00), were ever practi counting tokens at any’ petod of time, The spa, the fing and the kneling man with upried arms pose jst a ‘lard and sl unanswered questions. Te ses most key to me tht the ergs of Egyptian numerals ate much more complex than the gis of the writen aumbes of Sumer and lam, and that heirnventrs used not one bat several dierent principles a the same time. What follows are no more chan pase hypotheses about the origin of hieroglyphic numerals, unconfirmed by any bard evidence. ‘The origin ofthe numeral 1 could hav Deen “natural” ~ the vertical ine {sjust about the most elementary symbol that humans have eer invented for representing a single objet. ft was used by prehistoric peoples fom ore 3,00 years ago when they scored notches on one, and 2s we have sen a whol multitude of ferent cilsations have inthe lin or noch the same uritary value over the ages. In addition, the line or 1 and the horseshoe For 10) coud wl be the last races in ietoglyphic numerals of the ache system of concrete ‘numeration, The ine could hae stood forthe iets used wth a ale ‘of and the horseshoe might inact have been atthe start drawing ofthe ec of stig wth which bundles often sticks were ed vo make unit of| the nest ode. As fr the spiral and the lotus, they most probably arose though phonetic borrowing. We could imagine thatthe original Fgypian words for “hundred” and “thousand” were complete or partial homophones of| ‘he words for lots" and "spiral"; and that to represen the numbers, the Bgypians used he pctograms which represented words which had eacthy ‘or approximately the same sound, irrespective of thee semantic meaning, 2 they dd for many other words in thei language and writing Parallels for such procedures exist in many other sation, In classical (Chinese writing, for instance, the numeral 1.000 ws writen with he same character asthe word man”, because “man” and “thousand” are reckoned to have had the sre pronunciation inte archal foem ofthe language ‘On the other hand, the Egyptian hieroglyph fo 1000 the sigh bene raised finger, seems to bea reminiscence ofthe old system of finger urting which the Egyptians probably used. The stem relies on various Singer postions to make ales upto 9.99 "The hieroglyph sgn for 100,000 may derive from a move strictly symbolic kindof thinking: the myriads of adples i the water the Nie, ‘he ast mtpication of rogapawn nthe sping. ‘The hieroglyphic numeral for 3,000,000 might more plausibly be ascribed psyhologal origin, The Fyptloits who Bist merece this sign thought that texpresed the awe ofa man confronted with sucha large number nat later research showed that the sign (which also means “a allion years” and hence “eeriy") represented inthe ees of the Ancient Egyptians gee holding up the val of have, The pctogran's distant origin es perhaps in some priest or astronomer looking upto the ight sky and taking tock ofthe vast nuktude ofits tars, “The spoken numbers of Egyptian hae been reconstructed from ts modern descendant, Cop together with the phonetic transcriptions of numerical expresions found in herophyphic tts on the pyramids. Hee are their syllabic transcriptions wth ther approximate phonetic realisations tw fea) 10 md teed 2 sw (seu) 20 dy [dwerye] 3. fmt eheret 30 mB [bal 4 fw edu) 40 hm [em 5 dv (diva) 50 dw iy) 5 sr (ses) oo 7 gh (seta 70 th slob) 8 dime (kberen} 80. dhmn hemes) 9 pel [peed 90 pd [pese) she] Hh] abe een). he 100.000 9000 107,000 1.600.000 Note that 7,8, and 9 ave the same consonant structures 7080, and 80 respectively The Eypran may wll ave pronounced them sigh der tetiyin onder to sid confusion for instance, gh fo 7 and eat fo 70, heme fo 8 and Kha for 80, “The spoken numerals a can be seen, were ctl decimal: Compound numbers wer expresied along the ines ofthe following example: 4.326 ‘fiw tht ht four thousend three hundred uty aro ‘vent sik” Fractions were molly expressed in Ancient Egyptian wring by pacing the erogyph out”, pronounced eR and having in ths context the specie sense of “part, oer the numerical expeson of the denominator, ths eo ee s = oo OU a 2 When the denominator was too large tog entry beneath the sign, ‘he emainder fit was placed to the right, thos: nM AAS tH OG 99 “Thee weve speci sins For sme fractions oe Lopate Le Se for the ast two expressions in Fig 1.26, the only numerator used in Byptan fractions was the unit. So to expres lr instance) the equi len of what we write as they didnot write ++ but decomposed the umber into a sum of fraction with numerator SMM rE G “Measures of volume (dry and liquid) had ther own euious system of notation wich gave facto ofthe ga, generally reckoned to have been quvalent to 4.785 litres. These ylumetc sgn used “actions” of the eroglyph representing he painted eye ofthe fon god Horus = Ss Ss py en ann neN akan Pines ‘The eur was simultaneously a human anda faleon's eye, and thus contained both parts of the comme, thers and the eyebrow ofthe human «eat wel asthe owe coloured lashes beneath the ee carats ofthe falcon Since the most common factions ofthe hegt were the half. the quarter, the eighth, the stenth, the thiry-second and the sinty-fouth, ‘he notason of volumete fractions atebuted to each ofthe parts of strokes in the out sign the value of ne ofthese fractions, eid out in Fig. 1.30 below, >O-™ , & sd uae Ped Aha, OPH 2a, Ae MURAI tAshb.ed7S Wage “| gs.“ hinieti Mai (fide aye tia Te Mamaia taco il sina ay coerrunteceey ee ee | LN eae a | f ati zl Wake id BE at 14 Dif te a ed mp head sti meg Darnton ‘Dy ine RCD Tete nde batons ‘erat sript was therefore nota form of shorthand” in the sense that modern shorthand cosiss of purely arbitrary slgns visually unrelated to the eters ofthe alphabet which they represent Hieratic sigs were indeed erie fom Necogyphs and eepresent the terminus of long bt speci cally graphical evolution. Hier script never replaced the monumental script used for inscriptions on stone and never ad much impact on the shape ofthe hieroglyphs. The two stems wer sed in parallel for neatiy 2.000 yeas, from the thied to the fst millennium BCE, and thoughout this pecod hierati srpt, despite its apparent difficulty, provided a perfec serviceable tol for al ainstratve, egal educational, magical, erry, cen, and priate purposes, Hirai sript was gradually displaced fom about the telth century BCE by a diferent cursive wating, alle demo. It survived in specie ses notably in rigious texts and in sare funeral Books - ut the third century CE, which is why the Greeks called it heats, meaning "saeed” whence out ter “irate FROM HIEROGLYPHIC TO HIERATIC NUMERALS Heatic numerals ofthe third millenium BCE ae il fy close o their bieroglypic models: but over the centuries, the use of igatures and the intron of dicrites tun ther hte by he ito apparently que deren signs with no intulve resemblance to the cxginal hieopyphs ‘The end result was 2 set of numerals with dint signs for ech ofthe following numbers: 1 203 4 5 6 7 8 9 0” 2% » 0 50 % 7m m 9 100 200 300 400 500600700 800800 41000 2.000 3000 000 5.00 6000 7000 8.000 000 So though they began with very basi adive numeration, the Egyptians develope a rapid notation syste tat was quit strikingly simple, requir ng or example only fur signs to represent the number 3.577, whereasin ‘eral i takes no ewer than 22 sigs: ur PWS] A asm co ‘The main dsadantage ofthe hieaic system was of course that i euired its users to memos a very large numberof distinct signs, and twas thus quite impenetrable to al but he nit. Here athe shapes that atheratc mathematician had to know as well as we know 119 PEE FR yun aa als Cahier) * | Bivgitieintetecsaoe 4 wher tM lp SSR ry X wise "| lg) - PR aisis| + SMa T) lap) 9 DS ESHER zleieel4 [7 y | jaje| = [* ala PIGDRIES cy rary eee a ada hla 2a faite =| st | = eisai =| THR _ Fit iereie | *}ara] : = a fda) ees Slog = Tt C) eyette ia gee. 2 caelald]s asiel lei 4 ae 2 st | 3 nee 2 tn alal a (Be t + ee amber AA me at ; 7 ro | Hs) ey : Sab lem ala fa be | e274] 13 3H 33747 Se , fos ia | lw |e | A loaa9) yy) & + aS E as as Sh ; “i | mw Gee = i sa srt 2S a a : oe 3\3| * 1s = i a {eee hosat aa Wi] [elale laa x DOING SUMS IN ANCIENT EGYPT Let us imagine wee ata farm near Memphis inthe autumn of he year 200 BCE. The harvest sin, and an inspect sheet make an assessment fom which the annual tx wll be calculated. So he orders some of the farm workers to messre the gran by the bushel and to put it into sacs of equa size This yar’ harvest includes white wheat, cnkorn, and barley So as to hee tak ofthe dierent vate of grin, the workers stack the white whet in ows of 12 sacks, theenkorn in rows of 15 sachs, andthe Batley in roms of 19 sacs, and for each the otal number of rows ace respectively 128,84 and 368. ‘When this i done, the inspector takes pice of slate to use as @ “notepad” and starts odo some sums on iin bieropyphic numerals, For spite the primitive natore of hr numerals the Egyptians have known for centuries how todo arithmetic with them, Adding and subtracting te quite straightforward Toad pal you do {sto place the numbers tobe summed one above the othe (oro along side the othe) hen to make mental groups ofthe dential symbols and replace each en of ne tof sine by one sign ofthe next higher decal det For instance, t0 ad 1,729 and 696, you fist pce (as ia Fig, 14.37 below) 1,728 above 696. You then make mental groupings respectively of| the vertical ines, the handles, the pra, and the lots flowers. By reduc ing ther in packets of 10 othe sig ofthe net higher ode, you gt the correct esl of the addition sa fan 9999] Its also quite easy to multiply and to divide by 10 in Egyptian iero lyphis to multiply, you replace each signin the given number by the spn forthe neat higher order af decimal magoitude(r the next lower, oe wy: EG inn | art RS = Wire tbe CC ar fon oa | | Bx = MM fiw BE ws AGS. oe ‘The script known "Linear 8 isthe more seen, and the best known, of the Cretan seis. I is usualy dated to the period between 1350 BCE and 200 BCE. Athi the Mycenaean had congueed Crete, and. ancient Minoan cisation had spretd onto the Greek mainland, especialy inthe region of Mycenaean Trinh, ‘The signs of this script were em _graved on clay tablets, which wee Fist Unearthed in 1900, Since then, 5:00 tablets have Ben found in Crete at Knossos only, but in lange numbers) and on mainland Greece (mainly at Pyos and Mycena) Linear B there fone, may be food outside Cet. We fe. Celt ead ‘Raleamdaey EO may also note that this script, apparently derted by moaication of| Linea A was eset cord an aehaie Grek est a8 demonstrated by ‘Michael Vers, he English scholar who fst dsipered it Ici the only reto-Minoan script to have been deciphered to date (Linear A and the eroplyphicsriptcorespond to language which stil eemsin largeiy unkown) sth sad moc fo Ue Le eg arth Both Linear A and Linear B used practically the same nurbersigns ig 15.5. These were: * aerial stroke fruity: + ahorzomtal stroke (or, solely in Linea A sometimes a sal eeu at imi) fo 10 + aciclefor 10; + circular gure with exeescenes for 1.000 + the same, with small hoiontl stroke inside, for 10,000 (ound conlyin Linear B inscriptions Fig. 156, ast ine). Scohwewmace | 5 | bh iQ)e rt} | wie uorace o|}O}" seas -lolo/e} ‘ales om es eed Liar] ess gh Tk _Eareir hone cn » Me | we | © En S| B8Sexy cs" | 20 Olgs $3, os SBBaam ss asin ODM 3 soon om BO ie ema ‘To represent gven number, twas enough to repeat ech ofthe above 2s many times as needed (Fg 157. ‘The mumbersystems used in Crete in the second millennium BCE (ierogyphic. Linear A and Linear B) had, therefore, exactly the same Itelectual basis asthe Egyptian hieroglyphic notation nd, forthe whole time they were in use, underwent no modification of principle. (Silay, the drawing of signs and numbers on cly didnot give way oa cuneiform | system, a5 happened in Mesopotamis). AS in the monumental Egyptian system, these umbersystems were founded on base 10 and used he pin ciple of juxtaposition to represent addition. Moreoer, the only numbers to which each system gave a spec sgn were unity, andthe successive powers 10, ‘The number 10.00 (ound onlin Linear B inscription) is derived from the number 1,000 by adi horizontal bar in the interior ofthe liter By all appearances, therefore, a mulipiative principe has ben used (10.000 = 1,000 10), sae the horizontal bas simply the symbol fo 10 kn this syste Fig, 15.8, rom the beginning fhe second millenium BOE the ites a people of Indo European origin) settled progressively in Asia Minor, no doubt bya process of slow immigration, Between the eighteenth and the sixteenth centuries BCE, they there established a reat imperial power of which here ‘were two principal pases: the Ancient Expite (pre 1600 to sound 1450 [CE) and the New Empire (1450-1200 BCE) In he course ofthe imperil er, the Hite, with many successes and lures, pursued a poly of conquest in cena Anatolia and northern Syria, Brat the stat ofthe thitenth century BCE. no doubt under attack fom the “Peoples ofthe Sea", this powerful empire abrupey collapse, renaissance, however, ensued fom the ninth century BCE inthe north of ya where seer small Hite tates maintained elements ofthe pe tial tradiion in the midst of mined populations. The was the beginning cof what scaled the "neo ite phase ofthe civilisation, Fnay, however, {in the seveth century BCE, al these seal states were absoed by the Assyrian Empie. ne ities had ewo writing systems. One was a hierogiphic system whch seems to hae been oftheir on cestin, of which he east known idence fom the Sifenth century BCE, The other was 2 cuneifem system borrowed fom AssjroBabylonian visti whose introduction ates rom around the seventeenth century BCE RB | Bmw | mw ie ne ete e » oo | em | w |g mm | om | Ame YE we wt fo» Fe The moni feof iti hep fea 60 = Blelelae ‘Thus, for at least thee entries (1500-1200 BCE) the hieroglyphic lived alongside the cuneiform in Anatoli, and they constituted the «dal medium of xpresion ofthe Hite sate, For a people to practise rm ping mpd re he ds Si api a a SENSES Meine ey ny two wring systems at che same imei nota fequent phenomenon. We are now able to perceive the resons which indaced the Hitter int this aradorical suaton. The srbes of Hata, who were the -epers ofthe Babylonian tation, were a small and pevleged group ho had sole acces to the tertur and to the document o cy ‘The establishment ofa Horry answered a need, and the use of the ‘uneform ensured thatthe kingdom could maintain communication ith ts epresenttives abroad, But the tablet wa, in effet, banned ocument it made no public proclamation ofthe sublimity ofthe 0d, nor of the grander ofthe hing, Without doubt the Hits fl that thee imprinted cuneiform characters, mechanical and lacking ‘expression, should tke second place to diferent wring more visu ‘move monumental, mote ap for writing of divine gs and royal profiles... The hieroglyphs are made c be gazed upon, and conte Plated upon wal frock they give life toa mame jut asa elie brings the whole person co if. [E Latoche(1960)] Al the same, hieroglyphic writing survived the cuneiform after the Aestection ofthe Hite Empire around 1200 BCE I served not ony for religous and deicatory purposes, but aso and perhaps above all, for ly prposesin business document, sates Be) obs) eas Fir) oac) a Jn Bar| am Gay | ok 7 jw fat) fae) of eae | Trem aninscpton of he rent ray Btn 859) Camas “ 0.15.9. Fe tite begin In the Hite hieroglyphic umbersptem, avril stroke represented ity For the succes integers, smal groups of two, thee, fur or five strokes wee used to allow the ee 0 grasp the total sum ofthe nits. The number 10 was represented by a horinonal stroke, a 100 by 2 kind of Saint Andrew's eros, and 1,000 by a sgn wich Iooked ikea shook (Figure 159), On this bass, the representation of incenmedate aumbers presented no dificult, since it was slficient to repeat each sign a5 many times as required The Hite hierpyphic mbersystem was, afer the fashion of the Eayptin,stily decimal and additive, since the only nambers to have specie slgns were unity and the successive powers of 10 CHAPTER 16 GREEK AND ROMAN NUMERALS. THE GREEK ACROPHONIC NUMBER-SYSTEM ‘Let us now vst the word ofthe Ancient Grek, and look atthe number ‘stems use inthe monumental nsrptios ofthe frst millennium BCE, The Atic system, which was used by the Athenians, assigns a specific sign to each ofthe oumbers 15 10 50 100 500 1000 5.000 1n000 50,000 andi based above allo the adie principle (ig. 161). seaseses: tay RE a yf ec Pe ih Co ‘ane 99, afi 9027 Rah (5 al The Ate system hasan interesting feature: with the exception of the verti bat representing 1, dhe Higres ae simpy he inital Ietes of the Grek names of the coresponing number, o recombinations of these this what is meant by an acraphonic umber stem. “Toshow this: “Thesigns fo the numbers $0, 500,000, 2nd 0000 are scan be see, smade up by combining the preceding signs according othe maliphative principles elm. Pale» [Pale © soo] RL Pix |S 19 soon | P| x me In other words. in the Ati ystems, in order to multiply the value of one ofthe alphabetic numerals, H, X and M by 5, i is placed inside the lane P=5, “This system, which in fct only recorded cardinal numbers, was used sn metrology (to record weights, measure ete) and fr sums of money. ‘We hl later se i uted fo the Grek abacus. Originally, ordinal numbers were spelled ot in fl bu fom the fourth century BCE probably, indeed, fom the Gt a diferent system mas used to-wit tese numbers, which we shall study later, ‘To write down a sum expressed in dachmas the Athenians made use of these figures, repeating each one a often a required toad up tothe quan tity; each oeurtenceof he vec ba for 1" was replaced by the symbol FF which stood for “drachms" XXX RH ADA FEE “Sadana Frese For multiples ofthe talent, wich was worth 6000 drachmas, they used the same numberof signs but with (the fist letter of TALANTON) dnnead of F FROROAR TTT are a ae ae) Se feeds ofthe cha hob the al andthe gue and VEEN’ A864 | OMRES' | ERE | mecha spel since we ‘ee } joe | os ite | x | ROE | en |e |e = ragwnrnonn. | Qo T | Sua, eS eee ee rea | € a [eas] ion to) Sea herpes ftom Saran 83503? dee lao fr Troe PHnH aa Fc 6.7. Gk cpm gud fo te ag fo he fh entry CE Ma Fein. hes Im E2359). By the use ofthese signs, the Athenians were able to wrt ex those sums of money which were of elatvel frequent ocurenc. The flowing examples give the de. (A. ult sma system was alo ued for weights and measures such 5 he daca, mina and tater) P>B>B—D ‘The igure for 1.00 frst ofall evolved towards the form 0. This gave ise to the many variant forms shown below for which, progressively the eter Mame tobe substituted, rom the fist century BCE, unde the inoene ofthe fs eter ofthe Latin word mill Bere oe mam |) | a xa 3 aoe iy sraratss || mf ce fare a [or rman pe Tish cane | [Gia few cox four aie fan > im [mfr || om fp [ses ory fam conan |[ el imaw [cui ee sess waa —— @ [oom [ecimionsn]| | dy [et ron A ism ae || |b fam armas [ual eee aman —| [aml Ads ow Jaw ator eel dey [oer {e,s630, Water aden fom ‘nowmet Late rp eta fow t peadely nerieins ‘The various forms associated withthe namber 1,000 ig. 1629 were mainly used during the period of the Republic, bur he cn alo be found in some texts of the Imperial peviod.* A feof them even survived long afer the flo the Roman cilstion, since they can be Fund in quite few printed works from the seventeenth century (ig, 1559 and 18.70, he 6. Lata mpfr Be Rg sn ef erp ‘tne fa pn hed ft inn ppl ae ‘nih mene) ner oes me or igi 6.3, Mat nig he roi Lani thy aod it Pir on ACE ARE Nw Man Tee | mcm | «| me? | comm | m7 we | eben | oo —Tt fe. 1633 ogumef Caan eae f Nc 600 Tepe vearcatat ear nya prt ag ge ‘fas C8 te ‘pe hd ane ‘pic ms faut Tel Son 1 foe S29 ‘rina wpe te 2) ‘ad ot hg ‘ethene Cp et, ar 70 wren ir ‘eae me se hci as pica i ef co hapa ei totam etalon epee eC fie ‘pet eb aap py eco IN chvede lke ws bxGannk oft Reina taney, ed NOE ADA Biann aw Wf Fils fo. 16. 24 Seopa fat fd ot Romp en rr 79 CE het ‘pout dond ‘Roman numeral reached ther standardised orm, demic to eters the Latin alphabet late in the history of Rome: ba in reality they bean fe ‘many hundreds of years, maybe even thousands, before Raman civlsation, ad hey were invented by others ‘The Erwscas, a peopl whos rgins and language both remain largely unkown, dominated the Iain peninsula from the seventh othe fourth cetury BCE from the plan of the Po in the north tothe Campania eon, reat Naples in the south They vanished 8a distin people at the time ofthe Roman Empire, becoming assiniated into the population oftheir conquerors, Several centuries before Julus Caesar the Eruscans, an the other Hale peoples the Oscans, the Aequlans, the Umbrians et) had infactinvened numerals with fom and strictre Went those ofthe archaic Roman umerals For many centuries, the ued thee figures according to the principles of addition and subtraction simultaneously. This is evidenced by several Etruscan inscricions of the sith century BCE, where the numbers 19 and 38 are writen on the subtractive principle as 10 + (10 ~ 1) and 104+ 10+ 10 + (00-2) ig 1635). Fh. Fag fon ee ‘ner tng ete INK EG sex noes setkermcniee ‘tains erat caer ‘ey A QUESTIONABLE HYPOTHESIS: [A ypothesis commonly accepted nowadays asserts that all of these numerals derived from Etrscan numerals, theses of Greek origi, ‘We should recall tat Latin wring derived from Brsean writing, nd that this comes cect from Greck writing. The Gres alphabets flinto ‘wo groups: the Western type which (lke the Chaldean alphabet, for ‘example signed the sound"HY tothe leer ¥ or or WY the Eastern ‘ype which (ike thealphabe of Miletus o Corinth, fr example assigned to this symbol the sound "ps" while the sound "kis represented by the leer + or Eruscan writing, for Several reasons is associated with the Therefore it has come to be supposed that the Etruscan alphabet “was ‘borrowed fom a Gred alphabet of Westen type om the and of al self, ‘since the oldest ofthe Gree clones which had such an alphabet, hat of| Kuni, dates rom 750 BCE, and its establishment precedes the birth ofthe “Tasca eiisation by hal century” [R. Bloch (193) ‘On this basis, having compated the forms ofthe eters, many specialists in the Raman numbering system have therefore infred thatthe ancien Latin sgn for the numbers $0, 100 and 1,000 come respectively fom the flloming lees, which belong tothe Chakidean alphabet (a reek slphabet of Westen ype used, a it happens, inthe Grek colonies in Silly These ters epreseated sounds which didnot oecurin tascam In Latin, and ater became asst othe Latin forms wich we kno, oe ie Tm mam | a S|] ~ VR Ee | ceo So Soe ee we) face = ™ * ee ee eo Western ope ea aX [iets oe Yo boo W thea Boor @ oo @ or S Pd or De wo According to this hypothesis the Greek eter ta © (riginally Bor @) gradually turned ico C, under the influence ofthe initial eter ofthe Latin word cent. ‘This explanation (which many Helens, epigaphers, and historians of scene nw hol as dogma) is Seductive, butt cannot be accepted. Why, fat, should three particular foreign characters be introduced Into the Roman numbersystem, and three only? And why should they be leters ofthe alphabet? No doubt, one may reply, because the Greeks thersees hal often used ters f thee alphabet as number signs. Tn antigay tite, the Hellenes used two diferent systems of weten rumerals whose gues were infact the ltrs of their alphabet One of these usd the nia ters ofthe names ofthe numbers, The other made ‘fal the eters ofthe alphabet (see Fi, 17.27 below): A Nphs 10 1 ta 1B Rho 100 B bea 2 © K Kappa 20 Sigma 200, T Gamma 3A Lambda 300 T Tax 300 A Dela 4) Mou 40 Upson 400 Epsilon 5 N Ny 50 Phi 500 EM 6X ch ow” Wofa 8 © Ominon 7 YP 700 © Thea 9 2 megs 800 [Now the letter chi, which was supposed tobe borrowed fr the number 50 in Latinas vale 1,00 in the fst ofthese systems, and 600 in the second: the leer tht, borrowed” forthe ruber 100 in Latin has value ‘inthe second Grek version; and the leer phi, supposed to have been borrowed fr the Roman numeral fr 1,00, s worth 500 in the second system. Why the derences? Ifthe Romans bad borowed the flavin Grek signs forthe numbers Sand 100: this Yor Wor thea ®@ of @ or & then the same would probably have been borrowed by the uscans as vel How then an we explain that, fo the sare als, the Etruscan in fact used quite difleren figures, namely (se Fig 18.35): Ao tf fox0 and oe for 100 ‘One cans that the hypothesis not very sound. The eros de to the fact that speiaists have beeved through many generations that Roman numerals are the children of Etruscan numerals, whereas in fact they are cousins THE ORIGIN OF ROMAN NUMERALS ‘Though long cbscre, the question sno longerin dub. The sgn. Vand are by Gar the oldest in the series. Older than any’ kind of writing older therefore than any alphabet, these gues, and thee corresponding vals, ome naturally tothe human mind under certain conditions. In other ‘words, the Roman and Ecuscan numeral ar eal prehistoric fost they ae descended diet from he peincipl ofthe naehed stick or counting, primitive arithmetic, performed by cutting notches on afragmentofbone ‘or ona woolen stick, which anyone can use in order to establish aoneto- come cortespondence between the objets tobe counted andthe objets sed to count them, Let us imagine a herdsman who is inthe abit of noting the numberof his beast using his simple prehistoric metbod. ‘Upto now, he has always counted as his forebears di, cutting in 2 completly regalr manner a many notches as there are east in is ee ‘This isnot very useful however, because whenever he wants to know how ‘many beasts hess, be hast count ever notch om his stick al ve agai, “The human eye is not 2 patclrly good measuring instrument Its capacity to perceives amber directly does aot go ejond the number 4 Just Ike everyone ele, our herdsman can easily recognise ata glance, without counting. one, two, thee, or even four parallel cuts. But his Intuitive perception of rmber stops therefor, beyond four, the separate notches willbe nuded in his mind, and he wil have to cert £0 a procedure of abstract counting in order to earn the exact number ‘ur herdsman, who has perceived the problem, s begining to lok for ‘way round t, One day, he as an de, ‘As always he makes his beasts pas by one by one. As each one pases, he makes fresh noth on his ally stick. But this time, once he has made four markshe cts the next ne the ith diferent so thatitcan be recog ised at glince. So atthe nomber 5, therefore, he creates new unit of ‘counting which of course is quite fair to him since ii the number offinges on one hand For any individual, cutting into wood or bone presents the same problems, and wil ed tothe same solutions, wheter in Africa oA, (Oceania, in Europe orn America ‘Our herdsman only has inted numberof options, To dsinguish he fifth notch from the Rist fut, the fst iden he has is simply to change the drstion of et He therefore sets this one very oblige othe other four and thereby obtain a representation al the more intuitive in that it reflects the angle that the thu make with the ober four ings Another ides i to augment the fh notch by adding a small supple ‘mentary notch (sblque ar horizontal) so that the results distinctive sign inthe form ofa a°Y" or a"V" variously oriented: VAC>Y VAI RRA He resumes cating notches in the sme way a the Sst for, counting his beasts upto the inh. But, athe tenth, he Finds he must once again ‘modify the atch so that canbe resognised a a glance. Since this the total umber of ners on the two hands together, he therefore thinks of ‘mark which sal be some kindof double ofthe fist And so, a in ll the ‘numeral systems, he omnes to make amarkin the frm afan°X" ora cos xarrt ["ecrmeeceana | 639, Apune nny eg thon otra ene is anlsewendicabe na Soh has now created another numerical unit the te. the tly stick henceforth agrees with basi finger counting Reverting tis simple notches, the herdsman continues to count bass unt the fourteenth and then, to elp the ee to distinguish he fifteenth from the preceding ones, he again gives it diferent form. But histime he doesnot create 2 new symbol. He simply gives it the same form 25 the gute, saci is ike “one hander the two hands together” He caries on as before upto 18, and then he makes the twentieth the same asthe tenth Then again upto 24 withthe ordinary notes, and the twenty is marked with he fgue 5. And soon up 9 4x 10 = 48, This ime, however he must once more imagine a new sign to mark ‘the number 5, beause he i ot able owl ecognie more an four sign epresentng 10. “This is naturally done by adn a third ct tos noth, soe naturally «chooses on ofthe falling which canbe rade by adding one noch toone ofthe representations ofthe number 5: VAWA KX AYA AH Having done this, he can now proceed in these way uti he hs gone through al he numbers from 50 060+ 49 = 9, ‘tthe hundredth our herdsman once gain faces the problem of making 4 dsinet new mark So equally naturally he wil choose one ofthe fallow ing which can be mace either by adding a further notch to one ofthe representations of 10, or by making a double fone of the representations of 1 counting on boom x Hm ‘Again as before, he continues counting upto 100 +48 = 148. For the reat amber, erste sign for 50 and then conus in the sme way upto 150-40 199 ‘A200, heressesthe figure for 100 and continues up t-20 + 49 «240, Ando on uni he eaches 99 +4 100 = 498 Now he creates new sign for SOD and continues 2 before until 500 + 499 = 99 Then another new sgn for 1,000 which wil low him ‘te continue the numbers upto 4.988 (= 989+ 4 1,000), nd soon. ‘And so, despite no being able to perceive sully a series of more than Sour sinilr sigs. our herdsman, thanks o some wellthought out notch ‘attng, an now nonetheless perceive numbers such 35 $0, 10, $00, of 1,000, without having to count all the notches one by one. And fhe uns cout of space on histally sek and cannot each ne of hese numbers, then alle needs to doisto make as many mor tly sticks a he needs When the notchesare cut in structured wa ike ths, tis possible to go ‘up to quite larg numbers, s large sare kel to be needed in practice, without ever having to take account of any seis of more than four signs of the same kind. Such a technique is therefore Uke a ever, the mechanics instrument which allows someone to ase loads whose weight fa exceeds isa physica stength “The procedure alo defines & writen numbersystem which gves a sine gure to ach ofthe terms of the seis 1 10 = 5x2 50 = 5x2x5 00 = 5x2«5%2 S00 = 5x245x2%5 1000 = 5x2 «5x25 x2 S000 = §x2%5x2x5%2x5 (Our herdsman’s approach to cating noehes on sticks therefore gives eto a decimal system in which the number 5 san aur bas (and the numbers 2 and 5 ae alternating bases), and its sucessve orders of| magnitude a eactly the same a in the Roman syste; Furthermore wl naturally give ret graphical forms fr the gues which ae closely ewith those in the archaic Roman and Etruscan systems, ‘Asin, the use atthe same time ofboth the additive an the subtractive principles inthe Etruscan and Roman sistem is yet anaher reli ofthis ancient procedre, To return to our hedaman, Now that he has counted his various beasts under saris categories, he wants to tensribe the results ofthis Beak down onto a wooden board. In total 144, his beasts ae distributed as 26 dary cons 235 steil coms apse, ‘shbulls In order towritedown one ofthese numbers, say the tes, the ist idea which ceus to hi is to mat these by simpy copying the mars ofthe tally sick nt the board mn vm x mn von xX uv mt x mm van 15 0 Bb % » Bute soon becomes aware that such a cadinal notations ery tedious, ‘because it brings inal of the successive mae made onthe tick. To get around this dficaly, he therefore thinks ofan aed nd of represents tion, much more abridged and convenient than the preceding one For the numbers fom 1 10 4, heat st adopts cardial notation writing them sccesvly tna He can hardly do others fo, to indicate that one ofthe lines the hed in the series, he must mark two others before itn onder that it shall be clear that itis indeed he hid. He does not do these forthe number 3, however, since thi lteady has its oe sign CV), which dtngushes irom the preceding four, ‘Therefore this "V" sient in telf and dispenses with the need 0 teanseribe the four nothesthat precedeit on the ly stick Insteed of tran scribing this umber as, al e need todos to wrt V. ‘Staring from this point, the number 6 (he next notch after the V) can beeriten simply, nd not IV the number 7 can be writen a Vi and $0 on upto Vl 9). In turn, the sign in the shape of an" can epeset te tenth math in ‘he serie all on ts on, and renders the nine preceding signs supertiuous, (On the same pricipl, the numbers 1, 12, 13, and 8 can be writen 35, Xt Xi, and Xu nd not HUVIIN, ete). Now the number 15 canbe writen simply XV (and no IVY nor XII: each X can erase the nine preceding mars, andthe lst ¥ the Four preceding mats. The ‘umbers from 16 to 19 canbe writen XVI, XV, XVI, XVI, Then, for the number 2, which corresponds to the second "X" inthe series, we an rite XX. And soon ‘When he has counted is animal by means of the notches on bs ticks, cour herdsman can now transcribe the breakdown onto his wooden boar xxv forthe dry cows xxv for the stele cows conv (39) forthesteers RANI! (8) forthe bulls Homeve, loki for was of shortening the work, ou herdsman comes up with another idea. Instead of writing the number using four ines, he wrtesit as, whichisa way of marking the” asthe fourth nthe series ‘on the stick, since hii the one that comes before the "V" I >¢unrv > ln this way he cuts down onthe number of symbol to write, saving? In ‘the same way, instead of writing the umber 8 as VI he writes ia 1 since this kewise matte the “as the ninth mark in the series om the notched stk vine > nev. > He again cuts down on the number of symbol, saving 3. He does ‘eis forthe numbers 14, 19,24, ands on ‘This is how one can explain why the Roman and Bruen number systems use forms such a 1 1, XIV, XIX et, as well 5, Vt Xt, eu Wecan now coneeve tha al ofthe peoples who, forlongages, had been sing the principle of notches on ticks forthe purpose of counting should Jn the course of time, with exactly the same motives 25 our herdsman and quit independently of any inlvence fom the Romans of Brascans ‘themselves, beled to invent numbersystems which are graphically and ‘mathematically equivalent othe Roman and Btrscan syste ‘Tis hyporess sesso obvious that could be acepted even if thee were no concrete evidence fori. But such evidence exists, and in plenty A REVEALING ETYMOLOGY Tes harlyan accident that the Latin for “counting” should refer othe practices ofthis primitive method of doing it. In Latin “to coun” is ationem putre* ASM. Yon (Ged by L Getcha) Prints out, the term radio nt only ees to counting but aso has 3 ‘meaning of relationship" or "proportion between higs” Surely hiss because, forthe Romans, this word refered oigally to the practice of notching, since counting, in notch-based system, i & mater of establishing a correspondence, or onetocne relationship. ‘betes of things anda sere of notches. Gerscel has demonstrated ‘this witha age numberof examples. sorte wor pita ‘This steely means to remove, 1 cutout fom something what is superfluous, what snot ndspensable or whats damaging or foreign to that thing, leaving only what appears to be wef and without fl, In everyday ie it was employed above alto fet cating backs tree. to pruning, [L.Geschel (1960) Tosum gp Inthe method of counting described by the expression ration pute, ifthe erm ratio means representing each thing counted by a crt sponding mar, then the action denoted by puare consis of cating Iino tick witha if in order to ereate this mark as many as there | b| bl| b[D » | be| v| Pl A eo] @| a ly | con | echo | A ole pi, bn |B wo | baa bm bw @| @) ao] ala fuln |O (cer) cabo) bo | 8 AS [ol Comparing thee with eachother, and with the varios ancient forms ofthe symbol for 1,000 (Fig, 1630), we reaie tat they havea common ‘ign. fc, they ae simpy styliations (moe or es recopisable) ofthe ign ive sins. “The Kee governing the formation of four of thee consis of an cetzemely simple grometial procedure. Taking 38 staring point the ‘rmitve Roman sign for 1,00 (originally a el divided in two by 2 ‘verte ine) the signs for 10,000 and 100.000 were made by drawing one ‘orto dls, respectively, around it and the signs for 5,000 and fo 50.000 ‘were made by wsing the rght hand halves of these (Fg 162: —l6|—- tA y= Following the same principle the Romans were able to write the bers 50,09, 100,000, 5,000 00, nthe folowing forms: fc veco, S00 Yor 79 LMT ov CKCIDDD. we Butthisknd of graphical representations complicated, and itis ficult to recognise numbers above 109000 a glance the Romans do not seem 0 have ake it any farther. An aditional possible reason is that theres m0 special word in Latin fo nbs geater han 100000; fr example, Pliny (Narwal History, XX, 133) notes that in his time, the Romans were tunable to name the per of 10 above 10,00, Fra milion, for example, they said dees centena mili, "ten hundred thousand ‘Nevertels sah a representation may be found, for numbers upto ‘one milion, in & work published in 1582 bya Swiss write called Freigiae (Gg. 1661, 1662 and 1570; Tretweiw tow we bw S sa10 SIF Sh Sa! sae ‘ter conventions were Frequently used by the Romans, and may be found in use inthe Middle Age, which implied the notation of numbers shove 1,000 and allowed considerably larger numbers to be reached In one ofthese, a horizontal bar placed above the representation of a ‘umber meant that that number wast be mulipi by 1,00. tn thiway all numbers rom 10005 00,00 could be easly writen, It should however be ated that this coavetion could smetins cause confusion wth another alder convention, in which in order to distinguish between eters used to denote numbers fom thas used o write words the Romans wese inthe habit of puting alin above the letters being wed 3 numerals a canbe found in certain Latin abbreviations such as ime [see [nvm [am | te =o POD ® win | D D @ BD @o aenon oO D @ » @ Son O DP O DD @ Salo bh dO OD ome | bad be aln hater a Iw aw bw aon Tun | a \ whe ol é ob am Oh bt whom | AON KON tae Wo ww rom POP Y PY sstuse | ela loo edo bs» _ceclaao tyme | CID 190 CCI9 1900 eoctono wiles eco Spy yoo Alene Soe aa 19m = xin] auvae | | medeme TEC 635 nigh [acti | Bama atonal omy eer 2s apf ate cig of ih ear CE heat Por Journ eta ‘oe a) Probably itis for this reason that atthe time of the Emperor Ha (second century CE) the mlipiation by 1,000 was indicated by placing 2 ‘etc barat either ie, x wll ax he horizontal ine on top. Record examples: However, ths notation was generally reserved fora quite diferent purpor. Fes 166, Peano re engin aby Pr ug he tegen framien cee nero tie tegen 808 (air nc Po 09 ‘ery Roman numeral endosed ina kindof incomplete rectangle ws, ia fat, usualy supposed to be multiplied by 10,00, which allowed the ‘representation ofall numbers between 1,000 and $0000 000. amino nine STs ae eetretatene TT ame amr Fx =T anonoe aire According some authors, the logical continuation ofthe convention of placing a ine above the number was to place a double linet represent ‘mulipiation by 100,00, thus allowing the representation of aumbers ‘yp t05.000.000 000: sso0ca%0 aoosm%0 ATES = 1000-10000 aaosse0000 However ao evidence af tis in currently kao Roman inscriptions has ben found [oar ce pe tA’ MeTHODE 82 joe OPERA centage Fee an ee soln Des psa 17 | Sp ao 10 Teste steer caecum cooly etki Sas Sn spp Fe 67 Dafa fa Pau manip 1200. fig al ‘eth fat on ae, MU Ah 24 (20 22 hain Piaget : But these kinds of notations could only cause confusion and errs of inverpetation = future Roman Emperor learnt to his cos, atcording 0 Seneca Gabba, 5) (On succsing to his mother Livia, Emperor Tiberius had to pay large sums of mone tober legates. Tiberias’ mother had writen the smount other legacy to young Gaba in the frm“CoCeC. But Galba ad not taken the precaution of checking that the amount was ‘writen out in words. So when he presented hisnsa to Tiberius. Gaba though that the five Cs had een enclosed in vet lines, and that there face the sum dae to im was 500 10,000 = $0.00 000 sesteres. But Tiberi took advantage of efit that the vo sides bars were ery short ad smd tht this repesatation was simpletine abr the ve (Ca °My moter sould have writen them at CECCEY Hf you were 0 be ight he si. Since the singe ne oly epee mulipetion ky 1000, Gal ol reed rom Tiberi the som of 50x 1,000 = 500000 street ‘Which goes to show th forte into a mere pian “The Romans also devised eter conventions. Instead of eepestng the letters Cand m fo successive multiples of 100 of 1,00, they st wrote the numberof hundreds or thousands they wanted, and then placed the leter of M ether a. coeficent ora superscript index an unstable notation system can tuna large 20, nc or 00 Mea so: Cor 3000: MLM oe However, instead of simplijng the sytem, these various conventions only complicated it, since the principle of addition was completely subverted bythe search fr economy of symbols, ‘We therefore se thecompleniy andthe inadequacy ofthe Roman number system, Ad he conventions based on principles of quite diferent Kinds smadeit incoherent and inoperable. Thereisno doubt that Roman numerals «onttuted a long step backwadin the history of umber systems THE GREEK AND ROMAN ABACUSES Given such a por sytem of numeral, the Greeks, Euscans and Romans id not use writen numbers when they needed to do sums: they wed shacuses ‘The GreekhistoranPolybius (210-128 BCE) wasn dou eterno ‘one ofthese when he put theflloving words nto the mouth of Solon late seventh century teary sath century BCE). ‘Those who lve in the courts of the Kings ae exact ke counters on the counting able. ts the wll he calculator which ives them hie tale, either chal or ale. (History V, 26) We canal the better understand the allusion when we know that the tal andthe chlo were respectively the greatest andthe last valuable of the ancien Grek coin, and they were represented by the lent and rightmost columns ofthe abseus fe. 6.7, Da fom Cana SDB Aa Ache Nasal na x b a c < . x a x « fhe 16.73. Me Taf Sam aly coed tei a eft inn ayant Dee ete th cn CE, atid ee of ‘neo eas The writings of many othe Greek authors fom Herodotus to Lysis > bear witness tothe existence and use of the abacus, Descriptions ofthe Greek abacus ae not only tobe found in Tierary text, but also in images, The "Darius Vase” the mos famous example (Gig. 16.72) eis a pant vas from Canosa in southern aly Gormerl Gee colony) and dats fom around 390 BCE. The varios senes pained ‘om tare supposed to describe the activites of Darius dung his matary expeditions In one deta of the vase, we can se the King of Persia treasure sing counters on an abacus to clelate the tribute tobe levied ftom a conquered ‘yn fon of bi, 2 personage hands him thetrbute, wile another begs the ease tallow a redaction of taxes which ate to0 heat for the ety be represents ‘The Grec clears stood by one of he sides ofthe horizontal ble and place pebbles o counters on it within a certain number of columns ‘marke by ruled lines. The counters or pebbles each had the vale of 1 ‘A document fom the Heric Age (ith century BCE gives usa more ete ides. I iss large lab of white marble, found on the island of| Salamis by Rhangabes, in 1846 ig, 18.79, Ie consists of a rectangular table 149 em long. ‘hie, on which are traced, 25 cm fom on ofthe sides, five pall ines: nd, 50m from the as of hee ines, eleven her nes, so parallel. and «vided into two by line perpendicular to ther: the thi sich and ninth ofthese ines are marked with a ross atthe point of intersection. Furthermore, three slmos deni series of Grek eters o sigs ate ranged in the same order log thre ofthe sides ofthe tbl. The most ‘complet ofthe sere has the following thirteen symbol in it cm wide and 45 em TRH xm PAPE ICTX As we saw atthe beginning ofthis chapter, these infact correspond to the numeri symbols ofthe arophonie number system (Fig 16.1, and they serve eve to represent monetary sums expesed in lens, drach, ‘bls, and chal, that ist say in multiples and sub-mltiples of the dradina ‘These symbol represented fom eft to right in the ade shown, alent 0600 deahmas, then 5000, 1,00, $00, 100, 0, 10,5 and daca, then 1 abl of one sth of drachma, 1 demi or one ewelth of a sacha, 1 quarterbo o one twentyfourth ofa drachna and finally 1 ‘halos (one ighth of an abl or one Fry cig ofa drachna. (Big 18.75) - “ x | 1oodadbeas | ste fCHIO, “san” (Gs) | ede | | teat | itt of ERATON funds) teat 8) dems nc ERA "(an Seema see of PENT,“ eh) 1 reba ui reget | von a ba 0, fi er of REKION ia 660 dc esha In the abacus of Salamis, each column was associated witha numeceal onder of magnitude, The pebbles or counters disposed onthe abacus changed value acord- into the postion they occupied (Fig, 16.78) “The four columns atthe extreme ight were reserved fr factions of drama, the ne o the exteme ight bel for the chal, the next for the quatro the thd for the demi oa and the ast forthe ab. ‘The net fv columns (tothe right ofthe central ress on Fg. 1875) vere associated with multiples of he dachma, the fst onthe ight being {or the units, the next forthe tens, the tir for the hundreds, and soon. In the bottom haf of ech column, one counter represented ane uit ofthe ‘luc fhe column nthe upper bal one counter repreented five units of| the ale of the column, ‘The ast ive columns to the left ofthe central eosin ig, 1676) were sociated with talents, tens of talents, hundreds, and so on. One talent being worth 5000 dhachnas, the calculator would replace counters corresponding to 6000 by one counter inthe ales columns Sth fom the igh, ‘As eu of his method of dividing up the table, adions, subtac tions and mukpcations could be done Fig. 167 and 16.78) 2 Sis, 28s, of ei ti tel | | | Fre 16:76. Mepinaefthe i [s Ser yee is |e thine tn des Fo SAC pow Saar (halted Fositons 1 3646 daha 4b, Tash lr Fhe s677 Thema dino ean bc hi ein f 2606 Seca ob ob and hr a 7 tab 12 ‘Sand 1/5 abo ae by ign in er ea (Bie een each 1h ca ia 75 deacons, 3|/{]| vasitavane Bey ATLL Trarnrarvietx 1 Frosh Thali) "tds ab 1/2 a choy 4 fr pe sry li he mtip oy esa Big heen ce he ‘pene io if of ea er lig tf sy a seit trig lk on Pie “The Exruscans and their Roman successors also employed abacises ith counters. In Fig. 1879 we reproduce an Etruscan melon, carved stone which shows a man clelting by means of counters on an abscs. soing his results on wooden able on which Bruscan numerals canbe seen Fg 1635). ny Roman texts mention Capone lismgue bala on Sore tabula callout paces hae pata mi, A inheper, a butcher, baths, 2 bares, a calusting table (© tab lagu claogu) with its counters fech me ll that, Ras, * Compute et, Pot cal aint cum tabla peri: umes se ta ging omnis rebar cnt dnd labore He alelts, and he wiggles his rest Let the counter aa) be placed et the saves rig the (ae 1. 7» Temi tate tng able you find fv thousand seers inal not ake the lof my works At Rome, the abacus with counters was able, on which pra! nes separated the diferent numerical orders of magnitude of the Roman rumbersystem, The Lain word abacas denotes a nimber of devices with lat surface which serve for various games, ofr arhmtic ig. 16.80) ach column gnealy symbolised a power of 10, From right ef the first was associated with the number 2 the next withthe tens, the hid vith the hundreds, the Fart wth the thousands, nd soon To represent number as many pebbles or counters were places require. The Greeks called these counters pphi, pebble or “number") andthe Romans called them call (Singular: eles), Certain authors (notably Gero Philophia Frapmcta,V, 59) called them aera Cron2e), alding tothe rater they were often made of ter the Imperial epoch (Fig. 16). fio 16. Ama aati cn Strata To represent the number 6021 on the columns of the abacus we therefore place one counter inthe fst column, two in the second, none inthe thie, and six inthe fourth For 5.67 we place thee inthe ist, seven inthe second sixin the third, and fve inthe Four Fig 1682). Fosse. Te , Sip fhe sp Ren mp eon ‘To simplify calculation, ech column ie divided into an upper and a lower part. A counter in the lower half represents one nit ofthe value of | the columa, and a counter inthe upper haf represents half fone unit of | the ale ofthe neat orn or ive times the vale ofthe column itis in, For the upper halves we therefore have five forthe is column, ify fr the second, 50 for the hid, nd soon (ig, 15.83) ‘By cleverly moving the counters between thes visions (ang to and ‘aking away fom the counters in ech dion itis possibe to eau “Te add a number to a number which has already een setup onthe abacus, its set up in turn, and then theres is read off afer the various ‘manipulations have been performed. In a given column, if tenor more counters representa anytime then en ofthese are emoved and one is place in the next higher column fo thee) (Fig. 1882). On the simplified shacus, this proce i somewhat modified. Ihere ae ve of more in te lower bal then fie ae removed and one i placed inthe upper hal wil if two or more are present in the upper half then two are termed, and one place in the over half of the next column the et (Fig 1683), Subtraction is cried out in sir way, and multiplication fsdonebyadaton of partial products For example to ull 720 by 62, we start sting up the numbers 720 and 62a shown ia Fig, 1G84A. Then the 7 of 720 (worth 700) and the 5 ‘oF 62 (worth 6) are multiplied, to give 42 worth 42.000) Therefore wo ‘counters are placed in the Fourth column and fur counter re paced in the fit. Ftd 847210 sul ‘Thea the 7 of 720 (worth 70) andthe 2 of 62 (worth 2) are mulled to gve 1 (wort 400), and our countersare placed int the third column and one paced into the fourth, It) sz neice | fete hh Now the 7 of 720 has done its work, and can be removed. Neat we _nulipi to 2 of 720 (worth 20 bythe 6 af 52 (worth 6) to get 12 (worth 1.200, an so two counters are placed in the third column and one is placed in the out, Finally the2 of 720 worth 20) and the 2 of 6 (worth 2 are mulipied to gt 4. Therefore four counters are placed inthe second com, | Trae TET TY] acncat [Yo a Steer | | 1 costae LI aie FI irre tH anesion i whdeed | aes P| sins laid I. ‘Now the various counters onthe ble are educed as explained above to sve the required result ofthe mulation: 700 «62 = 44640 40 Cakeaating onthe abacus with counters was therefore a protracted ad dificult procedure nd ite practones required long and laborious tan ing is obvious why remained the preserve oa privileged cast of speci. est Bu traditions live on, and fr centuries these methods of cakeulation remained extant in the a Wes, deeply atached to Roman numerals apd ther stendant arithmetic. They even enjoyed ‘considerable Four in Chistian countries fom the Middle Ags upto eave ecent times ‘ll the administrations, al the traders and all the bankers, the ord and the pines al had the clclatingtabls* and struck their ountrs rom base metal, rom iver feo gol, acording tothe importance, heir welt or thee scia standing, Iam bas, not sive” was said athe sime to express that one was neither ch nor noble The cles ofthe Betish Teesury, ual dhe en ofthe eighteenth cencuy, sed these methods to calculate tae, employing exchequer, or cheer boards (because ofthe way they were divided up) Thi is why the British Ministero Finance i sil lle “Chancellor ofthe Fachequet™ {estes ctr rat tb i pad ont tt Mise andl th rl fee f ‘Sw ta dont Tend tn a 6. eh cig ‘eng eefee [me i Seton an may ‘ahd hfe = [At the time ofthe Renaissance, many waiters make eference to his “Thus Montaigne (1535-1592) We judge hr, not according to his wort, but fom the sje of is unter, according othe perogatives of his rank. (Ey, Book Il, Bordeaux edition, 182,117) Likeise Georges de Brébeef (1618-1651, adapting the formula of Pops Courtesan re counters “Tir value depends on tee pac; fin avout, wy then is mins, But sexo iftheyr in disgrace. Again Féelon (1651 ~ 1715) who makes Solon sy “The people of the Court ae like the counters used for reckoning: they se worth mote rls depending on the whim ofthe Prine. And oursal (1638-1700; ‘Never fore, may have your grace, Whatever more power either of ws might have had We ae sill bit counters stamped with vale by the king Finally, Madame de Ségné, who sent these words to her daughter in oni ‘We have found thanks to these exellent counters tht I would hase had ve hundred and thy thousand pounds if counted all my tle “The abacus ofthis period also consisted of table marked out into iw win | wu] [Now we ean forget the 7 of 762, and matiply the 2 (20) of 720 bythe 65 (60) of 62, and get 12 (1,200) which we again write athe top below ‘he lst resl 2 in the hid colama and Lin the fourth (Fi 16920) efxfife]x]a sad wl ti "yy pou Batis iia wit | 0 | Finally we mulipy the 220) of720by the simple 20 62 and ge (4, some vrtea din the second column, efxfife]x]a wo Fost pai riw rout ) fata Bate | Ww | {uw 1 | | {ola lot ‘We can now ease the 720 ad the 62, and proceed to seduce the figures ‘which remain. Here we can stat withthe second column, Since his guess than 10, we pas immedi tothe next column, the third. Weadd 4nd 2 and get 6, which sles than 10, we erate the two figures and 2 and write ia 6 Then we pas to the fourth eal, where weal 2 Land 1 to ge 4, whichis ess than 10, so we erase the three Sigutes and write a4 in the fourth olan, “The ith column wil emain unchanged since the single igure ini les than 0. tony remains to ead the result ety off the cols 72062" 44,540 [As well asthe “esto models for school and of, some ofthe Roman accountants wsed aval “pocket calculator” whose vention undoubtedly predates urea. The proof of this isa sere on a Roman sarcophagus ofthe fist century, which shows a young cleultor® standing before his ‘maser, doing arithmetic with the aid ofan instument ofthis type (a 1696). This instrument consisted of a small metal plate, with 2 certain ‘number of parle slots (ually nine). Each slot was asoited with an onde of magnitude, nd mobile beads could ide along the.” Ignoring for the moment the two rightmost lt, the remaining seven re dvided into two distin segments a lower and an upper. The lower one pone tment pene es yond seni sw contin Gur dog bad. andthe wpe oe which ithe shor inthe betwen hwo row ot seo pire one ore st Ths a igs xing he ier pow 1 treo oh eal Raman nanberayaten whch he anes a the yon edo sony any set a by eo and Tao a a a ade xo TT oi Te ee. ‘rata 23 ach of these sven slats was therefore associated with power of 10, From ight et the third orresponded tthe nue 1, the fourth othe tens, the ith tthe hundreds and soon (Fig, 16.35) "the amber af units ofa power of 10 didnt exceed 4, it was inated inthe lower slot bypeshing the same numberof beads upwards. When it ‘excsded the beads in he upper slo was pul down tovands the ete, and nits were removed fom the number and his was represented the lamer lo we are considering sacuation in dear the number represented on theabacusin Fig. 1695 corzesponds (leaving aside the is two slats onthe Fight) othe sum of 5284 denari: 4 beads up inthe lower slot means Sones o 4 denanis the upper bead down and beads up in the lower lo 1V means (6 +3 tens 80 dena two bead up i the lower slot V means two hundteds o 200 deni; and finaly the upper bead down in slot v1 means ve thousands o 5:00 deni, “Te fist ewo sot on the right were used to noe dsions ofthe a. * The second sot, marked with a single O, has an upper pat with a single bead and a lower which has nt fur, but five beads: was used to ep Sent suliples ofthe ania (ounce) or tel ofthe as, each lower bead being worth one ounce and the upper beed being worth sx ounces which slows counting up to 11/12 ofan x, The firs slo, vided int thee and «arrying four siding beads, was used fo the half ounce, the quarter ounce ‘nd the dul, o third part ofthe ounce, The upper bed was was worth 1/2ounee or 1/24 a ii was placed at the level ofthe sign: Sor $.o& the gn ofa semuncia, 1/24 of an as “The mile bead was worth 1/4 ounce or 1/48 asf twas placed tthe level ofthesgn: Q or 9 or 7: the sign ofa sew, 1/8 of a as rally either ofthe wo beads at the bottom ofthe slot was worth 1/3 ounce of 2/72 ait was placed at the level ofthe sign: Z or 2 or 2 ‘the sign ofa dase seal, 2/72 f ana oF dal The four beads ofthe fst slot probably had diferent colours (one for ‘the alfounce. one forthe quarter ounce, and one fr the tid ofan ounce) {incase the thre should find themselies on top of each other (s in Fig 15.95). In certain abacuses these three beads ran in thre separate sos. ‘Therefore we have ere a calelting instrament very much the same as the famous Chinese abacus which sil occupies an importa place in the ast and in etain East European counties, With a highly elaborate ger ecnique executed secording to precise rales, this "pocket caleulatr” (eof the fist in ll stor) allowed those ‘who knew howto use it oral and easy carry out many arithmetic fume) | pay Sa So] s jd lame) cfs | a] me | a fo ala] |e | | a fam] | Jae | ow fs |) > fam | peta] 70 file} felle| el |e Yasin . ee ee peiwypalitieyt) ys Boe a) Js} sa] os fw} ] oe] eo fom Jo jae] a fof jm fiw | oe [ow o “ tenoe [> |B | oD mie | tleliialr Bhcleter Ciguate) Hebrew scrip is slatvely simple and wel balanced, but cae has tobe taken with those lees that have quit sila aphia forms and which can mislead the unwary beginner 228/477 [oo] oF aa [ann joo] ps ee | bh | ott | cota Hebrew numerals use the wenty-wo tes ofthe alphabet, in the same ‘onder thos ofthe Phoenician alphabet fom which they derive, to ep stot fom al othe stn unis, then From yo to ade, he ne tens, and Sil from kf ot, the rst four bundeeds (ae Fg 1710) Rah [dew | Due | Daw ain | tym | Dime | Be Daw | nel Denmt|M xe | Bown | Sie Nase |B oe | Dono | Poe Te | st | Daas | 9 Fest Mae de at Compound numbers ate written in this system, from right ol by juntaposing the leters coresponding to the orders of mapitud in descending otder Ge, starting with the highest). Numbers ths ft quite ‘easy in Hebrew manuscripts and inscriptions But when eters at seas umber, how do you ditnguieh numbers rm ordinary" eter? (oF vean 3 (8) oF THE uNDRED Ano 46 (V9) fot ast ed hn ein) fhe. 7.18 tf at) inrign can gf ft tho ether hh cer CE Sel cin fo 2 [Nambers that are represented bya single ter are usualy dstngushed bya small slanted stoke over the upper lefthand corner ofthe character, thus: ons ae wom mM 8k When the number is presented by two or more eters, the stroke is sully doubled and placed between the lst two leters tothe left of| the expression (Fig. 1714), But as these accentstrokes wee also used 235 abbreviation signs, scribes and stone-caters sometimes used other ‘ypes of puncustion or “pointing” to dstngush numbers fom leters 1 Vio mv 9] BP | tet ||] TD |titing in| top [mits |=] 2. [ttn m| SEP [mana ||*| MD [thea m/ptoy imate | 9) 39. ttn ey an immer) «| AB mee 18 uma oping fd a Ha manip od in ‘The highest Hebrew leteraumeral is only 400, 0 thsi how higher numbers were expres pan inn j}on|an) pn} Sofor numbers fom $00 900, the customary solution was tocombine the keter ta (= 400) with the Iter expresing the complement in hundreds. Compound numbers inthis ange were writen a allows [e’pnn | ws BYPAD | sewn fie | Biba SOPHD | sews —» canner “The numbers 50,600, 700, 800, and 900 coud also be represented by thefina forms ofthe ters. mem nape ad sade See Fig, 177 abo), weve, this notation, which found, for example, nthe Oxford manu script 1822 quoted by Gershon Scholes, was adopted ony in Cabbaisic Caleulatons. So in ondinar use these inal forms ofthe eters ply had the numerical value ofthe corresponding non-ial forms af the eters. Lu 18, aon ee Eig Pn 7 on Theoden wierd mop nr ua ee Ley Coc 2 ‘To represen the thousands, the custom isto pt two pint over the corresponding nit, ten, of hundred characte. In other words, when a character as two points vets numeri value slip by 1,00 ReR fad jad xy-8 1 p00 | 2 xem | 42 cane | $0 sn0en ‘The Hebrew calendar in its present form was Bein the fourth century GE, ine thes, the months ofthe Jewish year begin at a theo, cle lated date and not, as previous, at the sighting ofthe new moon, The foundation point fr the caluation was the ncomeia(oew moon) of Monday, 24 September 34 CE, xed a 1 Tish inthe Hebrew calendar, that st say New Years Day. Asi was accepted that 216 Metonic eee. tee words 4400 years, sufcd at that point to contain the enti Jewsh past, the chronolgiss calculated thatthe rst asomeia of ration took Place on Monday, 7 Octobe 3751 BCE. Asa rest, the Jewish es 739 fo ‘ample, corresponds tothe period fom 2, October 1978 021 September 1873, and it is expressed on Jewish calendars (0 the kind you can find in any hoser grocer’ or orner shop 3: yvoond © 30 30 00-5000 Jewish scribes and stonecarers did not alnays follow this ue, but exploited an opportunity to simpy numerical expressions that was mpl the stem ise. Consider the following expression found ona [gravestone in Barcelona: i gives the your S060 ofthe Jewish clendar (298-1300 CE) inthis manner: of 1,000 +60) Her, the pints simply sig hase letters arto be ead as numbers. not eters Bat the expression appa to break one ofthe cardinal us of Hebrew numerals ~ that the highest amber lays comes fist, counting feo ight to lef, whic isthe dietion of writing in the bree alphabet Soin any regular numerical expesion, the letter othe ight has higher talue than the one to is Te. For that reason, the expresion on the Batelona gravestone i entitly unambiguous. Since te ter he can oly have wo vales~5and 5 000, andthe eter sek counts for 60, the cha acter tothe ht, despite not having its double point, must mean 5,000, yaxdn 13 Oxo ann moa SAMUEL SON OF KHALABU he... Pag ft pain Aeon. The dais ee ae some other examples: sm 8 P| She TS dated 6 BM Ag. 2805, fo tes | fala ‘Thee & an even more interesting “elsif” nthe way some ‘medical Jewish scholars wrote down the total number of verses in the “Tora [see GH. F. Nesselmann (1882), p. 484). The igure, S885, was veitenbyexing ony the eters for the corresponding unis, thus ona Because ofthe ele hat we lid ut above this expression snot ambige ous. The eter ht for example, whose normal vale is & cannot have lower value than mer, ois le and whose value 40; or can it be 8000, sinc itis itself tothe ef of he whose value must be ager. For that reason the he can only mean 800. nis ot iu to acount fo his particule vata of Hebrew numer als In spech, the number 5,85 is expressed by: “Five thousand eight hundred forty & ie” ‘The names ofthe numbers thas mak the arithmetical trace ofthe number apparent 5% 1,000.8 19044045 ‘This could be transposed ino Engl as “ve thousand eight hundred font (4) ve" orn Hebew a mp mixy fo otp>R’ a 540 funded 8 town “Mixed” formulations lke thes, combining words and numeral, ae found on Hispano Judaic tombstones (IE, no. 61) and in some mediaeval ‘manuscripts fr example, BM Add. 25 954 fo 143), Is easy to see how such expressions can say be abbreviated by leaving out the words for “hundted™ and “thousand” ‘Another particularity arises in Hebrew aumeras with the numbers 15 and 16, The regular forms would be: mo, Homever, the eter values ofthese numbers spell ot pats ofthe name of Vall and itis forbidden in Jewish tradition to wsitethe name ofthe Lor, even fits tea form of four eters (the “vine tetraprammaton”, [MAT “yahve) spf well Anon, To avold writing the etragramms ton, various abbreviations were devised (7, 7117) but these two ‘wer covered by the prohibition on wring the name of God. So the regular forms of the numbers 15 and 16 could na be used, and weee replaced by the expressions 9 +6 and 9+ 7 respectively i ort 6s 78 “These are the mninfeatresof Hebrew numerals. tas by no means the only oe ose the leters ofthe alphabet for expressing nmbers. Lat ws ow look tthe Grek tem of alphabetic numbering GREEK ALPHABETICAL NUMERALS ‘The Grek alphabets absolutly fndamental forthe history of writing and for Westen ction 36a whole. As C Higounet (1965) explains, the Greek alphabet, quit part from ts having served to transmit one ofthe richest languages and cultures ofthe ancient world, forms the “bldge™ ecween Semitic and Latin sripts. Hisoically, geographical, and also raphicaly it was an intermediary between East and West; even more Important wae a strotaral intermediary to, in the snse that it rst Inttodced regular and compet ceresenttions ofthe vnel sounds ‘Theres no question bat thatthe Greeks borrowed thelr alphabet from the Phoenicians. Heradotus called the lsters phunia grammati, “Phoenician writing": andthe eal forms of lost al the Gree eters as wel as thei order inthe alphabet and their names support this tation, According tothe Greks themselves, Cadmos, the legendary founder of “Thebes, rough inthe fst siktee lees Fom Phoenicia: Plamedes was supped o have added four more during the Tojan War; and four more were introduced ater on by poet, Simones of Cos Ruruaner | ove] auereme Tren | qtpnaer dee kA ALA an ana [Ae oe wl {e | 8 tne ae te woes Af oe ft cay OR [te gam mega] 2 [a <8] 0 las Gm ho 4) Fle BB FE Be eal mel Fe) EE \Cewme me tS 5 am wees 8 of ew lm raed Be 8 cor am mw 22!) 4 45) ea mote) e . wea mee : aoe an a ase m wm ey c me lore ncn Ir 5 3 |°n 2 aera DA | ene Ge om lag 3|"P c the wel ee orl SE 7 “ fo eae a hc. G arp ear Pion ig Si 859) on ren 0) ‘The oldest extant pices of wring in Grek date ffom the seventh ‘entry BCE. Some scholars believe thatthe orignal bortoning fom Phoenician ocured as eany as 1500 BCE, other think didnot happen tnt the eighth centry BCE: but i seems most reasonable to suppose that ie happened around the end ofthe second milnnium of atthe star of the fist, At any rte, the Greek alphabet did not aise in ts final form at all quickly. Tete was a whole series of regional vations in the show adaptation of Phoenician leters tothe Greek language, ad these nonstandard forms are generally categorised under the fllowing Ieadings: archaic alphabets (as found at Thers and Melo), Easter phabets (Asia Minor and its coastal archipelagos, the Gelade, Attia, Corinth, Argos, and the fonian clones in Sicily and southern Italy), and Wester alphabets (Eubeu, the Greek mainland, and non onian ‘clones. Unification and standardisation did not occur until te fourth ‘century BCE, folloing the decision of Athens to epic its local sept ‘with the so-called fonian writing of Miletus, sel? an Eastern form of| the alphabet ly Greek wring was done right to leo ele in aecnting ines (Goxstophaon, but i sted down to leet-ight around 500 BCE. Since leer at formed from the ditetion af wting this change of centation has tobe taken into account when we compare Greek characters fo thei Semitic counterpart. ‘The names ofthe original Grek eters are ipa, bats, gamma, dee, pion gamma, a, a theta, it, hapa, lamba, mu 1st omic, sam, hepa, rh sim, ta (Of these, the digamma was lost early on, and the san and hppa were also subsequent abandoned, However, diferent frm ofthe Semitic vv provide the plo, and thee new ins, i, i, and pu, wee added 10 represent sounds that do not ocutin Seite languages. Final, amg 2s invented to distinguish the long o fom the omic. So the asic Greek alphabet, fom the fourth century BCE, ended up having wen four lester, inclading vowel as well as consonants, Set languages cn be writen down without representing the vowels because the postion of 2 word in a sentence determines its meaning and also the vowel sounds init, which change with diferent faction. In Greek, however, the inflections. (wordendings) alone determine the function of word in sentence, and the vowel sound cannot be guessed nls the endings are fully represented. The Phoenician alphabet had letters for guttural sounds tha donot exist in Greek Grek for its part, had aspirated consonants wth no equivalents a Sei ngage, So the Greeks converted the Seite guttural eters, for whieh they had no use, into vowel, which they needed. The “sot breathing sound” aliph became the Greek alpha, the sound of the Serie leter he was changed into «pln (ad the so st became digomma then ypu ay the Hebrew ad was converted int ita); andthe “ardbreathing sound ayn became ‘a amicon (0) Fr the aspirate consonants, the Geeks simply rated new lees, the ph i a pin ret, the Greeks adapted the Seti system to the parclrites oftheir own language. But despite all chat is clear and aio about this process, the actal rig ofthe ide of epresentng ‘the vowel sounds by eters remains obscure This survey of the development ofthe Greek alphabet lows us now to Took at he principles of Greek numbering, often alle Tarn” te, ‘bu which sin fat ene parle! to Hebrew eter-oumbes ‘We can get first insight into the system by looking at papyrus (now in ‘the Ciro Museum, Inv 65445) from the third quarter of the third entry BCE ig. 17.3. (©. Guéraud and P.Jougue (1938) explain that tis papyrus “kind of exercise book or primer, allowing a child to practise reading and ‘counting, and containing in ation various eifing ideas ... AS he leaned to read, the child alto became familia with numbers. The place that this primer gives to the sequence ofthe numbers is quite natura, ‘coming 35 it does afer the abe of sable, because the Grek eters so had aumeial ales. was lop to give the child st the combi ration of eters into slabs, and then the combinations of ltrs into rumbers” ‘The numeral system the papyrus gives uses the twenty-four leters of the classical Greek alphabet, pls the thre obsolete eters, dgamma opp and san (ee Fig, 17.28 above). These wenyseven sgn ate dled lot hee clases. The fis, giving te units 19, uses the ist eight ees ofthe casi alphabet, plus digamma (the old Semitic vw), inserted in the sequence to represent the umber 8. The sean contains the eight following eters, plus the obsolete lopa (he old gu), to ive te sequence ‘ofthe tens, ftom 10 to $0, And the thd clas gives the hundreds fom 100 to 900, using the ast eight eters of the easel alphabet pls the san the Semitic nade) forthe value of 800) (ee Fi, 17.27). Intermediate numbers are produced by aditive combinations. For 119, for instance, you use ta, representing 1, with the appropriate leer to its right representing the unit ro be added. To distinguish the leers wed a aumerae fom “ordinary” kters, small stroke placed ‘over them. (The modern piting coventon of placing an accent ask tothe top sight ofthe ete i not wen most Greek manuscripts) BB) oe pes 20 | 3 a | seme 20 P| gems tense G0 | | aoe 30) oe mo LY 6| spake a0 Ee) ke mS] oS | gu a =| Spams Ba |xyf a ao 2 omicon 7 |W 9 | ps TO Hale pn | 06 | Soe 0 88 ee re) | l on Fhe. 1737 Ga apn ‘The begining ofthe primer scroll has the remnants of the number sequence up 025: lp cyee jf ile: ergs t Kom Guéraud & Joguet (1838) note thatthe sis an elementary one, and oes not even incade al the symbols the pupil would need to understand ‘he able of squares ive atthe end ofthe primer Fig 17.31). However, the table of squats itself, besides giving the young reader some basi ideas of arithmetic, also served to show the sequence of numbers beyond those fiven at the stare ofthe scroll an to familiarise the lamer with the rincipes of Greek numbering fom Ito 640,00, and that may have been ‘seal pps. Hot could the scribe represent numbers frm 1 to 640,00 when the highest ner inthe alphabet was onl 00? For numbers upto 000, he just added a dstitve sign to the lees representing the unis, thus A’B'T A 'E'G'Z'H'O ore 2000 3020 4200 5000 5000 7809 A160 a0 eth hp te on sh ‘When he gt to 10000, otherwise cle the myriad (Mupto, the second base” of Greek numerals, he put an M (the fst eter ofthe Greek ‘word for “ten thousand” with 2 small alpha over the top. All lowing multiples ofthe myriad could therefore be written inthe allowing way e By 8 ew Be M M M M M...M M..M wom 230 sng00 «9500 Sogn’ 09m mao samo Ashe gate these number ia the form 1 myriad, 2 mysiads,$ myriads te the seb could reach 640,000 without any dificult. He ould abvi- ‘ously have continued the sequence up tothe 888th myriad, which he ‘woul ave writen thus: M’ (M-09990,000) [tae [a Tal ag, a ae s| 5] SPEED | 3) 3) 38 ea] Sq ERY A || Seat] gee | a] a a | |) S05) | sna 2)2)2q: 58 || s)se2 | [use in| tn | Seo Le esa. of «Gok papa il aro the he i ty ACE Can ‘Mein 6 45) Se Gb ag 38 pte heaps te of a, ‘oI it anit hand nt) ane 8 600 esha). Surf and gf er fe. nt i ee edn ted ‘ji ag me ‘These kinds of notation for very lange numbers were fequntly used by Greek mathematicians. For example Arsarch of Samos (7310-7230 BCE) ‘wrote the number 7,755.87 inthe following way, according to P.Dedeon tard 0959), p. 278: '‘SpoeM'ewoe TAS x 10.0 + 5.875 ‘We ind a diferent system in Diophantes of Alexandria. 250 CE: he separates the myriads fom the thousands bya single point. ofr him the fallowing expession meant 4372 myriads and 8097 wis, oF 43,728,087 om C Darember & Sop (1873), p. 28h BroB'n te 4372 10000» 7 ‘The mathematician and astronomer Apollonius of Pega (. 262,180 BCE) used 2 diferent method of representing very large numbers, and it has reached us through the works of Pappus of Alerandia (hid century CE). This system was based on the powers ofthe myriad and used the principle of dividing numbers inc “lasses. The fst els, clled the lementary clas, contained all the numbers upto 9.9, that i 0 sy all mombers les than the myriad. The second elas, called the class of| primary myriads, contained the muipes ofthe mya by all sumbers ‘up to 2999 (that is to say the numbers 10.000, 20.000, 30,000, and so ‘on up fo 8889 x 10.000 = 88,880,000). To represent 2 number inthis class, the number of myriads inthe number is written ater the sign NL A reconstructed example: Myes sr mst Next comes the as of ondary mrad, wbich contain he mutes of a myriad myriads by all the numbers Between 1 and 9909 (hati Say, the murbers 10.00.00, 2,000,090, 30.00.00, and so on up ‘9990 x 100000000 = s88800,000,.000. A. number in this range is expressed by wing Beta over M before the number writen inthe classical leter-number system) of one hundred milion that it contains A reconstrcted example Mewty ho. tras ae “This notation ths meas: 5 863 x 199.000.000; is-read” a 5863 sondary mids ‘Next come the etry mycads, saleby gama over M, which begin 2 10,0000» 1.00 = 100000, 00,00; then the quaternary myriads (igaled by deta over M9, and 0 on “The ference betnen the stem sd in the papas of Fig, 1731 and ‘he syste of apolonis that whereas fr the papyrus the supesrbed leer over Mis a lip f 10.00 or Apllonus the superscript rece sents power 010,00, In the Apallonian sytem, intermediate numbers canbe expressed by ‘baking them down into a sum of numbers of the consecutive clases. Pappusof Alexandria as qoted in P.Déon J ard (159) p23] ge the example ofthe umber 5.42,360064 00000, expressed a 5462 tersary myriads, 3600 secondary myriads, and 6.400 primary myriads (in hich the Grek word xa can be taken to mean pls" 586 300000.000, nd A 5, MeveB xa Myx xa Archimedes (7287-212 BCE) proposed an esen more elaborate system for expresing even highee magnitudes, and laid it oui an say othe number of grains of sand that woul il sphere whose diameter was qual tothe datance frm the ert to the Bue sas. Since he had to work with numbers ger than a myriad myriads, he imagined a “doubled clas” of numbers continng eight digits instead ofthe four allowed for by the lassie leer number system, that to ay octets The st ote would contain numbers between 1 and 98,998,999; the second octet, numbers staring at 100,00,00; and soon. The numbers belonged to the first, second, ete class depending on whether they figure in the fst, seconde. octet. AsC.E-Ruele points tin DAGR (pp 425-31, ths examplesaficesto hom just how far Greek mathematicians developed the stud and applica tins ofarithmeti, Archimedes conclusion was that the number of grains of sand it would take to fl the sphere ofthe world was smaller than he ‘igh er ofthe eighth octet, tha to say the sity fourth power of 10 (falloned by 64 2270s). However, Archimedes system, whose purpose eas in any case theoretical never caught on amongst Greek mathemat- cians, who it sems prefered Apollon notation of age numbers. ‘rom classi tiesto the ate Mile Ages, Grek alphabetic numerals played almost a reat a ole inthe Middle Eat andthe eastern part ofthe “Meditersenean basin as did Roman numerals in Western Europe. Sacrxa0o0 ho. ofp ed fom he rane emg tam SP) Tre Bene fie gs ke a ee th nde ‘nd pce ee ecg der TRANSCRIPTION TRANSLATION Nala inde ’ 5 sede pene mumers Fugwmnch qué feribends MEPOH Meroe 16 Aphaben erciné, fequenset hoe modo. SePONIKH wee Be Lavi Va Pope x apcomneseL L Ae. MEMIC Memphis oC ABP AEZ HEIR A. ME AAEEANAPL AA Aleanéia ype Vaptc. ce. eee. cc0e -0.0e.Dee-deee. | MENTAMIOAIC AA Pentpais On POT VOX pw. ROCTPA AA Boss ais | NEarioarc AATo | Nespois ap ‘Sweatt haben fat ee iP | KECARIA AB Coosa 2 numero. una diesfapud ulof . KAPXHAQN == ABTo | Carthage = 324% AB ny Ar Po Bh rorryna Aa | Gonna ws ANTIOXIA Ag | Ando asi Posoc As Rhodes 4% TAMOYAIA AS Panphiia 36 aproc Ace | Ars aA COPAKOYCA. AZ syracase 7 AQHNAT AZ Athens 9 SEsaOI zt | dpi mh TAPCOC AH | Tanws a AAPIANOVEIOAIC A@ — | Adsanopots 39 ACA M Asia 0 HPAKAEIA MAto | ferklon 1% amit Mato | Rome wh ADKYPA, MB ‘Ankara a2 7 OECCAAONIKH «MP | Thesaonka 483, fa ag imam mi i al Bafa ATIAMIA Ae | Apamen x» ‘pc PCE et eid Ct Mat od EAECA Mr Flea 6 th in ean ei nr pa KaNcTATINOYM ME — | Contuninople SOAS SRR meme erste cn cn PAAAIAL ma | au “ APABENNA = MA | Area 44 @PaKHL ma | tae ae AKYAHIA ME | Aguile s 7h To |e =| bes | ee lo.) Ms] pes ja [lt allo e ja - lim elias Ja é be 2 | lee: | 2 j fee ip | |tof li ae lad |e lle Joe Ie lee |e lille } Ineo le ‘st capt ed at ore ae pend ao cl dae Secreta ada T “errens | Orme | SUN | Nuttat viens | wren. | owen waren | varens | ease | “ease sain | ant | | Uw) aw | ape | a |e 1 R | pe pana!» |v 2 % | @ | ting | & |g 3 ee ‘ bob | yah e | we | os Qiqgl ei alls bis ‘ é e | oa ele|le«leje | oe eB) fp | © tj oh | os ale ié i i wo bl ofp ini i i 20 L | youn 1 1 0 bl) pw) mw | iw | m | wo ov! & | aim} & | 0 a k 0 216 ho h h 7 2d | wala | a 0 Lia ghd | gh * cd l (eSt-4ice Teapot nd e “ease | ‘exse” ses | ARE ‘eae [ee | | te | _ a) ¢ ane) ole | om wlelslilalal:| » zt | m | om | om | 2 + | leog ti y fom | aw Wiel e | 2 Lo | s | a ee) 2 200 ee eile ee) B\S als $ a) Nia ° « ° ao Qinjels a | a | 500 $2} |e | oe | om mm & w | vf oo Pl we) e | om 9 | y | we | be |p | sm plas. fa fel] ef QD | 2 | eenerse n wege| oh | | 0 Flalals | y | am Bie le |e |e | 00 Gale eo gititie wie fe |e tay fatal a fe Re) Spe ote em] PRR eal e |e |i s bee | 40 wleli i alg spe Bg mw 8] of om | LR LZ |e] R) wl» | se ale TL SL ee @ | & | pm | » | p | sp00 ee a eee | ao OS te 3 ° a fe a eC) ele ielele Soff Uw] 6 an etd tt fot 9 rn se ‘and fre id feeds et ia as ik a Sef et 8 ne han Na a iy fe Won eh Sef way eg lupo a taht peta eo lh Bahr ‘conae vats |corme| —vanues | core | vauurs A 1] x 0] T io {ATES Te oe | eae ATES mae [om B 2)L 2] v 200 t ca] Mm %] x a0 Alejale li lwl ee | sale Blt a Bi» 2 | k | 20) $ | 200 E 5) 0 so | Zz 500 rosie @ Plas fale falar]: | am Fosjr @ ald 4) M | m | 40) | ow | 400 H 8) Rk 80 € © Soom n | so} BR | f | soo ' s{s 5 es | 600 aja $ y x Fo, 17.45. Namen alphabet wed by sme medina and Renisnce mystic, This adaption al | 7 | m]iu | | © | mw | 200 ecm icate apices daly fre Oc heppte tH rao wle | s lm] fo) R| 0 | so eioleiy ot sao ‘he. 7.48. Gic Atal nme gate infec by Gk i ern ce Tie cain = + maa pope na eee nfs he Boa pi we rnd Ease pi) pcs heed an der CE Wie fe E+ hand ath lo Bens iy. tel te Bs oe ‘dime heii pa hed Gp hoe ail ca ie ‘ye The Gs ory mee! rh pop fo Cm Nt he ond ‘hapa tr the pd cag CHAPTER 18 THE INVENTION OF ALPHABETIC NUMERALS Grek alphabetic nomerals were, 5 we have sen, prety much ident tothe system of Hebrew numeral, save for a ew details. The simiarity is such 21 prompt the question: which came fist? ‘What follows isan atempt to answer the question on the bass of what currently known, ist ofall though, we hae to lear away 2 myth that has been handed down uncritical 2 the rth for more hana hundred year Ie has long been aserted that, lang before the Jews and the Greeks, the Phoenicians Sst asigned numerical values to thei alphabetic signs and thus crested theft alphabetic numerals in history However. this assumption ests on no evidence at all. No trace has yet been discovered ofthe use of such stem by the Phoenician, no by thelr cultural heirs, the Aramacans The idea is infact but a conjecture, devoid of prof or even indret evidence, based solely onthe fact that the Phoenicians managed to spl the basins of writing down spoken language by inventing an alphabet, As we shal ee, Phoenician and Arama nseptions that hae ome to light so fa, including the most recent, show only ane spe of numerical ‘notation ~ whichis quit unrelated to alphabetic numerals nthe present state of our knowledge, therefore, we can consider only the Greeks andthe Jews a contenders for the orginal invention of leterumeras. THE NUMERALS OF THE NORTHWESTERN SEMITES ‘The numerical notations used during the rt millenium BCE by the various northwestern Semitic peoples (Phoenicians, Aramaeans, Palmyreneans, Nabataans, et.) ate very sila to each other, and manifest derive fiom a common source, Leaving aside the case of Hebrew and Usariicthe east instance of “numeral found amongst the northwestern Semis date from ao aller than the second balffthe eighth century BCE isin an inscription on 3 monumental statue ofa king called Panama, presumed to have come fiom Mount Geri, seven kim northeast of Zenit, Syria (not fr fom the border with Tukey, Semites generally liked to “write ot” numbers, ‘thats to say to spell out number names, and this radon, which contin ued for many centuries, no doubt explains why speic numbersgns made sch alate appearance. Bu that doesnot mean t say that thei syste of numeral at al obscure ‘The Aramaeans were traders who, fom the end of the second milen: an BCE, spread all cons the Middle East tele inguge and cure ‘were adopted incites and ports fom Palestine to the borders of Indi, fiom Anatoli tothe Nile basin, and of course in Mesopotamia and Persia ‘over a stretch of ime that goes from the Assyrian Empire to the ise of| Islam, Thanks tothe economic nd legal papi that constitute the archives of an Aramaicspeakng Jewish military colony established in the fifth ‘entry BCE at Fephantine in Egypt, we can easy reconstruct the ‘Aramaeane’ numeral sytem, Aramaic mmerals were initaly very simple, using 2 single vertical bar to represent the unit, and going upto 9 by ception ofthe strokes. To make each numeral recognisable ata lance, the stokes were genealy writen in groups ofthe (Fg. 8.1 A) A speci ign was used fr 10, and so (ody enough for 20 (Fig, 18.1 B and 181 ©), whereas all other numbers rm 1109 were represented by the repetition af te base signs. ‘Ama nomerals 099 were thas based on the principle that any number of signs untaposed represented the su of the vals of those sigs. AS we shall se (Fig. 18.2), Aramaic numeral up to this point were thus denial tothose ofall other western Semitic dicts, ame oe a ‘a wl. se Wis te tw | se im | s si Wa \6 ta. Cul a | 7 He kn soma fg eww) vue | «| ight so | Mra | 6 jiecbhn ire fF ~ 30 regu, Samco Maia co pe | a le = ls ae leo meee ‘Skim Sena bho han ise wR 70 1 Me spi asia eCSHIMs SIL * Be wef ee, See Sn Shh Pye ee) | fitter EE ISS leer 3 @®rAln ea (entin seman Stn % 4 3 4)om w et cet HD | gama lal | {Sra oe —— 2s lym one || Fee ‘+ Phoenician, the language of a people of traders and sailors wo sete, fom ei ileum BCE Case oe prereset Nedteratan hore of ya snd Pan) bet oan omer ae tan eae eth ety BCE Sane eee in toe th entay } a Bc wee sett eyo ra te css Dima) seas y | al lew ome trang fom Epon Arto Syn Psi aed S[rjs} s fits} sjipstetr ‘whose numeral system is attested from the second century BCE; m> |S - wa) ay | mmm nent alr est Hams nth Sian ‘ s | : dese, fom around the beginning ofthe Common Er: ens [ tens [tens tens * Sc fen the epoingf heCorne PPR oto eb E {het of fur, skenIn the ety es othe > aialalaas ro Common Era by the inhabitants ofthe city of Khatra in upper 9/5 )"5 Mesopotamia soutwest of Most e + 4 ~ — ‘+ Indo-Aramaic, a numeral system found in Kharoshthi inscri rwwewty | twenry_| tweniy_[“wewry om nt fer pine of Gana (on Borde rT Pela Pele prey nin ante Pa ome ore) zis\a 2/21 3|*/ 3 3/315) 4/4 CE tothe hed century CE: po rein ru ne hn sch eis CE Qs 2,alawiale owe dept afimatns the coat exten inthe systems ofa special sig for 20 not a trace of an undeing vigesinal Frosh system borrowed by the Semites frm a prior cviistion. The Seite sign for 10 was originally osizntal stroke or bar, and the tens were represented by repetitions ofthese bars, wo by two io. 3 yr te Ama rip a Zl age ty CD, Dra i 215 ‘ya natural process of graphical development, which fund inal eusive serps ween witha red brush on papyrus or parchment, the stroke became line rounded oft therght. The double stroke for the number 20 devdoped into a igure in rapid notation, and that “joined p" form ‘then pve ie toa whole variety of shapes, ll dering simpy fom writing ‘wo strokes without raising the eed brush Fa. 4, Onl dept fife fr 0 ‘Aramaic numerals se thas strictly decimal, and do not have any race of | 4 vigesial base twas identical in pine tothe Cretan Linea system for numbers below 100 but that doesnot mes that twas "primitive form of numbering noe tat it lacked ways of coping with numbers above the square of is base. In ft, the stem had a very inereting {evce for presenting higher nombes which makes i significantly more sophisticated than many sumer stems ofthe Ancient Word ‘The Elephantne papyrus shows that Semitic numbering posesed Aistintive signs for 100, 1,000 and 10,000 hough this isnot found ‘on Phoenician of Plmyrenean inscriptions). What is more, the system. “ihn _* nt wa ma 3 ee ee V4 ic... Ori dec sf eur 1 Aa peo pli ‘off ctr ee Th lip in dof inal mpeg uo th es i ope ft ‘pha opt oft ob THOUSANDS AND TENS OF THOUSANDS vite] sll slats Sa] Sa [Stam [eswie) [eww] sa | se ay Fea) val gog ee Ge $a 2000 Bm | [ene] gor fom] 88 | wr fw | fom | 00 Ai |e 8) fam | Bow |m |sa Aye 500 || $19, S51 | 00 cow MY ||.) A ios Mont we | BamM || gy ‘ox one Qa | dU en ee i ee pat 4m ur ih | put x one a ios peat 8 tee amp re gn ie ‘outed gs oui are bso Het 88 a BAW BF |e! Fo. Am prc fhe LO ano ag for Ba mes bie ‘ether td awe St mea In ther words, the Seite sed the adie principle fr numbers fom 110 98 but for multiples of 100, 1,000 and 10000, they adopted the picts principe by writing the numbers nthe form 110,210, 5 100, ee 1% 1,000, 2> 100, 3 x 1,000, et. So for Intermediate rurbers above 100 they used a combination ofthe adtve and mult plicative principles This coresponds with the general watons of numbering amongst Semitic peoples. It is found amongst all the northwestern Semites (Phoenicians, Palmreneans, Nabataens, ee) who used, 36 we have seen, numerical notations ofthe same kind a8 the Aramaic system of | lephantne. Buti i abo found amongst the s-lled eastern Semits, ‘The Assyrians and the Babylonians certainly inherited the adative sexagesimalsjstem of the Sumerians, but they modified it completely ven whist adopting the cuneiform script for weting it down. Preise becase oftheir tradition of counting in hundreds and thousands, and finding 10 numeral for 100 oF 1,000 in the Sumerian sjstem, their scribes wrote thse two numbers in phonetic crit and represented their multiples not by addition of a sequence of signs, but by multiplication Fg. 189. ‘Sowe ansay that with the obvious exception oflate Hebrew, none ofthe Semitic numeral stems had anything to do with the use of lees as sumbers. ASSYRO-BABYLONIAN EXPRESSIONS OF NUMBERS UP TO 100 Tori) eae ea aE 10203 4 5 68 7 8 9 x weg To Kk 1«lj« w 2» 3% 0 5 7 8 eh. Au Saini sysop Serio mee Sei ete ie he Thatta ME hia - weet Piola || Es itres rec een || . Te T+ me pit ||MO ipa - Te son i” 2 iow” Te me 300 —--» — | | 2000 3 100 3 1,000 | Fe Fa ry > || 00 . 8 | Ye 500 eo 5,000 Lt 0. ea onary Sa MAAN eM PIAA ee con] | ams cin] bay [mein pared rmedaton | | ber moasice | K [=] [cca] a [a |» KA| a | [ecm | aa | aa) KA| a | [coc] ay | AB) xe | 2 | |cccm| ar | ar | x xr] as |fecem| Ad aa | oe a | feccw | AE [ae | as a | [ecco] At TA | w | [ecm] az [az] m | [ecm] AW TAH g Bi eRe gen he 4 Cfo te ts Ma ct Fe Bien eater, in a Geek papyrus from Elepantine, we Sind « mariage ontract thi states thai was drawn up inthe seventh year ofthe eign of Alesander 1 (23-311 BCE, that sto say in 317-316 BCE, in wich the lovry is expesed as alpha drach, ths: HR ‘The alphabetic numeral ipa probably means 1,00 in this ae, unless the father ofthe bride was a eal miser, since alpha could either mean 1,000 =F! therfore seems that the use of Greek alphabetic numerals was ‘common by the endo he fourth century BCE ‘Moreover relatively recent excavations ofthe agora and north slope of| the Acropolis in Athens prove thatthe syste aoe even etl, the Sih century BCE, since ti found on an nsrption onthe Acropolis that ' assumed to date fom the time of Pericles (ee N. M. Td, in ABSA, 45/1950 (ransription: tA ‘taslaton: dima A) THE OLDEST ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVIDENCE OF Amongst the caret instances of Hebrew alphabetic numeral ate those found on coin struck nthe second century CEby Simon Bar Koki, who seized Jerusalem in the Second Jevsh Revolt (132-134 CE). The shell ‘cin shown in Tig. 1816 beats an inscription in what weee sled the obsolete forms ofthe palaeo Hebraic alphabet that gives the date a be {hats wo say "Year 2 in alphabetic meals, which corresponds (as Year 2 ofthe Liberation of fae) to 138 CE. veqwa el dw putes wo 3 Fie 86. Cfo Ae ed Rl (10-14 CE Haas Nas ‘other eater instances ace found on coins fom the Fist Jewish Revolt in 68-73 CE Fig. 18.17, and Hesmonacan coins dating from the end of| the frst century CE, These inscriptions, such as the one reproduced as Fig 18.18 (om coin minted in 78.CE, ar in the Aramaic language but writen in placotebric script. ‘aS seine [sedans | meine 8 Cote cen 9 Ya ‘Set Ealnas ott Ml Sean 9 pte il. te ra hin pt Thy amc oh [Cincy open ah espe eee ‘SSF RpaeraorpoSc dedhyf aetiesege See 2s Fhe 838 Cie 75 CF nde nd oes Kaan Nima Mica bo ah 6, pl? 1 2 da 1 We mist also mention 2 clay seal in the Jerusalem Archaeological Museum which mest have originally served oi tring around 3 papyrus scroll (Fig. 18.15). The el bears an inscription in palate Hebraic charac ters which canbe translated as: "Jonathan, High Priest. Jrusaem, M°. The leer mom atthe ends sila puzle, bit could be 2 numeral, with value (40) refering tothe eign of Simon Maceabeus,recogrise by Demetrius Win 142 BCE asthe “High Priest, leader and rler ofthe ews. his were So, then the seal would date fom 103 BCE (he “otieth ya of Sion “Maccabes) and thus constitute the odes known document showing the se of Hebrew alphabetic numerals On yee sys gna yt yee Freshy tate ses aad ety 6 Moone, em 3.8.9 Fd De Finally, theres this agent of 2 parchment scl fom Qumran (one af the ‘Dead Se Scroll" fae Foy inert Qe fe 8 The sol contains a copy ofthe Rule fhe Essene community, writen in squaeletter Hebrew of sl that dates fom the fs century BCE athe ‘rls. The fragment comes from the fist colamn ofthe thd sheet of ‘the scroll 2s twas found in the caves at Quan, Inthe top righthand ‘corer there is ete, ginmel sine this isthe thi ete ofthe Hebrew alphabet, people have assumed tat the leer gives the shet number, 3. However, the imme! was not writen by the same hand as the rest ofthe scroll. Milk has explained that the page-aumbering was probably the work of an apprentice, axing what was then 4 noel procedure for ‘numbering manuscripts by the lees of the alphabet, whereas the min scribe wed an olde form of writing. JEWISH NUMERALS FROM THE PERSIAN TO ‘Te preceding section shows that in Palestine Hebrew eters were only just ‘beginning to be uted a numerals tthe start ofthe Common Er “This i confirmed by the dear, in the same eaves at Qumran, of several economic documents belonging to the Esene sc and dating fom the fst century BCE. One ofthe, a brass inderscol Fg. 1821, wses numbersigns that are quite diferent from Hebrew alphabetic numeral aithy ap AS MTT eM pay marena nyse PRS Frmo 4) ji IPT RAL Bn ave preys w P AouTAterE pps mnyrat3 134° ara Uo pera Sava TareaPrip ae 1 Fc. a gat of inet fn at 8 frm etd ft Cae ‘eS YO pr f why 499 = yn b en ) pn pony ye 3 bs bas Hoe Phim ov enstl rake gigeks hows] aren | ya 1 MHA 47 (10) Farther confirmation is provide by the many papye from the fifth century BCE let by the Jesh itary colony a lephantine (nar Aswan and the fst cataract ofthe Nil). These consist of ded of sale, mariage contracts, wis, and loan agzeements, and they use numerals that are denial to thse ofthe Fssene sero For example, one such papyrus [E. Sachau (SID, papyrus no. 18) uses the flowing representations of 80 1nd $0, which ae absously unrelated tothe Semi eter nubers pe Tor and wade or 9, Rd ARS » 0 An even more defitie pice of evidence comes fiom the archaeal se of hisbe Kes, ot fro Heron, on the Wes Bank Ura fa piece of sone that was used, at sme pint inthe tid centiry BCE, for writing receipt forthe sm of 32 drachnas loaned bya Sent called (os Yada toa Grek bythe name of Nikeratos~ and is thus writen in both ‘Aramaic and Gree, TRANSCRIPTION, Gre sri Tx gn ‘ 2 S tBsox a aye pens 9 “Borner So nhs Ra KHPATOE ZOBBA JOT BPSD (9) pra tna koma ka uw TIMAOY EAB 4 ‘TRANSLATION Sh year the 128 af the month ‘of Panemos,Nikerats, son of Sabbatos, eve rom Kosidethe monejlender [the sun of 32 drama ‘The 12h ofthe month of ‘Tammuz ofl the 6th year Qos, Yada son of Khan the trader ve Nikeratos in “Zur 32. 29, igloo fom ia hd pt dg fom 27 CE "hr ye ty 9) Se, hse scrutiny ofthe inscription shows ist ofall hat the two languages are wit by diferent hands: probably the moneylender wrote the ‘Aramaic and the borrower wrote the Greek. Moreover, we can see that Nikeats the Greek wrote the sum he had borrowed and the date of| the loan Cth year, on the 12th ofthe month of Panemes) using Greek alphabetic numeral: & gamma (= 6), of ita beta (= 12), and OB lambda bra (232)-On the the had, Qos Yada the Seite wrote the sum of the loan (323) sing the numeral system we have seen on the Essene scroll above, broken down a: mewersy Ie seems indisputable that if Hebrew alphabetic numerals had een in we in Palestine at this time, then Qos Yad woud have used them, and writen the number 12 mach more simply as «ab 220 ‘We can therefore concude that inal probability the inhabitants of Juda Aid not ws alphabetic numeral in edinary teansations unt the dawn of| the Common Ea ‘Themimera system we have found in ue amongst Jews rom the Persian ‘othe Hellenistic period (ith to second centuries BCE) i et nothing other than the old western Semitic sytem, borrowed by the Hebrews fom the Aramaeans together with thei language Came) and scrip Because the Aramaeans were very active in tade and commerce ~ tit role acots the land mass ofthe Middle Fast was similar to that ofthe Phoenicians around the shores ofthe Mediterranean Sea ~ Aramaic etip spread more oles everywhere. Binal kl off the cuneiform writing ofthe Assyro Babylonians, nd became the normal means of international «ortespondence. KINGS OF ISRAEL ow did the Jews do thee accounting the ge ofthe Kings, oughly fom the tenth tothe fh centuries BCE? Inthe absence of archaeological evidence, it was long thought that numbers wee simply writen ut at words forthe numeral system explained below remained undiscovered ‘nti ese than a unded ears ag, ‘That was when excavations in Samaria uncovered a hard of ota in palaeo Hebraic script in the storeraoms ofthe place of King Om. An ‘tracon is lat piece of rock, stone oF earthenware used a5 a weting| surface. (The we of etc a5 “sible pas" for current accounts, Us of workers, mesiages and notes of every kind wis very common amongst the Ancient Exyptians the Phoenicians, the Aramaeans andthe Hebrews) “The Samarianssraca consist of bls and receipts fr payments in kind tote stewards ofthe King of rac, and eval that the Jews wrote ou their rnumberss words and also usd areal sytem of numeral ‘Subsequent icoeries confimd the existence ofthese ancient Hebrew numerals. Thay have een found on hoard of about a unde trace tmearthed at sit at Arad (inthe Negev Desert om the trai fom Judas to Eom); on another score of aac found at Lakhish in 195, which contain messages fom a Jewish military commander to his subordinates, renin the months poet the fll of Lakhish to Nebuchadnezzar I in 587 BCE; numerous Jewish weighs and measures; and on various similar discoveries made atthe Ophel in Jerusalem, at Murabba3t and Tel Quart. Although i took a lng tine to decipher these inscriptions, there is no longer any doubt (ig. 18.26) but that these number signs are Egyptian hieratc numerals in thee fly developed form from the New Empire (shown in Fig, 1439 and 14.46 above). This incidentally provides add- tional confirmation ofthe sigan cultural relations between Egypt and Palestine which historians have revealed in other way. In other words. in the peiod ofthe King of ae, the Jews were influenced bythe sation ofthe Pharaohs to the extent of adopting fom it Egyptian cursive hieaic mers (ig, 18.25 and 1827, ln ncn sth nt BCE 1) Wi lea igi? at et rot eae a 80 sare Jen tie | Ope Ince oh ah MURABBAAT Pree 1 | ‘nw KINGDOM, CURSIVE, FROM MouER iD, 26, Tbe ig ef aml Pte eh Rg th ‘pao ap) vo ts 7 me | 2B 4 a Ss Sem iF kr AEN PB | a pal aoc fant Coen 78 Ts cs the sat i 1226 si Seen ranearer . ‘TRANSIORDAN, ‘owt om Hin, est oft oan See RR, | ba aman egg ve y wo Bool [t1socw pag ee JEWISH LAPIDARY NUMERALS AT THE DAWN ‘Tee final euros toad to this story. From the rst century BCE to the seventh cenary CE, thease of Hebrew alphabetic numeral grew vet ‘more common amangst Jes al ove the Mediterranean basin, om Kaly to Palestine and northern Syria, fom Phrygia to Egypt and even Ethiopia However, during this period, Jewish stonecarver, who could write just 2s welln Hebrew asin Greek o Latin, mos fen pr dats and numbers not in Hebe, but in Grek alphabetic numerals as the examples reproduced {nig 1828 show, THE JEWS: NATIONAL IDENTITY AND CULTURAL COMPLEXITY ‘The people of Ista! cetinly played a major roe in the history ofthe worl’ religions; but atthe same time, Jewish culture has, thoughout its story, aezepted and adopted influences ofthe most diverse hinds, “The most notable ofthese “orein influences” include: + the adoption of the Phoenician alphabet in the period of the Kings + the adoption ofthe Asyro-Babylonan sexagsimal system for weighs and measures (ee Ezekiel XLVS12, where the fle! is set 360 manch, and the mane at 60 hk) + the presumed adoption of the Canatite’ calendar, in which ach month tarts withthe appearance ofthe new moon * the borrowing ofthe names ofthe months fom the ancient ‘calendar of Nippr, sed throughout Mesopotamia fromthe time of Hammurabi (Nisin, Ayr, Sian, Tammuz, Ab, Bl, Tesi Arashanna, Kalina, Te, Shoat, and Adar). in Modern Hebvew, dhe nes te sillalmost identical * the adoption of Aramaic nd its crit (th nly ons in genera sein Jaca atthe time of fess). ‘What isremarhable about Jewish colar shat despite these nomerous borromings it retained a separate identity. Since the expulsion of the Jes fom Palestine in the fst century CE, and forthe flowing 1,800 years, thas not eased to adap itl to the mast diverse stuatons and to incorporate new elements, whist aso exercising a determining influence ver derelopments in Western and amie cute, As Jaques Soule sees ths long history of curl identiy within «complex of euturat Influences is what accounts forthe sucessful refounding of 4 Jewish ation state in the twentieth century: sal today i made of more than score of dininct ethni groups wth many diferent mothe tongues, bat sharing common curl identi rom the tenth othe sath entry BCE the ra ofthe Kingdom of sa, the Hebrews used Fgypanhiratc numerals fom the BR the second ‘eatury BCE, the used Aramaic numerals and from around the stat of| ‘he common er, many Jens used Greek alphabetical numeral In the present state of knowledge, it seems that Grok alphabetic ‘numerals go back t lest as fra the ith century BCE, wheres Hebrew alphabetic numerals ae not found before the second entry BCE ‘Does that meant ty tha the Grek invented the de of representing ‘numbers by the eters oftheir alphabe, and tha he Jews copied it during the Hellenistie period? I seems very likely, and al the more plasible in ‘he Light of the Jews’ adoption of numerous othe “ouside influences, Hoveve, this is not the only possible conclusion. Many passages inthe Torah (the Ol Testarentsuges very strongly thatthe scribes or authors ofthese ancien text were far withthe tof coding words scoring ‘0 the numeri value ofthe leters used (ee further explanations in (Chapter 20 belon), Is curently reckoned thatthe oldest biblical texts were compose in the reign of Jeroboa I (eighth century BCE) and that the definitive redaction ofthe main books ofthe Torah ook place in the sixth century BCE, around the ie ofthe Babylonian exile Do Hebrew alphabetic numerals go so far Back in time? Or ate the pasages showing letter number coding later additions? Ifthe system i old sit sees, and which wold imply that Hebrew Jeter umbers were invented independently of the Grek model, we would sll have to explain why they had no use in everyday ie until the Common ra, One plausible answer to that question woud be that since theeters of {he Hebrew alphabet acquired a sacred character very ely 00, the Jews sided using scred devices fr profane purposes, le cancusion let sy thatthe “Grek hypothesis” seems to have most ofthe actual evidence on its side bat thatthe possibilty ofan independent ‘ig for Hebrew alphabet numerals and of thee retiction over several ‘etre to gious ets alone i not tobe rejected out of han, CHAPTER 19 OTHER ALPHABETIC NUMBER-SYSTEMS ‘The Arbiespeakng Christians of the Maronite set have maintained, mainly frrgeal use, a elatively ancient wing stem which now sero ofa sript Christians ofthe Nestorian set, who are found mainly in he region of ake Ua (near the common fontir betwen ag, Tukey, Kan and the former Seviet Union), tl speak a dialect of Aramaic which they writen graphical sytem called Neoian weting Each ofthese wo wring systems isan alphabet of ent. two eters, di derived fom a much older scrip called ecranghl former used 0 write yea, a ancient Semi language late to Arama ‘Graphically, the Nestorian form, whichis more rounded than the atonal, i incermdiate between this and ato which in turn has a ‘more developed and cursive form (ig, 18.) The letters themselves are writen from right to lef, ar joined wp, and, sin the wring of Arabic, undergo various madifctions according to thir postion within a ord, Le, aecording to whether they standalone or ae in the initial, ‘mdi, o final poston (Fig. 19.1 only shows the independent forms of Syriac eter. ‘Te oldest known yea insertions set date from the is century [BCE. Eran wring seme to have been used ony up tothe sith ot seventh century. As used by the Nestorian Christian, fey numerous in Persia inthe petiod ofthe Sassanid Dynasty (226-651 CE), it gradually role uni around the nnth century it atained its anonical Nestorian fem, With the Jacobites who mainly ved inthe Byzantine Empire it ems to ave evolved more rapidly towards the se form, since twas radualy replaced by this afer the seventh or eighth century. ally, camp whichis simply a vacant of Aramaic serge and ‘therefore utiately derves fom the Phoenician alphabet) has preserved in As emity the ode of the oiginl twenty-two Phoenician leters (he same order which st be found with lhe western Seite). In se, however, 38 Nestoria, ketrs have been used (and still re sed 3s umbersgns.Thisicofirmed by theft hatin all Syetac manu serps at leas those ate than the ninth eur), codes are made up of serially numbered quires, ensuring the coret oder of composition ofthe ‘ound ook (The manuscript folios, however, were only numbered later, ‘fen using Arabic numerals) ‘The numerical values ofthe Syria eters ate assigned as flows. The fist nin eters are assigned to the units, the mene eters othe es andthe remaining four ae asigned to the fist four bundeds Also, sin Hebrew the numbers fom S00 900 ar writen a adv combinations of the sign for 400 with he signs forthe other hundreds, according tothe schemas ‘00 = 400 100| 500 = 4006 200 700 = 400+ 300 00 = 400 400 200 = 400+ 400 +300 “The thousands ate represented by a kindof accent mark place beneath the eters representing the units, andthe tens of thousende by 8 short horizontal mack beneath these same eters: 110000 } 1,000 nm S200 G20 2 S000 $300 4 so ys nd Similar conventions allowed the Maronies to represen numbers greater than the tens of thousands. With 2 few exceptions, this umbersystem is quit analogous to that ofthe Hebrew leter numerals, Is however a relay late development ia Syria writing. since the oldest documents show that t does not go ack eae than the sth of seventh centuries (Olde Syriac insertions only revel snge kindof merical notation related tothe “ase” Aramaic stem, werms 122) 2) 2 | 2] g | sttsorsnme| ~ T RK & le fa ity) Oo | 1 sia; ole jafelm |ow|> cnet 3/4 | ATA || fom | co | > Fo fy fe [S| vom | um]. ala) xleolalele [els Viv tle le]elm [els tis lols [y | jae |e fe Tha owe [of nla fos fs ple} é iy ial em pile seis c hci pale sly > [re foun | 3/2) 3314) Shum) | Dis jaime ia) rim | mle) 216) 9 (|Z) fmm |e fo] sm BIZ | S/T |S] Sion) s/o) gel ys [the »| diols ial s| elm (mn) Bla gejs is) afr le) BeBe She sil qi rialal oie 2 wlw lela ol alan | a fam Plexi rf al XQ) elm «|e he 9. Spake amp a cnn Arama ffl aa ie sabes Thee Sah me atl ay ann he ‘ra a i 0 5 fs dese ae Cb Cs Dt ach Pho rs) ‘When di letter oumerasin Syria witing fst aise? Inthe absence of ocarents, ts had to ay. But there are several god reasons to suppose thatthe introduction ofthis system owed much to Jewish influence onthe (Christin and Gnostic corms of yaad Palestine. (One final question: a Sie manuscript, now inthe Bish Museums Arsference Ad, 14603), which probably date frm the seventh o eighth century [W. Weight (1870, p. 87a, reveals some interesting information 1s quies ae numbered in the sual way, with Syria eters according to ‘hele america values; but these have alongside them the eorespoding ‘older oumbesigns, Should we conclude tat atthe date ofthis manu script. the system of eter-numerals had nt been universally adopted? Or. taking the question in the other ese should we conchae that at that ine the use ofthe old system was already a traditional but archaic wage, and ‘the eter mers were by then not only widespread bt considered by the majority of yan tobe the only normal and ofl system of notation? ‘The documentation which we have to hand doesnot give ws an answer. Arabic has anumbersystem modeled not only onthe Hebrew syste, but also onthe Greek system ofletter numerals But ist we need to ook at 2 ‘ios problem, ‘The order of the twenty-ight letters ofthe Arabic alphabet, in its aster wsage, is quite diferent from the order of the letersi the Phoenician, Aramaic or Hebrew alphabets. ‘A glance at the names ofthe Sst eight Arabic tes compare with heist eight Hebrew eters shows thi straight away ARABIC HeeRew ‘alg igh be et o sine jin he the win at ee We would expect to fad the twetytwo western Semi eters in the Arabic alphabet, and inthe same order, since Arabic script derives from acinic Aramaic sept. So how did the wadtonal order ofthe Seite leer get changed in Arabic? The answer iesin the history oftheir sytem {or wting numbers ‘The Arbshave fequentl used asjtem of numerical notation in which ‘ach etter oftheir owm alphabet has specie numeric value (Fig. 183 according to F. Woepke, they “seem to have considered {this stem] 3s nigel and by reference theron ‘They al this hur al jumal, which means something Uke “totals by means fetter” But, if we look ls atthe numerical vale which this tem assigns to each ter, we are bound to note thatthe method used bythe Arabs of the Fast i not quite the same a the one adopted, ltr, by westecn (North Afican) Arabs, since the values fo six of the leer fer in the two systems ee ‘0 1 @ oe ° » us » » | bo = = o = oo L& | Now, let sist note thatthe numerical values ofthe Arabic eters can bearanged int a egulr series, 5 follows 1,2:3,4:-- 10; 20; 304.10; 20; 300400... 1.00, and if we set out, acording to this sequence, the leter numerals ofthe caste Aabiesyster (the more ancient ofthe two) we obtain the order of| ‘the western Semitic eters of which we have just writen Fig 172 and 174 shove). Furthermore, if we tabulate the Iternumerals of the Arabic system (sin Fig 1) and compare this with the Hebrew leterumerals (Fig, 1710) and also withthe Syriac system of alphabetic numbering (Fig. 191), then tis easy tose that fo the numbers below 400 all thee systems agree pest, This shows that “in the ntl system of numer tion, the ordee of the northem Semitic alphabet was preserved, and ‘tonal letters fom the Arabic alphabet were added ae in ode 0g ‘9p 01,000" [M. Coben (1958). LerreRs Nena 1 Lae 1 re 2 ee pe ee t =[>f ete & fete p-p-pete le & Gece ee ae oe ee 3 [eS ae 3 [epee ea 9 fecpe pepe pope te < oe |e a F [ioe uw -{# = * = [oe [ow + aps z [er [oe ees & EPim| ae 3 Ste tw 3 Sw [we 4 a» [ » d Pe 6 Diu Te Te So a 2 [wo pet ype fs bs Ree re Ds bee 19.) Ted ep me ptain ‘We may therefre conclude thatthe use of alphabetic numerals by the Arabs was introduced in imitation of the Jews nd the Christians of Syria forthe firs twenty-two letes (numbers below 400), and according tothe example ofthe Greeks for the remaining sx (ues fom 400 t 1,000. Tome | 1 Sin . o wu lo a rn ~ Tim} 5 | a g ef] sou} s | fowls | wl om |e | os [Gow | a | mi) peli fe foe fits) } 5m | = | or | hom | oo | mw ielrlijenyays Sey » hat | 00, yest y: Sess tum | ot | owe 4 00 em | on | © |B owe | a | Sel tS Pe my as | nts Fe. hf asain argc pr degen fee fe ipa nner pe sen oe In fat, “following the conquest of Egypt, Syria and Mesopotamia, numbers were habitaly written, in Arabic texts, ether spelled out in flor by means of characters borrowed fom the Geek alphabet" (A. P ouschkevth (1975). Thus we find in an Arabic transation ofthe Gospels, the manuseript verses have ben numbered wth Gree eters pofleue fe Satay ol dled azine abe ttt Lihalabaaleg des Wisebakagtos $G Fhe. eaptfom «ine nay muma onnips i ‘mon om fe ap apg af my ee nmi in pO ade 08 r Hae y o Sean wae fe EP! 3). Simla, in a financial papyrus writen in Arabic and dating fom the year 248 ofthe Hei (862-885 CE, the suns were writen exclave according to the Greek sstem. (This document is, along with others of| similar kind, in the Egyptian Library, inventory number 283; «fA (Grohmann (1952) This usage persisted in Arabic documents for several centuries, but rr [ek =) ° Tera pe afi v 3g Pom} x — | s | 5 tie & ml T ae | 7x10 sie] 27t7 2 mi] a ry at | Sm 7) 2 Zz % z ol aT BE_| 9x10 tw z z ic 17. RE | wx + belo. u wm] IT “SE | 2x0 ey Be tes ai«| 7% & on] a | sc ota aM a wlio [ogy BE | sx 10 wo | M w a ‘amo Ty. #E | vox 10 pein | 4 44 4g woo] 7 & | 1x10 ole = = now HBR | RR | 2x0 nm | 0 € 3900 | FRLITOY ER TEST | o 7 * Fx io i 1m S909 _| o | 9 z aso | BRPPY | BMGT Z| wlrl pry | & cn ot eee ios 9.9 pmb nn ae 0 CHAPTER 20, MAGIC, MYSTERY, DIVINATION, AND OTHER SECRETS OTTOMAN EMPIRE ‘We shall lose our account of alphabetic numerals with an examination of the secret writing and secret numerals used until rece in the Middle Fast and, especially, in the official services of the Ottoman Empire” ‘The Turks used cryptography with abandon, Documents on Mathematics, Mediine and the occult, writen of tanslted by ‘the Turks, eer with sce alphabets and numerals, and they made ‘ue of every alphabet they knew. Usually they adopted such alphabets Jin the form in wich they came across them, but sometimes they hanged them; ether deliberate, of a8 result ofthe mutations which attend repeated copying [M.J. A. Decourdemanche (1829) Fig 20.1 shows sect mmc which wer sed for longtime in yp Syria, North Aftia, and Tukey. Ar fst sight these would seem to have been made up throghout. However, if they are put alongside the Arabic leters which hae the same numerical ales, and then we put alongside these the corresponding Hebrew and Pamyrenean characters, we an a once se tha the figures ofthese secret numerals ae simply sural of ‘he ancient Aramaic characters in thi aditiona Abjad order (ig. 202: sec als Fig. 172, 174, 1730.nd 194), sat gm nn yt ce an, Sn a ey. Sonal reuse Sey tect teeta eve ls eases Toe gee ae ‘ik teste nents paperoerbboep crn eso ‘santero ape) Be fee) |b [ee¥lars] Salo 70 | 60 | so| «0 | 30 | 20 | 10 wlefula w 1200} 90 | a0 | 700 | 600 | so | son | 300 | 200 | 10 | Among these secret numerals there eee alternative forms for the values 20, 40, 0, 80 and 90, These are infact the final forms of the Hebrew and Palmytenan leters laf, mem, an, pe and tad. The correspondences noted here are confirmed by treatises on arthetic. The Bayi treatises refer to tis system as al Shmis sul), which was used in those parts to designate things related to Syria, The Syrian documents themseies calle it al Tadar (om Tad’), which was the former Semi name of Palmyra, an ancient city on the road linking Mesopotamia to the “Mediterranean va Damascus to the south and via Homst the north ‘The people who had devised these secret writings had therefore taken ‘he ery Aramaic ters asthe) fund them and (as hasbeen expi- ly mentioned by Turkish writers) they added sx further conventional sign inorder to complete a correspondence withthe Arabi alphabet and toachive a tem of aueras which was complete fom 10,000 This system was used ut een times, nt only for weting numbers, but also secret wrtng In 1869 inorder to draw up for Pench military oes compisn between the abortive expedition of Charles ll of Spain against Algiers, and the French expedition of 1830, the Misty of War brought to Pars the original military eepot on the expedition of| ‘Charles, wich had been writen in Turkish by the Algerian Regency 2 the Porte. This document was given toa military interpreter to be summacsed. The manuscript, which Ihave seen, cared the stamp of brary in Algiers. After a whole wad of ancl accounts «ae the report fom the Regen. Following this came a series of fnnexes amongst which isan espionage report writen 3% long Teter inthe Hebraic rip called Khat al barat sifalolh sly uls |» vel el? le ale lela so I xis [ras oly x} 0] vole elshels |e nelals lovly lel xe) o volo 3 | slr el |. 3| * J) oe fe ed 90 ans » |, | [10 .+/[* vi] 2} 3 [aw vole iels | FT | 500 PP sha], 7 iS [> [wo Fler. St pak fa wal Ty Bp on Sri i he ne ay ‘amp kkk, ple ‘The signature was weten in Tadmuri characters, not Latin Felipe, rabbi Ys be Er, nacido en Granada. DEB Ye eae 2IER) abo RZ'E_NB FWSWY ANBAR PYLF| FRG gE Tey —ADANARGH NE WDYSAN Then, on exactly the same hind of paper a the leer, is @ decal analysis ofthe Spanish and ase frces, agin weten {in Tadmuri characters. Since this analysis reproduced fine fortnein normal Turkish characters the Regency report, yf met dicen the aio ach ofthe Tam signs. ‘As an example, here in reproduction i the fist line of the analysis, possibly fo the amy, possibly forthe ny: toy sa) HOSA sat wsbasioe ‘in which thellowing Spanish expressions aeweten in Tada scp: Reginent (Ae Ry, 185. Chombres) “kings ry" 185 men eel, 70 (caones) "Ney" 70 guns IMJ. A Decourdemanehe 1899) We have no itetion of presenting general survey ofthe very many Clandestine stems ofthe Fast; nonetheless we shall discuss two other systems of secret numerals which were used until recent times in the Otomn ny, ‘We begin with the simplest as, This system of numeral sed in “Turkish military inventories of provisions, supplies, equipment and soo, ryyyyyrire yrytte EYYTEE ¥ eee the numbers 1,10, 10,1000 and 10000 are represented by 2 vertical stroke with, on the right oe, two, thre, fur, or five upward blige stokes. Adding one upward oblique stroke on the lef of ech of these goes the figures for 2,20, 200, 2000, ané 20.000; rw strokes on the let gives the figures fr 3, 30,30, 3000, and 30.00; and so on, unt with eight obique strokes on the eft we have the Figures for 9 0,90, ‘2000, and 90.000. ‘The above stem very straightforward, which not the case forthe ‘est one. This was used inthe Turkish amy fr eecording the strengths of theirs THTTYT| yrvryyyryt POV PPYPET To the uninitiated, his system follows no obvious pattern. However, it eas used both for writing numbers and ako asa means of set writin, hich leds us to suppose that each of these sigs corresponded to the Arabic eter corresponding tothe namer in question. Proceeding as we dd befor, pacing each ofthese numer beside the ‘Arabic leer coresponding to the same numerical value (ce Fig. 184 or), we now consider the eight mnemonics for the eters ofthe Arabic ‘numerals (Fg. 17), andi becomes clear how the Bure ofthis tem were formes, For the numbers 1, 2 3, 4 (oresponding tothe first mnemonic, ABJaD), we take a vertical stoke with ne obique upward stake on right, and adjoin suecesively one, two, thee, of four oblique upward strokes one. Then. forthe second meron, Habazin we takes vertical stroke with ‘wo upward obliqe strokes onthe right, and add soccessively one two, three upward oblige strokes on the ef snd soon (Fie. 20.7) B~« , e~€E 4 “% -6 = & gawk [> 6 ewe oO ewe “4 oe - CEE G 8 WK + OE we z FO ow * te: awe yyy t eel) e,207. St ema ti ba on he cin of ph mac es ‘sara Aa abaka laa Jewish and Msi writings since the Middle Ages abound in what ae called “chronograns these correspond to 2 method of writing dates. ‘butte alligaphy or poetry ~ ate an ar form in themselves. “Thisisthe ams ofthe Arab pots, itrins and stone carversin North ‘Africa and in Spin the Tari ofthe Turkish and Pesan wees, which consists of grouping, nto one meaningful and characteristic word or short phrase, eters whose numerical values, when totalled, give the year ofa aso future event." [6 . Colin “The following example occurs on 2 Jewish tombstone in Toled (IE, ine 3: Dax nan oD 28 "ak nie If we take it iter, the phase is meaningless, Buti we add up the turer ales ofthe eters inthe phrase translated as “drop af dew”, we dacover that this phrase represents, according tothe Hebrew calendar, he dae of death ofthe person buried hee ‘This person den fact, he year “igh three = drop of dew on ve ‘ousand” of in plan language, in the year SO8S ofthe Hbre er, 1202-13038. Inthe flowing two further examples from the Jewish cemetery in Toledo we nd the years S144 (Bg, 20.0) and $109 (Fg, 20.1, in two lferent forms) shown inthe chronogans but note that the 3000" isnot Indicated, since it would have been implicily understood, much 35 we understand “1974 when someone says" was born in seveny-fur” Also, not that in these examples the words whose letters represent numeral have ben marked wih thre dos. ax PR mn me ovnn a “The sume procedure is found in Islamic counties, especially Tukey, rag, Persia, and Bihar Gn northwest India; but, ike the oriental art of caligapy it seems ogo no further bac than te leveath century.* The read death of King Sher of har in an explosion occured i the year 852 ofthe Mega (1545 CE) which recorded inthe llowing chronogram {CAPIB, vol X,p. 388): 5 ee eds eh a Se mat ga ote reg) Another interesting chronogram was made by the historian, mathemati sian and astronomer Al Birui (bom $73 CEatKhiva, dtd 1048 at Ghazni) inbiscelebrated Tail ind. This earned man accused the ews of dlb- rately changing thee calendar 30 a to diminish the numberof years ‘apsed since the Creation, in otder thatthe dat fb of Christ should nolongeragre with the prophecies ofthe coming ofthe Mesa he bold asserted thatthe Jes avaited the Messiah forthe yea 1335 ofthe Seleucid ra (1024 CB and he wrote this atin he following fom: soe AM pd 2ecee GS! op ‘or SG 1 + ese neh tn ttt alt Ai setae Ec et Fc CChronogrms were alo common in Morocco, but only from the seventeenth century CE (possibly the sintent, oe eater, according to recent documentation). They were offen used in verse inscriptions commemorating events or foundations, snd by writers, poets, historians snd biographers, including the secretary and cout poet Mohammad Ben Ahmad al Maka (ded 1630), and also the poets Mohammed al Modara (ied 1734) and Ab ab Waa Adara ied 1748) who both composed Instructional storia synopses on the basis of cronograns, which in fone ease refered to the notables of Fer, and in theater to the sans of Manes. * “The following example comes frm an Arabic inscription discovered by Calin inthe Kash of Tangier over iy years ago, nthe south chamber of ‘he building known a8 Qubar al Baar, inthe old Sal's Place. We ‘makes brief detour in ie 30a to tnd inthe period when this bulding vas constructed The inscription was writen tothe glory of Ahmad ibn ‘Abn ‘Abdallah, ‘This notable peson was: the son ofthe famous ‘Ab ‘Abdallah, governor (gd) of Tetuan and chief the Ricomingents destined for holy war mjd) who, after along see, entered Tanglin 1095 ofthe Hei (1684 CB) afer ‘ns English occupiers had abandoned it When Qr'd‘Alibn ‘Abdallah, commandant (ami) falhe people ofthe Rif ded in year 103 ofthe Hegre (1691-1622), Stan Ismail ve to them as chi the dead man’s son, baxa Ahmad ib ‘Ali henceforth, almost all the history of northwest Morocco can be found in this mans biography’... After 1139 ofthe Hei (1725-1727, following the death of Sultan Ismail, he tok the opportunity pro. vided by the weakness of his sucesso, Ahmad ad Dahabi, to ty 10 seize Tetuan which was administered by another, almost indepen ent, goveror (ami), Muhammed al Wagga, but he was replsed with os. In 140 ofthe Hegira (1727-1728), when Sultan Ahmad ad Dahabi (who ha been overturned by his rater ‘Abd al Mall) was restored to the throne, Abad ib ‘Al fused to recognise him and decid to send him 2 deputation (2 snb which was imitated by the town of Fer). The enmity beeen the Rif chifain and the ‘Alawite ings waxed fom then on, and an impolic gesture by Sultan “Abdallah, suecessor of Ahmad ad Dahabi, transformed this into overt hostility Mca in so seam my presenters In 116 of the Hei, when a delegation of 350 hoy warriors fom the Ri came fom Tangier to Sultan ‘Abdallah to try to resolve the diferences between hin and Baur Ahmad ib A. he had chem kid. The Ri chien distanced himself fom the King and came loser to his bother and eval Al Musial. Thenceforth, until his unfortunate death in 156 ofthe Hira (1743), he dd ot cease from Shing with Abdlah, son of Sultan In, nd to soppot his als aguinsthim. (6. . Coin) Returning now to ou inscription, the date 115 sgven in the following ‘ses in which the numerical vals have been clelted rom the Aabie slphabetc numerals according to the Maghceb usage; se Fig 19. o gllem poy all Sy Joe See PERS! Sg oST . Ts Im other words, the Cuba a Buthar' in the Kasbah of Tangier was ‘constructed inthe year 115 ofthe Hepa, the very time when Basa Aad ib’ broke away from Sultan Abdal, ‘Wein inthis ehronogram, therefore estimony tan atin which ones hole imagination is deployed to erat a phase whichis both eloquent and, tthe same tine, has a uercal vale that revels the date of an event which one wishes o commemorate (Once the leters of an alphabet have numerical valves, the way i open 0 some strange procedure. Take the valve ofthe letes of word or hres and make a number rm thes. Then tis umber may fish 39 Interpretation of the word, or anther word with the same or related numerical value may do so. The Jewish gematria* the Greek iopsephy andthe Mastin Kha aljumalCelelting te total”) are examples ofthis ind of atv. ‘specily among the Jews, these calculations enriched their sermons with every hind of interpretation, and also gave ise to speculations and Aviation. Tey are of common occurence in Rabbinic literature, exe- tilly the Taknud* and the Midrash" Buti is ciel found in exteric tings, whete these cabbalic procedures yielded hidden meanings for the purposes ofelgious dialect ‘Though not adept in the mate, we would et ike to describe some examples felis, soothsayng or Iterary practices which derive fom such procedures, ‘The two Hebrew words Taya, meaning win’, and Sad, meaning “ec bth have the numbet 7a the normal Hebrew alphabetic numer sls ig, 20.5), and for his reason some rabbisring these words together Micha ayn Ysa Soh secre comes out ofthe wine” (Latin: in ine veritas, te drunken man tll). nome |e Pardes Rimonim, Moses Cordvero gives an example which relates eurah force) to avick Clon, which both have value 216. The lo, traditionally isthe symbol of vine majesty, ofthe power of Yohveh, while rrah son ofthe Abts of God. mq132 TAR The Messi is often called Shema, “seed, or Menahem, “console since these wo words have the sme value: nos onia The leters of Masiabh, “Messiah, and of Naas, “serpent” give the same vale: on) nwo and this gives rie to the conclusion that “When the Messiah comes upon cart, he shall measre himself aginst Satan and shall vercome him” ‘Werayalio conclude thatthe world was crested tthe beianing ofthe Jesh ci ear rom the fact that the wo fs words of the Torah (eet ‘Bara, inthe begining (God created”) have the same value as Berash Hashonah Nia," was crested atthe begining ofthe yea" RIB MORIA NID] TIT OXI. wie te In Genesis XXXIEA, jacob say “I ave sjoured with Laban” Gn Hebrew, tm Laban Gari. According othe eommentay by Rashi on his pease (Beet Rabb, 145), his means that “dring his sojourn with Laban the impious, Jacob didnot fallow his bad example bu followed the 613 commandment ofthe Jewish region” for, a he explains, Gat CL have sojurmedhas the vale 613: ona Genesis eecounts elsewhere (XIV:12-14 how, i the batle of the Rings ofthe Eastin the Valley of Sidi, Lot of Sod, the kinsman of Abraham, ‘was aptred by his enemies: "When Abraham hes hat is brother wat taken cape, he armed his esined servants, bora in his own house, hee hundred and eighteen, and pursued them unto Dan, where he smate his adversaries wth the help of “God Most High” (XIV20), Then he adresses (Godin these words: “Lard GOD [Yahweh what wi thow give me, seeing cles and the steward of my house i his Beer of Damascus?” (Genesis xV2), ‘The barayta ofthe thirty-two Haggai eles ior the inerpretation of ‘he Tora) geste following interpretation (ule 29) the 318 Sevants are none other than the person of Eliezer himself. n other words, Abraham ‘sot is enemies with the help of Eleze alone, his trusted servant who was tobe his bir, and whose name in Hebrew means “My God is bap. The argument put forward for this brings together the two verses bis trained serants, bor i his wn house, the handed and cighecn and ‘he steward of my houses this lice of Damaseas and the fit thatthe numer vale ofthe name leis 318: arp e203 a Another concordance which the exgetes have achieve brings Aho (Love’) together with Ethad One": As well as teir numerical equivalence, ii explained tat these two terms correspond tothe central concept ofthe biblical etic, tat "God is Lowe’, since onthe one hand “One” represents the One God of sae and, on the ether hand, “Lae” is supposed to be at the very basis of the conception ofthe Universe (Deuteronomy: V 6-7: Leviticus KIKI). At the same time, the sum of thee vals i 26, which isthe number ofthe name Yahveh el mia ‘The common Semitic word for "God" El but in the Ol Testament this only occurs in compounds iad mal, Eizer et.) To refer to God, he Torah uses Elohim (which infact is pra, and is the word which i supposed to expressall the force and supernatural power of God. The Torah refers alo tothe atibutes of God, suchas Wha ving, Shad Cal powerful), Ethion God Most High) and so on. But YHIVH, "Yahweh isthe only true Name of Go: isthe Dine Terran. Is supposed 0 incorporate the eternal ature of Gd since it embraces the three Hebrew tenses ofthe verb “tobe, namely ma min mn ‘To invoke Goby this name is therefore to apes to Hi itevenion and Hie concern for all ehings. But this name may be nether writen nor spoken casual, and in order nt to violate what isholy and incom nical n common us it must be reads Adona (My Lod. ery kind of speculation hasbeen founded on the numeric vale of 26 which the Tetrapram assumes according to the casa sytem of Alphabetic numerals. Some adept writes have thereby been edo pint ot that in Genesis E26, God sys “Let us make man in our image that 26 eerations separate Adam and Moses; that 26 descendants ae listed in the genealogy of Shem, and the umber of persons named in this v3 smuliple of 2; and soon. Acoeding to ther, the fit tat God asioned ve from a ib taken from Adam to be found inthe numerical dicen ( 26) beeween the nae of Adar (© 45) and the name of Eve (13) Tin oN sic ‘The usual alphabetic numerals were not the only basis adopted by the abs and Cabbalists for this ind of interpretation. A manuscript a the Bodleian Library at Oxford (Ms. Hebe 1822) ists mote than seventy Aieren systems of emai ‘One ofthese invonesasigning to each eter the number which gives ts poston in he Hebrew alphabet but with rection of umber above 9, that ist sywith the same unis figue ain the usual metho, but lgnorng ten and hundceds. Te eter (mem), for example which tra ‘onaly has the value 4s ven the vale in this syster Sia the cent et ate age ene pa Fete (chi, whose usual vali 300, has value 3 in his system.*rom this, some have concluded that the name Yah can be equated to the vin atte Tor Good: mint Another method gives to the letters values equal othe squares oftheir ‘oul vals, s that gimmel, for example, which usual has vale 3 ihere signed the ale 9 (Fig, 2029, coluna B). According toa rhe ste, the sale 1s assigned othe fst eter, the um (3) ofthe ist tw tthe ‘second leer the sum (6) ofthe fist thre tothe thie, and soon. The eter _yad hich the enh position therefore as vale equal othe sum of the fs ten natural numbers: 1 +2-+3+...+94+ 10=55 Fig 2029, column 0, ‘Yet anoer system assigns to ech eter the numerical ue ofthe word wich is the name ofthe ter. Ths ali haste ale 1+ 2080 = a b Ele ‘With these starting points, one can make a concordance between two words by evaluating hem numerically according to ether the same numer. tel system, or two diferent numerical systems. For instance, the word “Mago (plc), which s another of the names of God, can be equated to Yauch because inthe traditional system the word Magom has value 18, and Yahweh also has ale 185 if we use the systern which ies each eter the square ots sul vale: Dipo min we 188 Sey a wot +103 Sowetae | 8 | ® © . staf afl ofa 1 ea ace aly fafa) of ase B+ Sey cme, hae ee py cer rermeassia? |e + yy zany rerneesiat | an + py wer heaneasian | oan + ppg ter | heaeteasscatt | 70 + gh ten tanec | @ + gg Mn | Leaereasscote | am + py nw Leaeseasscets | om + ggg sue teaeseasscets | ope + pp am Leseavees ot | wap aie fe. 1.4. Se ofthe may ais fe hem if it. hyo ya and Ca or eran fa an “his, itis emphasise, confirmed by Miah Tor, beold, the LORD [Yahweh] cometh forth out of his place (Magom, “This selection of examples which coud easly be moch extended gies 3 00d idea ofthe complexes of Cable eakuations and investigations ‘which the exegetes went into, net only forthe purpose of interpreting certain passages ofthe Torah but fr ll kinds of pesatons.* ‘The Greeks alo used similar procedures. Certain Greck posts, suchas Leonidas of Alexandria (who ved atthe time ofthe Emperor Nero), used ther to create distichs and epigrars with the special characterise of bing spp. A distich Consisting of two lines oF two verses) is an isopsph ifthe numerical valu ofthe irst(alelted from the sum ofthe vals fits eters) sequal to that ofthe sesond. An epigam (shoe oem which might, for example, xpress an amorous ida) is ansopseph if allots dich are isopsephs, with the same value fo each, More general isopsephy consists of determing the numeral valve ofa word ora group fetes, and elatng i to another word by means of this value. At Pergamon, isopseph inscriptions have been found which, itis believed, were composed bythe fier ofthe great physician and mathe: rmatician Gale, who, acordng to his son, "had mastered all there was to kn bout geometry and the since of numbers,” [At Pompe an nsrption was found whieh canbe ead a “love her whose umber is 4S", and wheres etain Amerimnus praises the mites ois thoughts whose “honourable name is 5. In the PsadCallsthenes' (38) t 8 writen that the Egyptian god Sarapis (whose worship was inated by Ptolemy 1) revealed his name 0 ‘Alexander the Ges in he follwing words: Take two hundred and one, then # hundred and one, four times twenty and ten, Ten place the fist ofthese numbers inthe ast place, and you wil now whch god Tam. “Toking the word ofthe god lteraly, we obtain 2001300 1 80 10 200 kecin rapt mae si meyer en. hon i ht ‘tafe aan fe os SS et nr Can Sa nl hich coreponds tothe Greek name ZAPATITE In recling the murder of Agrippina, Suetonius (Ne, 38) relates the ame of Nero, writen in Grek, to the words Ian Mera apeltene (Che killed his own mothe’, since the two have exactly the same value cording to the Greek numbers: NEPON IASIAN MHTEPA AMIEKTEINE “The Grvks apparently came rather late tothe practice of speculating with the numerical values of lees, This seems to have occured when Geek caltute came int contact with Jewish cult. The famous psagein the Apocalypse of aint ohn early shows how fai the Jews wee with ‘these mystic caleuations, long before the time oftheir Cabbalss and the Gata. Bot Js and Greek were rmatably ied for aithmetial Caleultion and also for tansendental speculation; every form of sublty ‘vas apt to their ate, and numbermystcism appealed to both pci tions tthe same time. The Pythagorean school, the most superstitious of| ‘the Grek philosophical sts, andthe mos infiltrated by Esser inten vas already adicted to number mystic. In the last age of he ancient wot this form of mysiism experienced an astonishing expansion, It gave ise to arthmomancy: it inspired the Sybiines, the sees and sorhsyers, the pagan Teo toubed the Fathers the Church, who ‘wee not vas immune ots fascination opsephy i one ofits methods. (P Peerizet 1900) Father Theophanus Kerameus, in his Homily (XLIV assers the numer cal equivalence between Thas God"), Hagios oly) and Agator (Cpo0d" 2 allows: @EOX ATIOS ATAOOS Eo me 188 He Ekewise saw in the name Rebeca (wife of sae and mother ofthe twins Jacob and sau figure ofthe Universal Char. According oh, the number (153) of great fish aught in hemiaclous draught of fshes”| is the same asthe numerical vale ofthe name Rebeca in Greek (Homi XXXVE John XXD, PEBEKKA 1 In the New Testament, the phrase Alpha and Omega (Apocalypse All: 13) is a symbolic designation of God formed from the fist and last eters ofthe Grek alphabet, in the Gnostic and Chistian theologies It coresponded tothe “key ofthe Universe and of Knowledge” and to “Existence and the Totaly of Space and Time’, When Jesus declares that heisthe Alpha anche Oma, he therefore declares that hes the begining td the end of al things. He identifies himself with the "Holy Ghost” and therfore, according to Christian doctrine, with God Himself. According to Matthew IEI6, the Holy Ghost appated to Jesus atthe momeat of his bit in the form of dove the Grek word Perit for “dove” has the ale aD pd this is ao the vale ofthe eters f the phase Alpha and Omega” which, therefore, i no other than a mystical frmaton of the Chistian dete ofthe Tiny AwQ TEPIZTEPA In another conception much excised in the Mile Ags, numbers were given 2 supernatural quality according tthe graphical shape oftheir symbol, Ina manuscript which sin he Rlbothéque nationale in ars (Ms lat 2583, flo 30), Thibatof Langreswrote3 follows about the number 300| represented by the Gree eter Tau), which s bo the sgn of he Cross: “The mumberis a secret guarded by wring, which represents itn wo rays: by the letter and by its pronunciation, By the lete,i is represented in thre ways shape, ore, and secre. By shape, tis he the 300 who, from the Creation of the World, were o find faith in the image of the Cracfix since, tothe Greks, hee are represented ‘bythe eter T which has the form fa rss, ‘Which is why acording to Thibau, Gideon conquered Ore, Zee, Zebah, and Zalmunea with ony the three hundred men who ad drunk waters dog lappet ude VIS), ‘A similar Christian interpretation ito be Sen in the Filo Barnabas. In the patriarch Abraham's victory oer his enemies withthe help of 318 sircumesed men, Barnabas finds aeferece 10 the cess and to the Oo fst lees af the name of Jesus (Iqeous) T + IH = 318 He considers that the number 218 means tat hese men would be saved bythe rueifxon of fess In the same fsion,acording to Cyprian (De pacha computs, 2), the number 355 is sacred beause it is the sum of 300 CT, the symbol of the ros) 18 (i, the two St eter ofthe name of ess), 31 (he namber of years Chriss supposed to have lived, in Cypran’s opinion) and 16 (the numberof years in the reign of Tiberius, within which Jesus was «ruc, This may wel also explain why certain heretics belived that the End of the World would acu in the year 365 ofthe Christian ea. ep ein tw snare ‘oir ott mmr afore oer Oh et oar me Tp wesc dans Fe 1036, Mn talento ay tC a ‘htc antral thrid pr eth maw ae ‘Reve matt dd thi dare ma plo ‘her af Go Ma ee eT I a3) Catal pose resources have been expt for these purposes ‘The Chistian mystic, who wished o support he foration that fs wrssthe Som af God fen gute the Hebrew phrase Ab al wich ish {sed omen thes coon wich ie Lond det (1) andthe word Bor (0 Spay aa Ey a For ther par, the Gnostic were ale to draw almost miaclous consequences rom the practic of sopsephy Perle (190) explains: ‘text, which is probably by Hpplyus, ays that in certain Gnostic secs iopsephy as 3 normal frm of symbolism and catches id not serve ony to wrap a revelation in a mystery: fn certain cases it served to conceal in others it served to eva, throwing light on things which otherwise would never have been understood Gnosis sem loaded with a huge burden of Egyptian sper tions Ik purported to rise to knowedge ofthe Univers Principe + min Gn he eh gt" i ei ih pene ‘soo ni Sb ys td ‘ego het on she ed he Heerenisortinbesnanter cok tintin in fat twas prencepied with the quest to know the name of Gad and thence, with the aid of magic (the ancient magi af si), the reins to induce God to sllow Man to rise himsel to God own level The name, Hke the shadow or the breath, isa pat of the person: more, itis identi with the person, it the person himsee. To know the name of God, therefore, was the problem which Gnosis addres. At fist it sem insoluble: how can we know the Inefable? The Gnosis did ot pated to know the name of God, bu the bleed it possible to earn its formula nd for therm this was sfcent, since for them the formula ofthe divine name Contained its complete magical virwe: and this formula was the rmber ofthe name of Go. var \ yan : Aa NO A my AA mM iM WV NM WM VY PN 0 watery ATT WUT Yh ye et 5, 20.28 One my st fad ne nf Salma. hon wa Se Sion dle Ser and det fat a ny. iar Fr th iat aa 3 “The supreme God ofthe Gnosis united in himself, ccording to Bsldes the Gnostic, the 365 minor gos who preside ove the days ofthe year. and so the Gnostes refered to God as “He whose number is 365° (oueorav 9 daos TEE), From God, onthe other hand, proceeded the magical power ofthe seven vowels, the seen rots ofthe musical sae the sven planes, the seven metal (gold, ser, tin, copper ion ed, and mercury; and ofthe for wees of the lunar month. Whatever was the name of the Ineble, the Gost was sure it involved the magic numbers 7 and 365. We ray not know the unknowable name of God, so instead we sck 2 designation which woud serve a ts formula and we only have to Combine the myc numbers 7 and 365. Thus Haslds crated the ame Abra, which has seven eters whose values add up to 365 ABPASAE 36 God, or the name of God (or they are the same) has fst the character ofholiness. Aquos © cos (Haporo Tes) saystheserphic ya; “hallowed be thy name” says the Lod’ Prayer, hati “tthe bons of God be proclaimed” ‘Though the name of God remained unknown, it was known that It had the character to be the ideal holy name, Noting therefore Ioeter became the designation of the Inefble than the loetion Hegion Onoma (Holy Name) which the Gnosis indeed frequently employed. But this was not only forthe sbove metaphysical ot theological reason, nor because they had borrowed this same ‘ppeition from the Jews, but for amore potent mystical reason ‘ecliar to them. By a colnidence of which Gnosticism had sen a reeation, the biblical phrase Hagion Onoma had the same number (065) 2s Abas. ATION ONOMA os ‘Once embarked on this ath, Gnosticism made other discoveries no less gripping Mingle twas with magic, Gnostic had fatal tendency to syncretism, In isopsephy it had the means to identify with its own supreme God the national god of Exypt, The Nile, which for the gypians wat the same as Osi, was a god of the yea, for the regur larity ofits foods followed the reulr course ofthe years; and now, ‘he aumbe ofthe name ofthe Nile, Nelo, 385: NEIAO® By isopeephy, Gnosticism achieed another ao les interesting syncretim, The Matdean cut of Mithras underwent» prodigious spread in the second and third centuries of our ef, The Gnosis noticed that Mita, writen MEL@PAS, asthe value MEI@PAS ‘Thecefoe the Sun God of Persia was the same athe “Loed ofthe 365 Daye AsPerdrizet 5, the Christians ofen pu ew win in old bottles, and they found that this hind of pace offered mpl scope for fantasy. When the sctibes and stone-crvers wished to preserve the secret of «name, they wot only its number instead In Greek and Copte Christan inscriptions, following an impreation ot am eshortation to prs, we sometimes come actos the sgn § © made up ofthe ters Aappe and Tht. This eyptogram remained obscure until the ed ofthe ninetenth century when J . Wesely (1887 showed tha it eas simply a mystical representation of Amer App) since both have ere vale 98 AMHN 40 ey Simi, the dedstion of & mosic nthe convent of Khoibs nese Jesh bein ® \ E MNHZ@HTI TOY AOYAOYEOY What dos the group Ph:Lamba-fpllon stand fr? The problem was solved by W. D. Smirnoff 100). These letters correspond tothe Greek word for "Lon, Kup, whose name ale 6 55: A ee ies KY Much more significant are the speculations of the Christian mystics surrounding the number 688, which the apostle John ascribed tothe Beast ofthe Apacs a monster identied asthe Antichrist, who shorty before {he end of ime would come on Earth to commit innumerable crimes, to spread terror amongst men, ad raise people up against each other. He ‘would be ought down by Christ himself on his tur to Earth 16 And he shall me all, both ite and great, rich and poor fieemen and bondsmen, tohave characte in thei righthand, of on their foreheads. 17 And that no man might buy or sel, but he that hath the characte, ofthe name ofthe best, othe numberof his name. 18 Here is wisdom, He that ath understanding, lt him count the numberof he beast, For isthe mmber ofa man: and the number of bim is six hundred and sity. [Apocalypse XIIL6-18) ‘Wie lest see an alison to sopsephy here, but the system to be ued is not stated. Thisis why the mame of the Beas has excited, and continues to eat, the wits ofnterpeeters, and many are the solutions which have been pt forward “Taking 6561 be the numberof man” ome ave searched amongst the names of historical gues whose names give the number 668, Thus Nero the fst Roman emperor to persecute the Christian, has been iden tified ae the Beast ofthe Apocaypee since the number of bis name, accompanied bythe ile "Caea”, mikes 66 nthe Hebraic sytem y172 70Pp (nthe sme tines, ethers have found that the name ofthe Emperor Diocletian (whose religous polices included the violent persecution of ‘Chistian, when ony the eters that ae Roman numerals are used, also ‘ves the number af the Bess: (Orin Agu DIoCLEs aVcVstVs ‘et others, reading the tet a “the numberof tp of man” sin 655 the designation ofthe Latins in genera since the Grek word Leas gives this value: A ATEINO & ‘Much ate, a the ime ofthe Wars of Rligon, a Catholic mystic called Petrus Bungus, in a work published in 1584-1585 at Bergamo aimed to have demonstrated tha the German eformer Later was noe the than the Anis since his ame, in Roman numeral, ges the nmber 665: LVTHERNVC But the iscpes of Luther, who considered the Church of Rome the dicot hei ofthe Empire ofthe Caesars, lost no time in responding. They took the Roman numerals contained inthe phrase VICARIUS FILII DET (CViear ofthe Son of God") which ison the papal tara, and drew the ‘onelusion that one might expect VICaRIVs FI ‘The numerical elation of names was also used in times of war by ‘Muslim soothsayer, unde the name of Lia al ni, to predict which side woud win Tis process mas described ax follows by on Khaldan inhi “Prolegomens”(Mugddlina, Here show i done, The values ofthe eters inthe name ofeach ing at added up according tothe ales ofthe eters ofthe alpha bet; these go fom one to 1,000 by units, tens, hundreds and thousands. When this is done, the number nine is subtracted fom each asmany times as required unl what sft isles thn nine. The two temainders are compare i ane is rete than the othe, and if both ate even numbers or both odd, the king whose name has the smaller number will win, If one even and the other od the king with the larger nomber wl win. Ith ate eq and oth ate even umber, it isthe king who has been attacked who wil win: if they ane equal and od the attacking king wil wn Since ech Arable ete i the fist eter of one af he atebutes of Aah (Ai test ee ofl Ba, fst eter of Bag, "He who remains, and ‘0.0m the we ofthe Arabic alphabet Ted toa "Most Secret” system In this, cach eter is signed, not its usual vale, but instead the numbec of the divine atibute of which ts the firs eter, For instance, the eter Al whose usual value 1, gven the value 66 which isthe number of he "ame of Allah calelated according othe Abjad syste. This isthe system ‘ed in the symbolic theology called daw, “invocation”, which allowed ‘mystics and soothsayer to make forecasts and to speculate om the pst, he resent andthe ure. Se] at fsa [nestram) elm] ge [re [tesa | || am | oman fae = = fg pero = ed ee * >» | 7] wf [ea = v [oe [reise =| | wn [same | ee 2) & [me [ime = eC C[m [| el eee | ew [me [wee | ravi [moog | ae =f) ae | | enaaer sate = © [oe ) wf S| vata [ewww | ow SPaw | ae | 2 | own [oteromse| 1 [foe [me [O(n [etme |e F [ae | ve | AB | own fiom [ve ee [see | 2 Pcnaron [maior [va fs eben pn of hi iy bt en fn ‘The same type of procedure allowed magicians to conte thi aie ‘mans, and to indulge inthe most varied practies. In order to give their ‘coraiginists the means to get ich quickly, to preserve themselves fom sil and to draw down on themselves every grace of God, some tlh of North Affi ofered ther lent fhe talisman") containing “This is "mic square” whose value i 6, which canbe obtained a the sum of every to, of every coma, and ofeach dagonat a | a | a9 wm | m | m a | and itself the number ofthe name of Allah according to the Aja ‘Wie can see, therefore to what Ings the soothsayer, ses and other rumetologsts were prepared to go in applying these principe of umber tothe encchment of thee dilect CHAPTER 21 NUMBERS IN CHINESE CIVILISATION THE THIRTEEN FIGURES OF THE TRADITIONAL The Chinese have traditionally used 2 decimal numbersystem, with thiten base signs denoting the numbers 1 to 9 and the fist four powers of 10 (10, 10,1000, and 10000) Fig. 21.1 shows the simplest ‘representations ofthese, which the one most commonly used nowadays, ro wy 25 32 | wa ‘ 1 | ae + o* 7% 000% sa oh oan even greater extent than in the ancient Semitic word this weten numbersystem corresponds to the tree typeof hybrid” numbersstem, since the tens, the thousands, and the tens of thousands are exrested according tothe mlipeative principle (Fig. 21.2. +1 i pe ny he i le ‘siden fer tance ering ean tens | nunoreos | sriousanns |, TENS OF THOUSANDS ” a 1x 100 =a 2x 100 hg... Themadon Cem cet maple heft For intermediate number, the Chinese used 2 combination of tion and mlipation, o hatte number 7256, for example, decomposed 4M RG ATE 7as64 NUMERALS OCCURRING IN THE DOCUMENT 1a us Col. Vii Col Vil | sie sedsfoye . | oes ww ‘ 4 ; : : ‘ a : Blix 4 # woke + te Lh % ah fh * 7oah wa 1 > : HI REPEP HS SERSRGS DH i HP es a ley le it i ba Ix le ls. Ie pEeee ie > +li mi tu be pwd aly idfeomeghta ‘negation to Say sr ars isa pear DARBY Tee PRs pes FRAT e Pope esa. Aponte dae dg hei fe ‘ny inn ys oa ap ty ‘to transcribe Chinese characters into the Latin alphabet, we shall dope the socalled Pinyin system in what fellows. This has been the offi system ofthe People's Republic of Chia since 1958, "This ansrpsion’ tecording to D Lombard (1957), “was developed by Chinese Unguss for tse by the Chinese people an especially to assist schookehidren to learn the language an its characters, and its based maily on phonological principles. The majority of Western Chinese scholars nowadays tend to ‘bandon the older ansripton systems wich sought in vain to represent pronunciation in terms of the speling conventions of various European languages in fur ofthis one The rade i therefore no longer obliged to remember any speling conventions, bu instead must try to remember certun equivalences between sound and letras in begining the study of| Germano Kan)” Since the Pig system was not conceived with European readers in rind, its natural thatthe vals ofits eters donot lays coincide with ngs pronunciation. Hee sist ofthe mostimportant aspects from the pint of view ofthe English reader, corresponds to ourleter"pr corresponds to ours" corresponds to our“t” corresponds to our" corresponds to the standard English pronunciation of u" as in "bul (xcept afer} or) corresponds tothe pronunciation of ua, for instance, in ‘Seotlnd on French 2 corespond to ours" 2h coresponds 038 nol” ‘h corresponds to “eh asin “church” 1h mint postion,corespnds tothe hard German “A” (a in Bach’) 1X iminitl poston, coresponds to the sof" (asin German, es) {corresponds to our“ (a in“pi but, following 5h shorts pronounced lke "(in pen) o ike" in fu folowing or, itis pronounce ike the" in “eign”. 4g stand fora complex sound onsiing of" with drawing ofbeeath 1 iminital positions tik the "sin pleasure in oter cases itis ke the “ein “chane ‘The mumbersign shown above are infact ordinary characters of Chinese wrting, They ae therefore subject tothe same rules as govern theater (Chinese characters. These are, in fc, “wordsigns” which express in _rapical frm the ideogaphic and phonetic values ofthe eoresponding numbers, In ther word, they constitute one of the graphical represents tions of the thiteen monasylabic words which the Chinese language possesses to denote the numbers fom 1 to 9 and the fist four powers ofl, Having decimal base, the orl Chinese numbersstem vs separate ‘ame to cach ofthe ist en integers “yh & sd Sh wt I gi jt okt 123456789 10 ‘Thenumbers fom Io 19 arereprsented according othe adtivepricipe 1 ahiyl——tenone thie tentwo 13 Beda tenthece Mohit tenfour ‘The tens are epresented acordng tthe multiplicative principle: 20 eeshh——twoten 30 dinaki—thresten 40 aa foarten 0 wis’ fveten 60 Bish sten For 100 10%, 1,000 10% and 10,000 10, the words Bi, gdn and nin are used forthe various multiples ofthese the multiplicative principle ‘suse: 100 yi8i ——onehundred 200 trhii—twohundred 300 idnif—threchundred $00 Sibi fourbondeed ‘Tod pie onehousand 2000 ergide —swothousand 53000 sin gin threethousand 44000 sign fourshousand ‘G00 jin’ ne myiad 20000 trmin— twormyriad 30000 sinvindeemyriad = 3 10000 429000 nde fouramyriad % 10,000 Starting with these, intermediate numbers can be represented very staightorwarly S78 wide sin gide gid Bash yh Gvemyad—Seeioaand seeded een ne) 19000 + 3x1000 4 7x10 + 8x10 + 1) “Thus the Chinese numbersigns area very simple way of writing out the coresponding numbers “word foe wot Finally, note that sucha system as no ned fazer. For the numbers ‘04,1058, 2003, fr example, one simply writes or 35): Ek ents es.068) FH E+ em HH + > elle = e2x1m0+9) fron Nato ttn caren sage word fig ith means “eas) binned wee an oe 1 ese a he capenatbennber Ti avelnedra ie aba Bat the wage wees! devloment of he Chee necbere os a a os 1098 — FR BEA gin amg ws a 2003 = FS in ing io CHINESE NUMERALS ARE DRAWN ven today the thirteen basic number signs are dawn in several diferent ays. Obviously the ae spoken inthe same way, but ae a rest ofthe many diferent ways of writing Chinese sel ‘The forms we have considered ofr, which may be called “elas” the nen common use nowadays, especialy in printed mater ts also the simplest. Some ofthese signs.are among the "keys of Chinese wring they ae used inthe elementary teaching of Chinese a the tage of learning the (Chinese characters. ‘The are par ofthe nom standard ksh notation plain syle in which the ine segments making up each character ae basicaly straight, but of| ‘varying lengths and orentations; they are to be drawn in asec ode, cording to definite rules (ig 218). tit alr a alt dh alah 4 a4 abr raaa arr Aaa Fhe. Team f Ching the ened apc sh an hoi i hart pg ot ara [esas the oldest ofthe common contemporary forms, having been sed 2 eal the fourth century CF, andi s derived om the ancient wring called shi the writing of clerks") which was usd in the Han Dynasty (Fg. 21.9). Det ene nie a i ia uae ay pra Ade 0) Te mp EXITS nor ce eatin te icone o cane oat ‘She ied si ng ony rnp oa SST senate whee or SPAIN ent aan Fhe s89,Teatfte msn Chie mel tn Thin ep ‘a ge a yay 96 CE 20 Tc ent eo ts gp no tery ie fet ety CE eCopt) ‘The second form ofthe Chinese numerals is called gu =f Coflal \wtng) ts used manlyin public documents, in bill ofl, and to write the sums of mony on cheques, receipts or bill. Although til written ike the clase Aichi, ts somewhat more complicated, having ben made ‘more elaborate inorder to avoid fraudulent amendment in financial trans aecons (Fg 21.10 ssa nttion - MSTA WATS thee “Te third style of writing the numeral a cursive farm ofthe asic ‘eral, which is routinely sein handwriten lees, personal nots, rats, and 30 on. It belongs to the sigs syle of wing, a cursive syle which was developed to meet the ned for abbreviation without detatng fom the structure ofthe characters; the changes ay inthe manner of drawing the characters more apy and eubly using upward an down ‘ward brushstrokes. (5g 21.1). WRATS ATE ‘sia anion ing notion combination of exaggerated abbreviation with veto and imagine tion on the part of ligrpher rapidly brought these cursive forms, which stl resembled the elasial se, ito an exaggerate simplified style ich the Chinese call ash itera, “plant shape). t can ony be de herd by inate, with the resl that nowadays iis sed ony in punting and in caligraphy* (ig 21.12 and 21.13, grees YR Det eRe Fhe. 2813 ample 856 ‘moon pn rcs mans, ‘Scent a moet acy ety rr etn . t* % it oF mi a a | Sea esl he 133. The dif hey ppl ie fd Ch age wo tgp ite of of [ri ib snd hh piel ea ad eth ‘Sn CB inser on eh cron hare ‘eels maaan ibook 2) ‘et another form coresponds tos curiously geometrical way of drawing the numerals and characters, called shin fg shade, which i sill employed on seal and signatures (ig, 2.1). SSSSGR SHEERS fic. Emp he ings ing hi clip ed fr he te ‘echt Ch sr ton ois ey 2) hee As well asthe forms already mentioned there isthe form used bytaders to splay the pies of goods. Thi scaled gn ma i Cseeet mks") Anyone who tas tothe interior of China shoud be sure of knowing these numerals by heat, if he wishes to understand his restaurant bill ig. 2115, ‘There are so many ferent sles for wring numerals in Chin that we should stop 3 this point, avg desetibed the important oes to desc them all would be selnduigent, and litle to our purpose. pie wom | son) mee | amnion | orem | 2 ieee, wilt a RA =a) 4 J > ak S) OM | oie ia wo |e 2x | 5 fe | m |e |B Bo ‘ elgg ie a |e 7 Kw )4 |b)» fo . a Nd» = “ . nom we lbh wR ft het ee | we 6) wlE |B 8H oo He | LE] Foie 20 | 81S) % “| seatat| gay | ta Fic 2105 Mepial pp fr hes oc so he mad hina ‘iron, he Nha C5 Poy, Ph 50) Several thousand bones and tortie shes these are the most alent evidence we have of Chinese wating and numerals. They have fo the mast partbeen fond since the endothe nineteenth entry atthe archaeoogial site of io dun" called iaguvenoracular bones, they dateom around the Vin period fourtenth-eleven centuries BCE). On one side they be insrptons raven witha pointed instrument, on theater the surace is ‘maze of cracks de to heat. Tey woud once have belonged o soothsayer priests attache 10 the court ofthe Shang king (evententh-eleventh ‘entre BCE) and would have been usedin divination by fie? ‘The writing on them is probably pictgraphic in origin, and sem to ave reached a welldeveloped stage snc iti: mo longer purely picto- graphic nr purl ideograpic, The bass of the ancient Chinese writing in fact consists of 2 few hundred basic symbols which represent ideas or simple abject, and alo ofa certain number of more compiated symbols famposed of two elements, of which one ete othe spake frm of ame andthe oters visual or smbuli I represents rather advanced stage of graphical representation (Fig. 2.15. “The stlsation and the economy of means are so far advanced in the oldest known Chine ting thatthe symbols are more eters than drawings” U.Gerne (170), pil Heo? ak ake ign enfin pot "tg bapa a pfs en pe par ‘Sn lb to op my yt ‘dt pues rae et eden el rn ‘Sees svan saree! es "ete te ef be ws pond fe io eos psueyaete he rh hor i may iy pincer ‘onan ig ee epi she ee of eis (rps nop nh ser sec elpag ie ce {Snag ae erst on i or sigh en ‘options sagen cage ee Gere continue: "Moreover, ths weting abounds in ts very consti tion with abstract cements (eybals eet or rotate, stokes that mark tis or that part ofa symbol, representations of gestures, et) and ‘vith compounds of simpler sins with which new symbols ae created” “The numerals, in particular, sem to have already embarked on the tad towards abstract notation and appear to rele a elatvly advanced intllstal perspective In thi jstem, unity is represented by a horizontal line, and 10 by & ‘vertical line. Thi origins lear enough, ince they reflect the operation of| ‘the humsn mind in given conditions: we know fo nsanc, thatthe people ofthe ancent Greek cy of Kaystos, and the Cretan, the Hittes and ‘the Phoenicians, all wed the sme kind of sigs fr these two namerals. A Ihunded is dented by what Joseph Needham called a “pine cone’, and a ‘thousand bya special character which closly resembles the character for “man” in the corresponding writing. ‘The figures 2,3 and 4 are represented each by 2 corresponding number of horizontal strokes an old ideographic system which snot used forthe figures fiom Sonvards Like althe peoples who have used similar omer ial notation, the Chinese also stopped at 4; in fat few people ean ata ‘ance (and therfore without consciously counting) recognise a series of ‘more than fou things ns row. The Egyptians continued the series from 4 ‘by sing parle ows andthe Babylonians and Phoenicians hada ternary ‘stm, butte Chinese introduced ditnt symbol for each a the five suceesive numbers symbols, paren, deve of any intuitive sugges- tion. The number 5 was represented by aknd of closed above and below bystrokes the number 6 by 2 kind oflverted Vor bya design resembling pagoda; 7, by across: 8, by two small circular arcs back to back: and the ‘umbe 9 by sign ikea Bsbhook ig, 2.17. Ber AtnsS1 gs ttre 6 4 rla}ala}s|el 7] «|e | w | 10 {xo Fes ana Tekin hn rms Thy hen diet Sounds pote fsa eth Bot bret ‘ot pale hema Cha 800 Neon (89) ag ‘en ge 86) Now, did these numbersigns evolve graphically from forms which oignally consisted of groupings of coresponding numbers of denis tlements? Or ae they original creations? Te history of Chinese writing leads uso form wo hypotheses about these questions, both ofthe plas sible and not incompatible wth echoes. ‘We may in fat suppose that, fo sme of these number, ther signs vere, mor or less, “phonetic symbols which were used forthe sake ofthe sounds they stood for, independently of thee original meaning just as, Indeed, was the ease for Chinese writing Such, for example, may well be ‘why the number 1,000 has the same representation as “man, ince the two words were probably pronounced inthe sume way athe ine in question, “Another posible explanation maybe of religos or mail rig, and smayhave determined the choice ofthe other spbols. Geret (EP) writes “rom the period ofthe inscriptions on bones and totaseshlls atthe end ofthe Shang Dynasty unt the seventh century CE, writing remained the preserve of colleges af scribes, adept inthe ars of divination and, by the same token, adepts also in cerain techniques which depended on number, who sersed the princesin thi religious ceremonies, Writing was ‘therefore primary & mean of communication with the world of gods and spits, and endowed it pacioners with the formidable powe, and the respect mingled with dead, which they enjoyed. Ina society 0 ‘ethralled to itu in behaviour and in thought, its mystical power must ‘ave preserved writing fom profane wse fr avery long peti.” Therefore iti by no means imposable that certain ofthe Chinese number signs may have had essentially magical or religious roots, nd were o mw + ® tA t * by K a RAR AR Ra ‘Te numbers fm 100 wre wien by ag the symbols for the oes units ve te symbol for 1, and he huss mere steno sina totes (211) nermee unbers te Ca etn combing te tie and mate mess Therese ite tine ey eats now amps thechinse sem nasoundedons yet ple Tae nates 20. 30and wer fen writen equ eens he mba iis qate inl du tothe fat hat he we of mais etd esl thre mae te wel ny inp TA Kn of eee. casanpuyayaen Totton ara tough its was cet ned for phological 7 2 Wim cpa fiche sidering ‘coun oa man re een: Fal =e SW RH | GI4GAROAH GAG |Z Pb RR HOB PPA E BRK Ow HRC De FE REN RE, RCo rae mie |S) ence THE SPREAD OF WRITING THROUGHOUT THE FAR EAST ‘Ove all the centuries, the structure of the Chinese characters has not fundamentally changed at al. The Chinese language is split into many regional dialects, and the characters are pronounced diereatly by the people of Manchuria, of Hunan, of Peking of Canton, oof Singapore. erywhere, however, the characters have kept the same meanings and eveyone can understand then. For example the word for “eit” is pronounced in Mandarin and is writen witha character which we shall denote by “A. In Cantonese, this character is pronounced like Ack but the Cantonese word for “eat is pronounced sk and ise i represented by a character which ‘we sall denote by “BY. Nevertheless, ll educated Chinese ~ even i in ther dialect the word for “et” is pronounced neither ch nor it~ ready understand the characters "A" and", which both mean “eat” (V- Alton (1870) Chinese weting i therfore, in the words of B. Kalen, a visual Esperanto: "The fact hat people who are unable to communicate by the spoken word can understand each othe when ech writes his ownlanguage in Chines characters has ays been sen as one ofthe mos remarkable features ofthis graphical stem [V, Alleton 1970] Wecan easly under stand why itis hat some of Chinas neighbours have adopted this writing system fr thei own languages. ‘This ast mas especially the case for the erate people of Anam (now Viena). They considered thatthe Chinese language was superior wo thelr own, richer and mare complete and they adopted the Chinese characters 4% they stood but progounced them in their own way (called "Sino Annamite’). This gave se to the Vietamese wetng called chi’ nlm (meaning “eter writing’, ‘The Chinese numerals were ao borrowed atthe same time, and were read as flows inthe Sino-Annamite pronunciation (5 dm i) which

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi